Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 3, To Adopt Rules To Govern FLEX Equity Options and a New Order Type To Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor, 44721-44752 [2024-11079]
Download as PDF
44721
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
Information Collection Request (ICR)
Affected public: Individuals or
Households.
Abstract: Under Section 2 of the
Railroad Retirement Act, an annuity is
not payable, or is reduced for any
month(s) in which the beneficiary works
for a railroad or earns more than
prescribed amounts. The collection
Title: Earnings Information Request.
OMB Control Number: 3220–0184.
Form(s) submitted: G–19–F.
Type of request: Extension without
change of a currently approved
collection.
Form No.
Annual
responses
Time (minutes)
Burden (hours)
G–19–F ........................................................................................................................................
700
8
93
Additional Information or Comments:
Copies of the forms and supporting
documents can be obtained from
Kennisha Money at (312) 469–2591 or
Kennisha.Money@rrb.gov. Comments
regarding the information collection
should be addressed to Brian Foster,
Railroad Retirement Board, 844 North
Rush Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60611–
1275 or Brian.Foster@rrb.gov.
Written comments and
recommendations for the proposed
information collection should be sent
within 30 days of publication of this
notice to www.reginfo.gov/public/do/
PRAMain. Find this particular
information collection by selecting
‘‘Currently under 30-day Review—Open
for Public Comments’’ or by using the
search function.
Brian Foster,
Clearance Officer.
[FR Doc. 2024–11103 Filed 5–20–24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7905–01–P
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
[Release No. 34–100156; File No. SR–BOX–
2023–20]
Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX
Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of
Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting
Accelerated Approval of a Proposed
Rule Change, as Modified by
Amendment No. 3, To Adopt Rules To
Govern FLEX Equity Options and a
New Order Type To Trade FLEX Equity
Options on the BOX Trading Floor
May 15, 2024.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
obtains earnings information not
previously or erroneously reported by a
beneficiary.
Changes proposed: The RRB proposes
no changes to the Form G–19–F.
The burden estimate for the ICR is as
follows:
On September 1, 2023, BOX Exchange
LLC (‘‘Exchange’’ or ‘‘BOX’’) filed with
the Securities and Exchange
Commission (‘‘Commission’’), pursuant
to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (‘‘Exchange
Act’’) 1 and Rule 19b–4 thereunder,2 a
proposed rule change to adopt Rules
1 15
2 17
U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
CFR 240.19b–4.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
5055 and 7605 which, among other
applicable Exchange rules, will govern
the trading of flexible exchange equity
options (‘‘FLEX Equity Options’’) on the
BOX Trading Floor, and make related
changes to Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620
(Accommodation Transactions), and
12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor
Rule Violations). The proposed rule
change was published for comment in
the Federal Register on September 19,
2023.3
On September 27, 2023, pursuant to
Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act,4
the Commission designated a longer
period within which to approve the
proposed rule change, disapprove the
proposed rule change, or institute
proceedings to determine whether to
disapprove the proposed rule change.5
On December 12, 2023, the Exchange
submitted Amendment No. 2 to the
proposed rule change, which replaced
and superseded the proposed rule
change as originally filed.6 On
December 15, 2023, the Commission
published notice of Amendment No. 2
and instituted proceedings pursuant to
Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange
Act 7 to determine whether to approve or
disapprove the proposed rule change, as
modified by Amendment No. 2.8 On
March 12, 2024, the Commission
designated a longer period for
Commission action on the proposed rule
change.9 On May 10, 2024, the
Exchange filed Amendment No. 3,
which replaced and superseded the
proposed rule change, as modified by
Amendment No. 2.10 The Commission
is publishing this notice to solicit
comments on Amendment No. 3 from
interested persons, and is approving the
proposed rule change, as modified by
Amendment No. 3, on an accelerated
basis.
3 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380
(September 13, 2023), 88 FR 64482 (‘‘Notice’’).
Comment on the proposed rule change can be found
at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/
srbox202320.htm.
4 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
5 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98568,
86 FR 68237 (October 3, 2023). The Commission
designated December 18, 2023, as the date by which
the Commission shall approve or disapprove, or
institute proceedings to determine whether to
approve or disapprove, the proposed rule change.
6 On December 1, 2023, the Exchange submitted
Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change.
Amendment No. 1 was withdrawn on December 12,
2023. Amendment No. 2 is available on the
Commission’s website at: https://www.sec.gov/
comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-310739809082.pdf (‘‘Amendment No. 2’’).
7 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
8 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99192,
88 FR 88437 (December 21, 2023) (Notice of Filing
of Amendment No. 2 and Order Instituting
Proceedings) (‘‘OIP’’).
9 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99725,
89 FR 19386 (March 18, 2024) (Extension No. 2).
10 In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange revised the
proposal to better align the proposed rule change
with the FLEX Equity Options rules of other
exchanges, and to provide more specificity and
clarification to the proposed rule change.
Specifically, Amendment No. 3: (i) removed
proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a) regarding when a
FLEX Equity Option order may be submitted; (ii)
added rule language to proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) to
clarify that FOO Orders may only be traded on the
Trading Floor; (iii) modified proposed Rule 7605(c)
to clarify who is applicable to apply to be a FLEX
Market Maker; and (iv) made various clarifications
to the rule text, including proposed Rule 7605(d)(4),
and added additional clarifying changes to the
description of and statutory basis for the proposed
rule change. Amendment No. 3 is available on the
Commission’s website at: https://www.sec.gov/
comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-4713511297514.pdf (‘‘Amendment No. 3’’).
11 This Section I and II reproduces Amendment
No. 3, as filed by the Exchange.
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
Description of the Proposed Rule
Change, as Modified by Amendment
No. 3 11
The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt
Rules 5055 and 7605 which will govern
the trading of flexible exchange options
(‘‘FLEX Equity Options’’) on BOX; and
(2) make related changes to Rules 100
(Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation
Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of
Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The
text of the proposed rule change is
available from the principal office of the
Exchange, at the Commission’s Public
Reference Room and also on the
Exchange’s internet website at https://
rules.boxexchange.com/rulefilings.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
44722
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
Statement of the Purpose of, and
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule
Change
In its filing with the Commission, the
self-regulatory organization included
statements concerning the purpose of,
and basis for, the proposed rule change
and discussed any comments it received
on the proposed rule change. The text
of these statements may be examined at
the places specified in Item IV below.
The self-regulatory organization has
prepared summaries, set forth in
Sections A, B, and C below, of the most
significant aspects of such statements.
A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
Statement of the Purpose of, and
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule
Change
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
1. Purpose
The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt
Rules 5055 and 7605 which will govern
the trading of flexible exchange options
(‘‘FLEX Equity Options’’) on BOX; and
(2) make related changes to Rules 100
(Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation
Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of
Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The
proposed rule change was published in
the Federal Register on September 19,
2023 (the ‘‘Original Filing’’).12
Subsequently, Amendment No. 1 was
filed on December 1, 2023, Amendment
No.1 was withdrawn on December 12,
2023, and Amendment No. 2, which
amended and replaced the Original
Filing in its entirety, was filed on
December 12, 2023. On December 21,
2023, a notice of filing of Amendment
No. 2 and order instituting proceedings
to determine whether to approve or
disapprove a proposed rule change, as
modified by Amendment No. 2, was
published in the Federal Register.13 The
Exchange is now proposing Amendment
No. 3 to amend and replace Amendment
No. 2 and the Original Filing in their
entirety. This Amendment No. 3 is
being filed to better align the proposed
rule change with the rules of other
exchanges and provide more specificity
12 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380
(September 13, 2023), 88 FR 64482 (September 19,
2023) (SR–BOX–2023–20) (Notice of Filing of
Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules to Govern
FLEX Equity Options and a New Order Type to
Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading
Floor).
13 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99192
(December 15, 2023), 88 FR 88437 (December 21,
2023) (SR–BOX–2023–20) (Notice of Filing of
Amendment No. 2 and Order Instituting
Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or
Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by
Amendment No. 2, To Adopt Rules To Govern
FLEX Equity Options and a New Order Type To
Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading
Floor).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
to the proposed rule change. In
particular, Amendment No. 3 removes
proposed rule text to better align the
proposed rule change with the rules of
other exchanges, and makes a number of
clarifying changes to the proposed rule
text and the description of and statutory
basis for the proposed rule change.
In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange is
removing proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a)
regarding when a FLEX Equity Option
order may be submitted. The Exchange
is proposing this change to better align
the proposed rule text with the already
established rules of other exchanges.
The Exchange believes this change is
consistent with the Act and does not
raise any novel regulatory issues as it
simply conforms the proposed rule text
with the already effective rules of other
exchanges.14 In addition, the Original
Filing and Amendment No. 2 were
already subject to a full notice-andcomment period.
In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange is
adding rule language to proposed Rule
5055(b)(3) to clarify that FOO Orders
may only be traded on the Trading
Floor. This language mirrors rule text
that is in proposed Rule 7605(b) and is
intended to further clarify that FOO
Orders may only be traded on the
Trading Floor. The Exchange believes
this change is consistent with the Act
and does not raise any novel regulatory
issues as it simply adds clarifying
language that better aligns proposed
Rule 5055(b)(3) with the text of
proposed Rule 7605(b) that was already
part of the Original Filing and
Amendment No. 2, which were subject
to a full notice-and-comment period.
The Exchange notes that Amendment
No. 3 is solely intended to further
clarify the proposed rule text and
conform the rule text with the already
established rules of other exchanges,
and to provide additional detail and
specificity with respect to the proposed
rule change and additional information
in support of the purpose and statutory
basis for the proposed rule change.
Summary
The Exchange proposes to adopt rules
to govern FLEX Equity Options and a
new order type to trade FLEX Equity
Options on the BOX Trading Floor.15
14 See NYSE American Rule 903G(a) and NYSE
Arca Rule 5.32–O(b). The Exchange notes that,
unlike the NYSE American and NYSE Arca rules,
the Exchange’s proposed rule change does not
include FLEX Index Options.
15 The term ‘‘Trading Floor’’ or ‘‘Options Floor’’
means the physical trading floor of the Exchange
located in Chicago. The Trading Floor shall consist
of one ‘‘Crowd Area’’ or ‘‘Pit’’ where all option
classes will be located. The Crowd Area or Pit shall
be marked with specific visible boundaries on the
Trading Floor, as determined by the Exchange. A
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
The Exchange also proposes to amend
Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620
(Accommodation Transactions), and
12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor
Rule Violations) to reflect the
introduction of FLEX Equity Option
trading on the Exchange. FLEX Equity
Options are options with flexible terms
such that Participants 16 can customize
expiration date, exercise price, and
exercise style. FLEX Equity Options are
designed to meet the needs of investors
for greater flexibility in selecting the
terms of options within the parameters
of the Exchange’s proposed rules. FLEX
Equity Options are not preestablished
for trading and are not listed
individually for trading on the
Exchange. Rather, investors select FLEX
Equity Option terms and are limited by
the parameters detailed below in their
selection of those terms. As a result,
FLEX Equity Options allow investors to
satisfy more specific, individualized
investment objectives than may be
available to them in the standardized
options market. Specifically, FLEX
Equity Options will be subject to
proposed Rule 5055 and will be traded
as FLEX Open Outcry Orders (‘‘FOO
Orders’’) on the BOX Trading Floor
under proposed Rule 7605. FLEX Equity
Options are a type put or call, and allow
investors to choose an exercise price of
any dollar amount in minimum
increments of $0.01,17 an exercise style
of American or European,18 and an
expiration date of any month, business
day and year no more than 15 years
from the date on which a FLEX Equity
Option is executed.19 As discussed
further below, FLEX Equity Options will
not be permitted with the same terms as
an existing Non-FLEX Equity Option
listed on the Exchange.20 Because of
Floor Broker must open outcry an order in the
Crowd Area. See BOX Rule 100(a)(68).
16 The term ‘‘Participant’’ means a firm, or
organization that is registered with the Exchange
pursuant to the Rule 2000 Series for purposes of
participating in trading on a facility of the Exchange
and includes an ‘‘Options Participant’’ and ‘‘BSTX
Participant.’’ See BOX Rule 100(a)(42).
17 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii).
18 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv).
19 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v).
20 Provided the options on an underlying security
are otherwise eligible for FLEX trading, FLEX
Equity Options shall be permitted in puts and calls
that do not have the same exercise style, same
expiration date, and same exercise price as NonFLEX Equity Options that are already available for
trading on the same underlying security. See
proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). FLEX Equity Options
shall also be permitted before the options are listed
for trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options. Once and
if the identical option series are listed for trading
as Non-FLEX Equity Options, (i) all existing open
positions established under the FLEX trading
procedures shall be fully fungible with transactions
in the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series,
and (ii) any further trading in the series would be
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
their composition, the Exchange
believes that FLEX Equity Options may
allow investors to more closely meet
their individual investment and hedging
objectives by customizing option
contracts for the purpose of satisfying
particular investment objectives that
could not be met by the standardized
markets.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
Background
The Securities and Exchange
Commission (‘‘Commission’’) approved
the trading of FLEX options in 1993.21
At the time, the Chicago Board Options
Exchange, Inc., now Cboe Exchange,
Inc. (‘‘CBOE’’) proposed FLEX options
based on the Standard and Poor’s
Corporation 500 and 100 Stock Indexes
(referred to as the ‘‘CBOE Order’’
herein).22 These FLEX options were
offered as an alternative to an over-thecounter (‘‘OTC’’) market in customized
equity options.23 Several years after the
initial approval, the Commission
approved the trading of additional FLEX
options on specified equity securities.24
In its order, the Commission provided:
‘‘The benefits of the Exchanges’ options
markets include, but are not limited to,
a centralized market center, an auction
market with posted transparent market
quotations and transaction reporting,
parameters and procedures for clearance
and settlement, and the guarantee of the
OCC [Options Clearing Corporation] for
all contracts traded on the Exchange.’’ 25
The Exchange notes that FLEX
options are currently traded on CBOE,
NYSE American LLC (‘‘NYSE
American’’), NYSE Arca, Inc. (‘‘NYSE
Arca’’), and Nasdaq PHLX LLC
(‘‘PHLX’’).26 The Exchange notes further
as Non-FLEX Equity Options subject to the nonFLEX trading procedures and rules. See proposed
Rule 5055(f)(1).
21 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920
(February 24, 1993), 58 FR 12280 (March 3, 1993)
(SR–CBOE–92–17) (Order Approving and Notice of
Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to
Amendment Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 to Proposed Rule
Changes by the Chicago Board Options Exchange,
Inc., Relating to Flexible Exchange Options (‘‘FLEX
Options’’)).
22 Id.
23 Id.
24 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841
(February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996)
(SR–CBOE–95–43) (SR–PSE–95–24) (Order
Approving Proposed Rule Changes and Notice of
Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of
Amendments by the Chicago Board Options
Exchange, Inc. and the Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc.,
Relating to the Listing of Flexible Exchange Options
on Specified Equity Securities).
25 Id. The Exchange notes that the Commission
found pursuant to Rule 9b–1 under the Act, that
FLEX Options, including FLEX Equity Options, are
standardized options for purposes of the options
disclosure framework established under Rule 9b–1
of the Act. Id.
26 See CBOE Rules 4.20–4.22 and 5.70–5.75 and
NYSE American Rules 900G–910G and NYSE Arca
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
that CBOE offers electronic and open
outcry FLEX option trading while NYSE
American, NYSE Arca, and PHLX offer
only open outcry trading of FLEX
options.
In August 2017, the Commission
approved the Exchange’s proposal to
adopt rules for an open outcry trading
floor.27 The Exchange based the rules
for the BOX Trading Floor on the rules
of the options exchanges that had
established trading floors at that time.
When the BOX Trading Floor was
adopted in 2017, it was the first options
trading floor to be established since the
1970s.28 As such, the BOX Trading
Floor rules have certain differences to
the trading floor rules at the other
options exchanges, to account for the
unique nature of BOX’s Trading Floor
and to modernize the existing trading
floor rules and surveillance practices.
The BOX Trading Floor has been
operating since 2017 and is now wellestablished. The Exchange believes that
its unique features for open-outcry
trading provide value to Floor
Participants. The Exchange now
proposes to allow for the trading of
FLEX Equity Options as FOO Orders on
the BOX Trading Floor.29
Proposal
The Exchange proposes to adopt Rule
5055 titled FLEX Equity Options which
describes and governs FLEX Equity
Options. Rule 5055(a) details the
applicability of other Exchange rules
with respect to the proposed FLEX
Equity Options. Specifically, the trading
of FLEX Equity Options is subject to all
other Rules applicable to the trading of
options on the Exchange, unless
otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and
7605.30 The Exchange has conducted a
thorough review of its existing Rules to
Rules 5.30–O–5.41–O and PHLX Options 8, Section
34.
27 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292
(August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017)
(SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed
Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading
Floor) (finding that the proposed rule change was
consistent with the requirements of the Act and the
rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a
national securities exchange).
28 See https://www.optionsplaybook.com/optionsintroduction/stock-option-history/.
29 The Exchange notes that the Commission has
received one comment letter in support of the
proposed rule change. The commenter believes that
permitting BOX to offer FLEX Equity Options will
expand competition and capacity and thus drive
better execution experiences for the public. See
Letter from Anish Vora, CEO, FCF Holdings LLC,
and Board of Directors of NYSE, to the SEC
(September 29, 2023) (https://www.sec.gov/
comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320638842.htm).
30 See proposed Rule 5055(a). Proposed Rule
5055(a) is based on CBOE Rule 5.72(a).
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44723
ensure that proposed Rule 5055(a)
accurately reflects the application of the
Exchange’s Non-FLEX Equity Option
Rules to FLEX Equity Options,31 as well
as those Non-FLEX Equity Option Rules
that would not apply to FLEX Equity
Options.32 As described herein, the only
means by which the Exchange intends
to permit FLEX Equity Options to be
traded is via the proposed FOO Order
type. To the extent the Exchange
proposes to adopt additional rules for
the trading of FLEX Equity Options,
including electronic trading of FLEX
Equity Options or any other order type
or trading mechanism,33 the Exchange
would file a separate proposed rule
change with the Commission.
The rules proposed by the Exchange
are uniquely applicable to FLEX Equity
Options in order to accommodate their
special characteristics. For example, the
BOX Book 34 and the Complex Order
Book 35 shall not be available for
transactions in FLEX Equity Options
because, consistent with other
exchanges’ FLEX rules, there will be no
pre-established series 36 and no
electronic trading of FLEX Equity
Options.37 While electronic trading in
FLEX options is available on CBOE,38
the Exchange at this time intends to
introduce FLEX Equity Options on the
Trading Floor in open outcry only,
consistent with other markets that trade
these customized options solely on their
trading floors in open outcry.39 The
Exchange notes that rules that
contemplate the operation of or
31 See proposed Rule 5055(a). For example, Rules
7010 (Fees and Charges), 7020 (Days and Hours of
Business), 7030 (Units of Trading), and 7080
(Trading Halts) apply to FLEX Equity Options and
Non-FLEX Equity Options alike. The Exchange
notes that an Options Exchange Official may halt
trading in any option contract in the interests of a
fair and orderly market (factors that shall be
considered are enumerated in Rule 7080(a)(1)) and
will halt trading in FLEX Equity Options when
Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying
security are halted. The BOX Trading System is also
designed to enforce the Exchange’s trading halt
rules such that a trading halt in Non-FLEX Equity
Options will result in a trading halt in FLEX Equity
Options on the same underlying security.
32 See, for example, infra note 40 and
accompanying text, explaining that FLEX Equity
Options may only trade as a FOO Order on the
Trading Floor and may not trade using any other
order type or trading mechanism, including those
designed for electronic trading.
33 Id.
34 The term ‘‘BOX Book’’ means the electronic
book of orders on each single option series
maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See BOX
Rule 100(a)(10).
35 The term ‘‘Complex Order Book’’ means the
electronic book of Complex Orders maintained by
the BOX Trading Host. See BOX Rule 7240(a)(8).
36 See infra note 56.
37 See proposed Rule 5055(a)(1). Proposed Rule
5055(a)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(c).
38 See, e.g., CBOE Rules 5.73 and 5.74.
39 See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(c).
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
44724
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
interaction with the BOX Book and the
Complex Order Book will not apply to
FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX
Equity Options may only be traded as
FOO Orders on the Trading Floor and
FOO Orders may not be placed in the
BOX Book or the Complex Order
Book.40 Additionally, the Exchange is
proposing to codify that Options
Exchange Officials have the same duties
and ability to enforce rules applicable to
the trading of FLEX Equity Options as
they do for all other activity on the
Trading Floor.41
FLEX Equity Options will only be
permitted in puts and calls that do not
have the same exercise style (American
or European), same expiration date and
same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity
Options that are already available for
trading on the same underlying
security.42 In addition, once, and if,
identical option series are listed for
trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options, (1)
all existing open positions established
under the FLEX trading procedures
shall be fully fungible with transactions
in the respective Non-FLEX Equity
Option series, and (2) any further
trading in the series would be as NonFLEX Equity Options subject to the nonFLEX trading procedures and rules.43
Therefore, FOO Orders, whose terms
must be different from options that are
already available for trading, would not
be fungible with interest resting on the
BOX Book or Complex Order Book.
Accordingly, the Exchange believes
FOO Orders would not be able to trade
through interest resting on the BOX
Book or Complex Order Book nor would
interest resting on the BOX Book or
Complex Order Book lose priority to
FOO Orders.
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(b)
which defines the following terms:
FLEX Equity Option, Non-FLEX Equity
Option, FLEX Market Maker, and FLEX
40 The Exchange notes that FLEX Equity Options
may not trade via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and
Solicitation Auctions, or as Qualified Contingent
Cross (‘‘QCC’’), Complex QCC, Customer Cross,
Complex Customer Cross Orders, and any new
order type not explicitly included within the FLEX
Equity Option rules pursuant to rule filings
submitted under Section 19(b) of the Act. See BOX
Rules 7110, 7150, 7245, and 7270. If the Exchange
intended to allow FLEX Equity Options to trade via
the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and Solicitation
Auctions, or as (‘‘QCC’’), Complex QCC, Customer
Cross, and Complex Customer Cross Orders, the
Exchange would be required to file a proposed rule
change with the Commission to amend its rules to
allow for the inclusion of FLEX Equity Options in
the relevant rule text.
41 See proposed Rule 5055(a)(2).
42 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O,
Commentary .01.
43 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule
5055(f)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O,
Commentary .01.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
Open Outcry Order. Specifically, the
term ‘‘FLEX Equity Option’’ means an
option on a specified underlying
security that is subject to Rule 5055.44
‘‘Non-FLEX Equity Option’’ means an
option contract that is not a FLEX
Equity Option.45 ‘‘FLEX Open Outcry
Order’’ (‘‘FOO Order’’) means a FLEX
Equity Option order as defined in
proposed Rule 7605.46 ‘‘FLEX Market
Maker’’ means a Market Maker that is
qualified by the Exchange to trade FLEX
Equity Options and meets the
requirements of proposed Rule
5055(k).47 The proposed functionality
for FOO Orders is designed to be similar
to the Exchange’s existing Qualified
Open Outcry (‘‘QOO’’) Orders because
both order types will be transacted on
the Trading Floor and BOX believes
they should follow similar procedures,
excluding provisions related to the BOX
Book, as discussed below.48 FLEX
Equity Options shall not be traded other
than as FOO Orders, which may only be
traded on the Trading Floor.49 The
Exchange also proposes to specify in
proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) that, for the
avoidance of doubt, FLEX Equity
Options may not be traded using any
other order type or trading mechanism
offered by the Exchange.
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(c)
which states that, in addition to the
restrictions in Rule 5055(b)(3), certain
Exchange rules do not apply to
transactions in FLEX Equity Options.
Specifically, Rule 7600 ‘‘Qualified Open
Outcry Orders—Floor Crossing’’ and
Rule 7620 ‘‘Accommodation
Transactions’’ do not apply to
transactions in FLEX Equity Options.50
These rules represent order types that
currently apply to Non-FLEX Equity
Options on the BOX Trading Floor and
are specifically excluded given that the
Exchange is proposing the FOO Order
type to be used exclusively for trading
FLEX Equity Options. However, the
Exchange proposes that certain Rule
7600 Interpretive Materials apply to
FLEX Equity Options; in particular IM–
44 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(1). The Exchange
notes that proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i) provides that
FLEX Equity Options on underlying securities may
be authorized pursuant to Rule 5020.
45 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(2). Proposed Rule
5055(b)(2) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–
O(b)(11).
46 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3).
47 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(4).
48 See BOX Rule 7600. See also Securities
Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017),
82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48)
(Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as
Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt
Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor).
49 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3).
50 See proposed Rule 5055(c). Proposed Rule
5055(c) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(d).
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
7600–2 51 and IM–7600–5.52 IM–7600–2
51 BOX IM–7600–2 provides that nothing
prohibits a Floor Broker from buying or selling a
stock, security futures, or futures position following
receipt of an option order, including a Complex
Order, provided that prior to announcing such
order to the trading crowd: (a) the option order is
in a class designated as eligible for ‘‘tied hedge’’
transactions (as described below) as determined by
the Exchange and is within the designated tied
hedge eligibility size parameters, which parameters
shall be determined by the Exchange and may not
be smaller than 500 contracts per order.
Additionally, there shall be no aggregation of
multiple orders to satisfy the size parameter, and for
Complex Orders involved in a tied hedge
transaction at least one leg must meet the minimum
size requirement; (b) such Floor Broker shall create
an electronic record that it is engaging in a tied
hedge transaction in a form and manner prescribed
by the Exchange; (c) such hedging position is: (1)
comprised of a position designated as eligible for
a tied hedge transaction as determined by the
Exchange and may include the same underlying
stock applicable to the option order, a security
future overlying the same stock applicable to the
option order or, in reference to an index or
Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (‘‘ETF’’), a related
instrument. A ‘‘related instrument’’ means, in
reference to an index option, securities comprising
ten percent or more of the component securities in
the index or a futures contract on any economically
equivalent index applicable to the option order. A
‘‘related instrument’’ means, in reference to an ETF
option, a futures contract on any economically
equivalent index applicable to the ETF underlying
the option order; (2) brought without undue delay
to the trading crowd and announced concurrently
with the option order; (3) offered to the trading
crowd in its entirety; and (4) offered, at the
execution price received by the Floor Broker
introducing the option, to any in-crowd Floor
Participant who has established parity or priority
for the related options; (d) the hedging position
does not exceed the option order on a delta basis;
(e) all tied hedge transactions (regardless of whether
the option order is a simple or Complex Order) are
treated the same as Complex Orders for purposes
of the Exchange’s open outcry allocation and
reporting procedures. Tied hedge transactions are
subject to the existing NBBO trade-through
requirements for options and stock, as applicable,
and may qualify for various exceptions; however,
when the option order is a simple order, the
execution of the option leg of a tied hedge
transaction does not qualify for the NBBO tradethrough exception for a Complex Trade (defined in
Rule 7610(e)); (f) in-crowd Floor Participants that
participate in the option transaction must also
participate in the hedging position and may not
prevent the option transaction from occurring by
giving a competing bid or offer for one component
of such order; (g) in the event the conditions in the
non-options market prevents the execution of the
non-option leg(s) at the agreed prices, the trade
representing the options leg(s) may be cancelled;
and (h) prior to entering tied hedge orders on behalf
of Customers, the Floor Broker must deliver to the
Customer a written notification informing the
Customer that his order may be executed using the
Exchange’s tied hedge procedures. The written
notification must disclose the terms and conditions
contained in this Interpretative Material and be in
a form approved by the Exchange. See BOX IM–
7600–2. The Exchange notes that another exchange
makes similar orders available for FLEX trading.
See PHLX Options 8, Section 34(b)(2) (new citation
of PHLX Options 8, Section 34(f)(2) to be
implemented prior to August 2024).
52 BOX IM–7600–5 provides that a Participant
shall not utilize the Trading Floor to effect any
transaction for its own account, the account of an
associated person, or an account with respect to
which it or an associated person thereof exercises
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
and IM–7600–5 relate to tied hedge
orders and to compliance with Section
11(a)(1) of the Act, respectively, and
will apply to the proposed FOO Orders
in the same manner as they currently
apply to QOO Orders. Because these
provisions would apply equally to FLEX
Equity Options as they do to Non-FLEX
Equity Options, they need not be
duplicated for purposes of the proposed
rules.
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(d)
which states that FLEX Equity Options
will have no trading rotations.53 Trading
rotations are used to open or reopen a
series of options on BOX at a single
price.54 There is a period of time before
the market in the underlying security
opens during which orders placed on
the BOX Book do not generate trade
executions but may participate in the
Opening Match.55 FLEX Equity Options
will not be placed on the BOX Book,
and therefore will not have trading
rotations because there will be no
requirement for specific FLEX Equity
Option series to be quoted or traded
each day. FLEX Equity Options are
created with terms unique to individual
investment objectives. As such, each
investor may require FLEX Equity
Options with slightly different terms
than those already created. These
individually defined FLEX Equity
Options are customized for each
investor and therefore trading rotations
may not be useful for other investors
who may create their own FLEX Equity
Options because trading rotations are
designed, in part, to determine a single
opening, or reopening, price based on
orders and quotes from multiple
Participants. With the bespoke nature of
FLEX Equity Options there is not the
opportunity, nor need, to bring together
multiple orders and quotes as part of a
trading rotation.
Further, the Exchange proposes Rule
5055(e) which provides that FLEX
Equity Options will not be
preestablished for trading and, provided
the options on an underlying security
are otherwise eligible for FLEX trading,
FLEX Equity Options shall be permitted
in puts and calls that do not have the
same exercise style, same expiration
date, and same exercise price as NonFLEX Equity Options that are already
available for trading on the same
underlying security. Proposed Rule
investment discretion by relying on an exemption
under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange Act. See
BOX IM–7600–5.
53 See proposed Rule 5055(d). Proposed Rule
5055(d) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.31–O(b).
54 See BOX Rules 7070(e)(2) and (l).
55 See BOX Rules 7070(a) and (e). The Exchange
notes that trading rotations are referred to in BOX
Rule 7070(e) as the Opening Match.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
5055(e) further provides that FLEX
Equity Options must include one of
each of the terms of a FLEX Equity
Option that are described in the
proposed Rule.56 Specifically, (i) the
Exchange may authorize for trading a
FLEX Equity Option class on any
underlying security if it may authorize
trading a Non-FLEX Equity Option class
on that underlying security pursuant to
Rule 5020,57 and that has Non-FLEX
Equity Options on such security listed
and traded on at least one national
securities exchange, even if the
Exchange does not list that Non-FLEX
Equity Option class for trading; 58 (ii)
the option type may be put or call; 59
(iii) the exercise price may be any dollar
amount in minimum increments of
$0.01; 60 (iv) the exercise style may be
American or European; 61 and (v) the
expiration date may be any business day
(specified to the day, month, and year)
no more than 15 years from the date of
the FLEX Equity Option transaction.62
Additionally, the exercise settlement of
FLEX Equity Options shall be by
physical delivery of the underlying
security.63
56 Proposed Rule 5055(e) is based on NYSE Arca
Rule 5.32–O. The Exchange notes that it is not
proposing FLEX Index Options and thus has not
incorporated applicable provisions as Index
Options do not trade on BOX.
57 Rule 5020 provides criteria for the listing of
options on several different underlying types of
securities, including securities registered with the
SEC under Regulation NMS of the Act (‘‘NMS
stock’’), Exchange-Traded Fund Shares, and IndexLinked Securities. See BOX Rule 5020.
58 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(i) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–
O(f)(1).
59 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(ii). Proposed
Rule 5055(e)(2)(ii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule
5.32–O(b)(2).
60 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii). Proposed
Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule
5.32–O(f)(2) (exercise prices and premiums may be
stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount; (ii) a method
for fixing at the time a FLEX Request for Quote or
FLEX Order is traded; or (iii) a percentage of the
price of the underlying security at the time of the
trade or as of the close of trading on the NYSE Arca
on the trade date). The Exchange notes that the
proposal only includes exercise, bid, and offer
prices in terms of a dollar amount.
61 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv). Proposed
Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv) is based on NYSE Arca Rule
5.32–O(b)(3).
62 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(v) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.32–
O(b)(4) and (6). The Exchange notes that it has
omitted the exception for FLEX Index Options
because BOX does not list FLEX Index Options and
FLEX Index Options are not part of this proposal.
63 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(3). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(3) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–
O(f)(3)(i). The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule
5.32–O(f)(3)(i) includes references to ExchangeTraded Fund Shares and FLEX ByRDs that the
Exchange is not including because the Exchange
believes it is not necessary to specifically reference
Exchange-Traded Fund Shares as they are included
under the term underlying security. Additionally,
the Exchange notes that FLEX ByRDs are not being
proposed on the Exchange.
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44725
Next, the Exchange proposes Rule
5055(f) titled Fungibility of FLEX Equity
Options. Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1),
described above, limits FLEX Equity
Option terms such that options on an
underlying security otherwise eligible
for FLEX trading will only be permitted
in puts and calls that do not have the
same exercise style (American or
European), same expiration date and
same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity
Options that are already available for
trading on the same underlying
security.64 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, FLEX Equity Options that
may in the future have the same terms
as Non-FLEX Equity Options will be
permitted before the options are listed
for trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options.
Once and if the identical option series
are listed for trading as Non-FLEX
Equity Options: (i) all existing open
positions established under the FLEX
trading procedures shall be fully
fungible with transactions in the
respective Non-FLEX Equity Option
series,65 and (ii) any further trading in
the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity
Options subject to the non-FLEX trading
procedures and rules,66 in addition to
any other rules that apply to Non-FLEX
Equity Options.67 In the event a Non64 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O,
Commentary .01. The Exchanges notes that its
system enforces the requirement that a FLEX Equity
Option does not have the same exercise style
(American or European), same expiration date and
same exercise price as a Non-FLEX Equity Option
that is already available for trading on the same
underlying security. Specifically, the system will
reject an order in a FLEX Equity Option if the order
is received with the same exercise style (American
or European), same expiration date and same
exercise price as a Non-FLEX Equity Option that is
already available for trading on the same underlying
security on the Exchange.
65 An open position resulting from a transaction
on the Exchange becomes fungible post-trade and
is separate from the execution occurring on the
Exchange. For example, assume a Participant buys
one (1) American style AAPL call option expiring
on October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150,
which is a FLEX series because there is no standard
option listed with those same terms. Now assume,
while holding this position, a standard option with
the same terms is listed (American style AAPL call
option expiring on October 9, 2024, with a strike
price of 150). After this standard option is listed,
the Participant purchases one (1) contract in this
non-FLEX option series. After this second
transaction, the Participant will have an open
position of two (2) contracts in the standard AAPL
call expiring on October 9, 2024, with a 150 strike
price.
66 This includes all priority and trade-through
requirements on the Exchange (see, e.g., Rule 7130).
67 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule
5055(f)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O,
Commentary .01. The Exchange notes that FLEX
Equity Options previously traded as part of a
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order where
the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series is
later listed may not be traded as part of a Complex
FOO Order or Multi-leg FOO Order except as
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
Continued
21MYN1
44726
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
FLEX Equity Option series is added
intra-day, the holder or writer of a FLEX
Equity Option position established
under the FLEX trading procedures
would be permitted to close such
position under the FLEX trading
procedures against another closing only
FLEX Equity Option position for the
balance of the trading day on which the
series is added.68 In the event the NonFLEX Equity Option series is added on
a trading day after the position is
established, the holder or writer of a
FLEX Equity Option position
established under the FLEX trading
procedures would be permitted to close
such position as a non-FLEX transaction
consistent with the requirements of Rule
5055(f)(1).
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(g)
which states that the minimum quoting
and trading increment for FLEX Equity
Option contracts traded on BOX will be
one cent ($0.01) for all series.69
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(h)
which states that FLEX Equity Options
will be subject to the exercise by
exception provisions of Rule 805 of the
OCC, titled Expiration Exercise
Procedure.70 Rule 805 provides
provisions for the automatic exercise of
certain options upon expiration.
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(i)
which details position limits for FLEX
Equity Options. Specifically, 5055(i)(1)
states that FLEX Equity Options will not
provided in proposed Rules 5055(f)(2) and
7605(d)(3) and (4) once such Non-FLEX Equity
Option series has been listed on the Exchange. See
proposed Rules 7605(d)(1), (3) and (4). For example,
assume a Participant executes a Complex FOO
Order to buy strategy A + B where A and B are both
FLEX Equity Option series. Now assume that prior
to the opening on the next trading day, a Non-FLEX
Equity Option series with the same terms
(underlying security, type, exercise price, exercise
style, and expiration date) as A has been listed on
the Exchange. If the Participant decided to close out
their open position in strategy A + B, it would need
to be done as two separate orders for the component
legs of the original order: (i) selling B, a FLEX
Equity Option, by submitting a FOO Order, and (ii)
selling the corresponding Non-FLEX Equity Option
series that has the same terms as A because A has
become fungible with the Non-FLEX Equity Option
series with the identical terms. Trading in A would
be subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and
rules. See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1).
68 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). Proposed Rule
5055(f)(2) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O,
Commentary .01. The Exchange notes that Complex
FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders, discussed
below, may be traded with one or more closing only
component legs. The Exchange notes that proposed
Rule 5055(f) differs from NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O,
Commentary .01 in that it includes proposed Rules
5055(f)(2) and (3), which detail the interaction
between proposed Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1).
69 See proposed Rule 5055(g). Proposed Rule
5055(g) is based on CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The
Exchange notes that minimum increments in
percentage terms have been omitted because they
are not part of this proposal.
70 See proposed Rule 5055(h). Proposed Rule
5055(h) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(4).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
be subject to position limits, except as
long as the options positions remain
open, positions in FLEX Equity Options
that expire on a third Friday-of-themonth shall be aggregated with
positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options
on the same underlying security and
shall be subject to the position and
exercise limits set forth in this proposed
rule, and in the current BOX rules.71
Positions in FLEX Equity Options shall
not be taken into account when
calculating position limits for NonFLEX Equity Options, other than for
positions in FLEX Equity Options that
expire on a third Friday-of-the-month,
as discussed below.72
The Exchange proposes that rather
than be subject to FLEX position limits,
each Participant (other than a Market
Maker) that maintains a position on the
same side of the market in excess of the
standard position limit for Non-FLEX
Equity Options 73 of the same class on
behalf of its own account or for the
account of a customer shall report
information on the FLEX Equity Option
position, positions in any related
instrument, the purpose or strategy for
the position and the collateral used by
the account. This report shall be in the
form and manner prescribed by the
Exchange. The Exchange notes that
other exchanges that offer FLEX equity
options, adopted position limit
reporting when FLEX equity options
were first permitted to trade without
position limits and exercise limits.74 In
71 See BOX Rules 3120 (Position Limits) and 3140
(Exercise Limits). The Exchange notes that Complex
FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders when
executed result in position changes for the
individual component legs of the transaction based
on the composition of the Complex or Multi-Leg
FOO Order.
72 See proposed Rule 5055(i). Proposed Rule
5055(i) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.35–O(a)(iii)
and (b). The Exchange notes that Index Options and
Binary Return Derivatives (‘‘ByRDs’’) are not traded
on BOX and therefore FLEX Index Options and
FLEX ByRDs will not be traded on BOX and are not
included in proposed Rule 5055(i). See also CBOE
Rule 8.35 and NYSE American Rule 906G and
PHLX Options 8, Section 34(e).
73 See BOX Rule 3120 (Position Limits). The
Exchange notes that Complex FOO Orders and
Multi-Leg FOO Orders when executed result in
position changes for the individual component legs
of the transaction based on the composition of the
Complex or Multi-Leg FOO Order.
74 See Securities Exchange Act Release Nos.
39032 (September 9, 1997), 62 FR 48683 (September
16, 1997) (SR–Amex–96–19; SR–CBOE–96–79; SR–
PCX–97–09) (Order Granting Approval to Proposed
Rule Change and Notice of Filing and Order
Granting Accelerated Approval to Amendment No.
1 to Proposed Rule Change by the American Stock
Exchange, Inc. and the Chicago Board Options
Exchange, Inc., and Order Granting Approval to
Proposed Rule Change by the Pacific Exchange,
Inc., Relating to the Elimination of Position and
Exercise Limits for FLEX Equity Options) (approval
of a pilot program for the elimination of position
and exercise limits on FLEX Equity Options) and
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
addition, whenever the Exchange
determines that a higher margin
requirement is necessary in light of the
risks associated with a FLEX Equity
Option position in excess of the
standard position limit for Non-FLEX
Equity Options of the same class, the
Exchange may, pursuant to its authority
under Rule 10130(b), consider imposing
additional margin upon the account
maintaining such under-hedged
position. Additionally, it should be
noted that the clearing firm carrying the
account will be subject to capital
charges under Rule 15c3–1 under the
Act 75 to the extent of any margin
deficiency resulting from the higher
margin requirement.76
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(j)
which governs exercise limits for FLEX
Equity Options. Specifically, proposed
Rule 5055(j) states that exercise limits
for FLEX Equity Options shall be
equivalent to the position limits
established in this proposal;
accordingly, except as described below,
there shall be no exercise limits for
FLEX Equity Options.77 FLEX Equity
Options will not be taken into account
when calculating exercise limits for
Non-FLEX Equity Options, except that
as long as the option positions remain
open, positions in FLEX Equity Options
which expire on a third Friday-of-themonth shall be aggregated with
positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options
on the same underlying security and
will be subject to Non-FLEX Equity
Option exercise limits as applicable.78
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(k)
which details the Letter of Guarantee
required for Market Makers to trade
FLEX Equity Options. Specifically,
proposed Rule 5055(k) states that no
Market Maker shall effect any
transaction in FLEX Equity Options
unless a Letter of Guarantee has been
issued by a clearing member
organization and filed with the
Exchange pursuant to Rule 8070
specifically accepting financial
responsibility for all FLEX Equity
Option transactions made by such
Market Maker and such letter has not
been revoked under Rule 8070(c).79 A
42223 (December 10, 1999), 64 FR 71158 (December
20, 1999) (SR–Amex–99–40; SR–PCX–99–41; SR–
CBOE–99–59) (Order Granting Accelerated
Approval to Proposed Rule Change Relating to the
Permanent Approval of the Elimination of Position
and Exercise Limits for FLEX Equity Options).
75 See 17 CFR 240.15c3–1.
76 See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1). Proposed Rule
5055(i)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.35–O(b).
77 See proposed Rule 5055(j). Proposed Rule
5055(j) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.36–O. See
also proposed Rule 5055(i).
78 See proposed Rule 5055(i).
79 See proposed Rule 5055(k). Proposed Rule
5055(k) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(a). The
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
Letter of Guarantee will be required for
a Market Maker to be qualified to trade
FLEX Equity Options.
Similarly, the Exchange proposes
Rule 5055(l), which provides that no
Floor Broker 80 shall effect any
transaction in FLEX Equity Options
unless a Letter of Authorization has
been issued by a clearing member
organization and filed with the
Exchange specifically accepting
responsibility for the clearance of FLEX
Equity Option transactions of the Floor
Broker, and that such letter will remain
in effect until a written revocation is
received by the Exchange.81
FLEX Open Outcry (‘‘FOO’’) Orders
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
The Exchange proposes to introduce a
new order type to facilitate FLEX Equity
Option transactions on the BOX Trading
Floor. Specifically, the Exchange
proposes to adopt a FOO Order type and
to model it after a current order type on
the Trading Floor—QOO Orders.82
Trading FLEX options on an exchange
floor in a similar manner as non-FLEX
options is consistent with how FLEX
orders are traded on another
exchange.83 FOO Orders must consist of
Exchange notes that, while NYSE Arca allows an
existing Letter of Guarantee to be amended
specifically to include FLEX transactions upon
approval by the OCC, the Exchange’s proposal does
not include such a provision because the Exchange
will require a separate Letter of Guarantee. The
Exchange notes that a Market Maker’s Letter of
Guarantee will remain effective until a revocation
is received by the Exchange.
80 A Floor Broker is an individual who is
registered with the Exchange for the purpose, while
on the Trading Floor, of accepting and handling
options orders. A Floor Broker must be registered
as an Options Participant prior to registering as a
Floor Broker. See BOX Rule 7540.
81 See proposed Rule 5055(l). Proposed Rule
5055(l) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(b). The
Exchange notes that, while NYSE Arca allows an
existing Letter of Authorization to be amended
specifically to include FLEX transactions upon
approval by the OCC, the Exchange’s proposal does
not include such a provision because the Exchange
will require a separate Letter of Authorization. The
Exchange notes that a Floor Broker’s Letter of
Authorization will remain effective until a written
revocation is received by the Exchange.
82 See proposed Rule 7605. See also Securities
Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017),
82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48)
(Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as
Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt
Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (finding
that the proposed rule change was consistent with
the requirements of the Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder applicable to a national
securities exchange).
83 CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented
and executed in the same manner as a non-FLEX
Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The Exchange notes
that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) excludes certain provisions
applicable to non-FLEX options, such as those
related to Book priority. Similarly, the Exchange
has proposed to exclude certain provisions
applicable to Non-FLEX Equity Options, including
those related to BOX Book priority. See infra note
122 (explaining that book priority provisions are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
options with terms as defined in
proposed Rule 5055. Further, FOO
Orders are limited solely to FLEX Equity
Options.84 FOO Orders are limited
solely to the BOX Trading Floor and
may be entered only by Floor Brokers.85
Floor Brokers must also be registered
under Rule 7550. Prior to the
announcement of such FOO Orders in
the trading crowd, Floor Brokers must
record all FOO Orders pursuant to Rule
7580(e)(1).86
Floor Market Makers in good standing
under Rule 8500 may apply to be FLEX
Market Makers. FOO Orders may be
traded by FLEX Market Makers and will
be subject to Rule 8510, including
provisions for the course and conduct of
dealings, class assignments, and option
priority and parity, unless otherwise
specified in proposed Rule 7605.87 All
Floor Market Makers in good standing
may apply to be FLEX Market Makers.
The Exchange shall qualify at least three
not necessary for FOO Orders because there will be
no FLEX Equity Option interest on the BOX Book).
See also proposed Rule 5055(a)(1) (providing that
the BOX Book and Complex Order Book shall not
be available for transactions in FLEX Equity
Options).
84 See proposed Rule 7605(a).
85 See proposed Rule 7605(b). Proposed Rule
7605(b) is based on BOX Rules 7600(a)(2) and (3)
and NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(b). Additionally, the
Exchange is proposing to add a statement clarifying
that Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders
pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(1) prior to the
announcement of such FOO Orders, which is the
requirement for all orders on the Trading Floor.
86 BOX Rule 7580(e)(1) outlines the requirements
for a Floor Broker to record and systematize any
orders prior to announcement of such order in the
trading crowd.
87 See proposed Rule 7605(c). Proposed Rule
7605(c) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.37–O(a) and
5.41–O(a). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE
Arca requires at least three FLEX Qualified Market
Makers per class, the Exchange’s proposal does not
qualify FLEX Market Makers per class. The
Exchange emphasizes that, pursuant to proposed
Rule 7605(c), all FLEX Market Makers must first be
registered as Market Makers under the Rule 8000
series and as Floor Market Makers under Rule 8500
before they can be qualified as FLEX Market
Makers. Accordingly, all FLEX Market Makers will
be subject to the Rule 8000 series (as Market
Makers) and Rules 8500 and 8510 (as Floor Market
Makers) in their entirety, and such FLEX Market
Makers will be required to be familiar with and
abide by those Exchange rules where applicable.
The statement in proposed Rule 7605(c) providing
that FLEX Market Makers are subject to the
obligations and restrictions of Rule 8510 ‘‘unless
otherwise specified’’ in Rule 7605 is simply
intended to allow for certain obligations and
restrictions unique to FLEX Market Makers’ trading
in FLEX Equity Options that differ from those
Market Makers’ activities in Non-FLEX Equity
Options. See, e.g., proposed Rules 7605(g) and (h)
(providing FLEX-specific quoting obligations and
spread differential requirements). For the avoidance
of doubt, nothing in proposed Rule 7605 is
intended to eliminate or reduce any generally
applicable Market Maker or Floor Market Maker
obligation, such as a Market Maker’s obligation to
maintain a course of dealings reasonably calculated
to contribute to the maintenance of a fair and
orderly market.
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44727
FLEX Market Makers in accordance
with a FLEX-specific qualification
process prescribed by the Exchange to
perform as Market Makers in FLEX
Equity Options on the Trading Floor.88
The Exchange notes that each FLEX
Market Maker will be required to quote
all classes of FLEX Equity Options on
the Trading Floor.89 Additionally, a
Floor Broker shall ascertain that at least
one FLEX Market Maker is present in
the Crowd Area prior to announcing an
order for execution.90 The Exchange
notes that the Commission provided in
its order approving the BOX Trading
Floor that this requirement, among
others, is designed to increase the
opportunities for another Floor
Participant to compete to interact with
the orders on the Trading Floor.91 For
FLEX Equity Options, this means that at
least one of the FLEX Market Makers,
out of the at least three required to be
qualified by the Exchange, is present in
the Crowd Area when the FOO Order is
announced.92
88 Id. The Exchange notes that qualification of
three Floor Market Makers as FLEX Market Makers
is a prerequisite for FOO Order trading on the
Trading Floor. Additionally, FLEX Market Maker
qualification will include the completion of a
FLEX-specific Letter of Guarantee and an
examination requiring knowledge of FLEX Equity
Options, including FLEX Equity Option terms,
FLEX Market Maker qualification requirements,
FLEX Market Maker quoting obligations, and FOO
Order trading procedures. See proposed Rule
5055(k). The Exchange notes that its qualification
exam does not substitute for any FINRA exam that
may also be required. FLEX Market Maker
qualification will also include the standard
qualification process and requirements applicable
to Market Makers and Floor Market Makers more
generally, as only Floor Market Makers in good
standing and registered under Rule 8000 may apply
to be FLEX Market Makers.
89 The Exchange notes that Floor Market Makers
are not currently appointed to specific classes of
Non-FLEX Equity Options on the Trading Floor as
there is only one trading crowd where all classes
are traded. Instead, Floor Market Makers are
required to quote all classes when present on the
Trading Floor pursuant to BOX Rule 8510(e) (In
Classes of Option Contracts Other Than Those to
Which Appointed). Specifically, Rule 8510(e)
provides that whenever a BOX Floor Market Maker
enters the trading crowd he must undertake the
obligations specified in Rule 8510(d) (In Classes of
Option Contracts to Which Assigned—Affirmative
Obligations). This results in all BOX Floor Market
Makers being required to quote all classes on the
Trading Floor. The same will apply to FLEX Market
Makers. See infra note 152.
90 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(3). Proposed Rule
7605(e)(3) is similar to BOX Rule 7580(a), which
applies to QOO Orders on the Trading Floor and
requires a Floor Broker to ascertain that at least one
Floor Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area
prior to announcing an order for execution.
91 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292
(August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017)
(SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed
Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading
Floor).
92 The Exchange notes that the requirement to
have at least three qualified FLEX Market Makers
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
Continued
21MYN1
44728
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
On the BOX Trading Floor today, a
Floor Broker may bring an unmatched
order (i.e., the initiating side of a QOO
Order) to the Trading Floor in order to
seek liquidity. If the Floor Broker
attempts to source the contra-side, the
Floor Broker must announce the
unmatched order to the trading crowd.93
After finding sufficient quantity to
match the initiating side of an
unmatched order pursuant to Rules
7580(e)(2) and 7600(b), the Floor Broker
is then able to submit a two-sided QOO
Order to the BOG 94 as required.95 Floor
Brokers may also enter single-sided
orders into the BOX Book using BOX’s
electronic interface. Specifically, a Floor
Broker may receive a matched or
unmatched order via a telephone call on
the Trading Floor 96 or may have the
matched or unmatched order sent
electronically to the Floor Broker’s order
entry mechanism on the Trading Floor
prior to submitting the QOO Order to
the BOG. Similar to how QOO Orders
are introduced on the Trading Floor
today, FOO Orders may be brought to
the floor as matched or unmatched
orders with a Floor Broker receiving the
matched or unmatched order via the
same methods that Floor Brokers receive
them currently on the Trading Floor.97
The Exchange again notes that trading
FLEX options on an exchange floor in a
similar manner as non-FLEX options is
consistent with how FLEX orders are
traded on another exchange.98
is a baseline that must be met in order for any FLEX
Equity Option to be traded on the Trading Floor.
The requirement that at least one FLEX Market
Maker be present when an FOO Order is announced
is an additional order-by-order requirement that
promotes order competition and is the same
requirement for QOO Orders currently.
93 The Exchange notes that a Floor Broker must
announce an agency order that is represented to the
trading crowd before submitting the order to the
BOG for execution, whether the Floor Broker is
representing a single-sided order and soliciting
contra-side interest, or the Floor Broker has
sufficient interest to match against the agency order
already. See Rule 7580(e)(2).
94 The BOX Order Gateway (‘‘BOG’’) is a
component of the Trading Host which enables Floor
Brokers and/or their employees to enter
transactions on the Trading Floor. See BOX Rule
100(b)(2).
95 See BOX IM–7600–4.
96 When a Floor Broker receives an order,
matched or unmatched, via telephone, the Floor
Broker must enter the order electronically into the
Floor Broker’s order entry mechanism.
97 See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release No.
80720 (May 18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23666 (May 23,
2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Notice of Filing of
Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to
Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor)
(‘‘[A] Floor Broker may receive a matched or
unmatched order via a telephone call on the
Trading Floor or may have the matched or
unmatched order sent electronically to the Floor
Broker’s order entry mechanism on the Trading
Floor . . . . ’’).
98 CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented
and executed in a similar manner as a non-FLEX
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
Next, pursuant to proposed Rule
7605(d), FOO Orders may be Complex
Orders (‘‘Complex FOO Order’’) or
Multi-Leg Orders (‘‘Multi-Leg FOO
Order’’) as defined in Rules 7240(a)(7)
and (10) with no more than the
applicable number of legs, as
determined by the Exchange and
communicated to Participants,99
including tied hedge orders as defined
in IM–7600–2.100 However, the priority
provisions of Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3)
do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or
Multi-Leg FOO Orders because there
will be no Complex Order Book for such
orders, nor will there be a BOX Book for
the individual FLEX Equity Option
components of the Complex FOO
Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders.101
Each option leg of a Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must be
for a FLEX Equity Option series with the
same underlying security and must have
the same exercise style (American or
European).102 If a Non-FLEX Equity
Option series is added intra-day for a
component leg(s) of a Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the
holder or writer of a position in the
component leg(s) resulting from such
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO
Order would be permitted to close its
Announcement, Representation, and
Execution of a FOO Order
The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(e)
which details announcement and
representation of FOO Orders on the
BOX Trading Floor that is consistent
with the current Trading Floor
requirements.104 Specifically, the
Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The Exchange notes
that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) excludes certain provisions
applicable to non-FLEX options, such as those
related to Book priority. Similarly, the Exchange
has proposed to exclude certain provisions
applicable to Non-FLEX Equity Options, including
those related to BOX Book priority. See infra note
122 (explaining that book priority provisions are
not necessary for FOO Orders because there will be
no FLEX Equity Option interest on the BOX Book).
See also proposed Rule 5055(a)(1) (providing that
the BOX Book and Complex Order Book shall not
be available for transactions in FLEX Equity
Options).
99 The Exchange notes that this process is the
same as current Rule 7600(a)(4) for QOO Orders on
the BOX Trading Floor. See BOX Informational
Circular 2022–18 (June 7, 2022), https://
boxoptions.com/assets/IC-2022-18-UpcomingEnhancements-to-Complex-Orders.pdf (providing
that the maximum number of legs for Complex
Orders is currently 16). A separate notice will be
issued for Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO
Orders.
100 The Exchange notes that tied hedge orders
may not be smaller than 500 contracts per order.
See BOX IM–7600–2(a).
101 The Exchange notes that, as with a simple
FOO Order, the priority and allocation rules
applicable to Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg
FOO Orders are in proposed Rules 7605(i)
(allocation of the initiating side of a FOO Order
against the contra-side of the FOO Order and
interest from the Trading Crowd) and (k) (Floor
Broker guarantee when crossing orders) and current
Rule 7610 (priority among Floor Participants in the
Trading Crowd).
102 See proposed Rule 7605(d). Proposed Rule
7605(d) is based on CBOE Rules 1.1 (definition of
‘‘Complex Order’’) and 5.70(b) and BOX Rule
7600(a)(4). The Exchange does not reference FLEX
Index Options or related attributes because Index
Options are not traded on BOX and FLEX Index
Options are not proposed herein.
103 See Proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4). The
Exchange is proposing Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4) to
clarify the treatment of Complex FOO Orders and
Multi-Leg FOO Orders when a Non-FLEX Equity
Option is subsequently listed for a component leg.
104 Proposed Rule 7605(e) is based on BOX Rules
7600(a), (a)(1), (b) and (c). The Exchange notes that
the QOO Order provisions related to market
conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book sweep,
the Complex Order Book, auctions, and away
routing have been omitted because there will be no
NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, no
electronic auctions, and no book sweep for FOO
Orders. See BOX Rules 7600(c)–(e) and (h). A book
sweep is the number of contracts, if any, of the
initiating side of a QOO Order that the Floor Broker
is willing to relinquish to orders and quotes on the
BOX Book that have priority pursuant to Rules
7600(d)(1) and (2). See BOX Rule 7600(h). Book
sweeps will not apply to FOO Orders. As provided
in proposed Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1), FOO Orders
must have different terms from orders on the BOX
Book and, therefore, could not execute against
interest on the BOX Book. For the same reason, the
Complex Order priority provisions in Rules
7240(b)(2) and (3), which address the priority of
Complex Orders and interest on the BOX Book, do
not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg
FOO Orders. See proposed Rule 7605(d). The
priority and allocation of FOO Orders will be
determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and
current Rule 7610. See supra note 101. The
Exchange also notes that proposed Rule 7605(e)
requires that Floor Brokers announcing a FOO
Order give Floor Participants a reasonable amount
of time to respond, as provided in Rule 100(b)(5).
Proposed Rule 7605(e) further provides that the
Exchange shall establish, and announce via
Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of time that
qualifies as a reasonable amount of time that a Floor
Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond,
which must be between three seconds and five
minutes. This differs from current Rule 7600(c),
which simply states that Floor Brokers must allow
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
position(s) under the FLEX trading
procedures against another closing only
FLEX Equity Option position for the
balance of the trading day on which the
Non-FLEX Equity Option series is
added. If a Non-FLEX Equity Option
series is added for a component leg(s) of
a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg
FOO Order on a trading day after the
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO
Order position is established, the holder
or writer of a position in the component
leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be
required to execute separate FLEX
Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity
Option transactions to close its
position(s), such that FLEX Equity
Option component leg(s) would trade
under the FLEX trading procedures and
Non-FLEX Equity Option component
leg(s) would trade subject to the nonFLEX trading procedures and rules.103
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
Exchange proposes that all FOO Orders
must be represented to the trading
crowd as provided in Rule 7580(e)(2) 105
prior to submitting the agency FOO
Order as part of a two-sided order to the
Trading Host. The Exchange notes that
Floor Brokers may bring unmatched
orders (i.e., the initiating side of a FOO
Order) to the Trading Floor in order to
seek a contra-side. Once a contra-side is
sourced, the Floor Broker shall submit
the two-sided FOO Order to the BOG.106
When a Floor Broker submits a FOO
Order for execution, the order will be
executed in accordance with the
proposed rules. A FOO Order on the
Exchange is not deemed executed until
it is processed by the Trading Host. All
transactions occurring from the Trading
Floor must be processed by the Trading
Host. Floor Brokers are responsible for
handling all orders in accordance with
Exchange priority rules.
There will be an initiating side and a
contra-side of a FOO Order. The
initiating side is the order which must
be filled in its entirety. The contra-side
must guarantee the full size of the
initiating side of the FOO Order and can
be composed of multiple firms. When
the Floor Broker is soliciting interest
from the trading crowd when the
initiating side was announced or to the
extent the trading crowd offers a better
price, the contra-side will be the
solicited interest from the trading
crowd.107 If the Floor Broker had
sufficient interest to match against the
initiating side when the initiating side
was announced, such Floor Broker
interest will be the contra-side to the
initiating side. If Floor Participants 108
responded with interest to the initiating
side where the Floor Broker provided
sufficient interest to match against the
initiating side, the Floor Broker will
allocate the initiating side of the FOO
Order pursuant to proposed Rule
adequate time for Floor Participants to participate
in the transaction as provided in Rule 100(b)(5).
105 BOX Rule 7580(e)(2) provides that ‘‘A Floor
Broker must announce an agency order that he is
representing to the trading crowd before submitting
the order to the BOG for execution. This
announcement must take place whether the Floor
Broker is representing a single-sided order and
soliciting contra-side interest, or the Floor Broker
has sufficient interest to match against the agency
order already. If a Floor Broker is holding two
agency orders, he will choose which order is the
initiating side.’’
106 See proposed IM–7605–1. Proposed IM–7605–
1 is based on IM–7600–4.
107 The Exchange notes that priority of bids and
offers from Floor Participants in the trading crowd
is determined by Rule 7610.
108 The term ‘‘Floor Participant’’ means Floor
Brokers as defined in Rule 7540 and Floor Market
Makers as defined in Rule 8510(b). See BOX Rule
100(a)(26).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
7605(i).109 The Exchange notes that this
negotiation and agreement that occurs
in the trading crowd does not result in
a final trade, but rather a ‘‘meeting of
the minds’’ that is then submitted
through the BOG for execution.
Consistent with current Trading Floor
operations, all FOO Orders must be
announced to the trading crowd, as
provided in Rule 7580(e)(2), prior to the
FOO Order being submitted to the
BOG.110 An Options Exchange Official
will certify that the Floor Broker
adequately announced the FOO Order to
the trading crowd.
The FOO Order is not deemed
executed until it is processed by the
Trading Host. Once the Floor Broker
submits the FOO Order to the BOG there
will be no opportunity for the
submitting Floor Broker,111 or anyone
else, to alter the terms of the FOO Order.
After announcing the FOO Order to the
trading crowd, the Floor Broker must
submit the FOO Order to the BOG for
processing by the Trading Host without
undue delay, provided that the
executing Floor Broker must give Floor
Participants a reasonable amount of
time to respond, as provided in Rule
100(b)(5). Additionally, the Exchange
shall establish, and announce via
Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of
time (which amount of time must be
between three seconds and five
minutes) that qualifies as a reasonable
amount of time for responses under
proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). Such
threshold will constitute the minimum
possible time that a Floor Broker must
give to the trading crowd to respond to
a FOO Order; however, based on the
109 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(1). Proposed Rule
7605(e)(1) is based on BOX Rule 7600(a)(1). The
Exchange notes that provisions related to market
conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book sweep,
and the Complex Order Book have been omitted
because there will be no NBBO, no BOX Book, no
Complex Order Book, and no book sweep for FOO
Orders. See supra note 104. The priority and
allocation of FOO Orders will be determined by
proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and current Rule
7610. See supra note 101.
110 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). Proposed Rule
7605(e)(2) is based on BOX Rules 7600(b) and (c).
The Exchange notes that provisions related to
market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book
sweep, and the Complex Order Book have been
omitted because there will be no NBBO, no BOX
Book, no Complex Order Book, and no book sweep
for FOO Orders. See supra note104. The priority
and allocation of FOO Orders will be determined
by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and current Rule
7610. See supra note 101.
111 The Exchange notes that trades may be
allocated as provided in proposed Rule 7605(j). The
Exchange notes further that the Exchange may
nullify a transaction or adjust the execution price
of a transaction in accordance with Rule 7170
(Nullification and Adjustment of Options
Transactions including Obvious Errors). See also
BOX Rule 7640(b) (relating to trading disputes and
adjustment or nullification of transactions on the
Trading Floor).
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44729
characteristics and circumstances of
each specific FOO Order, a reasonable
amount of time, as provided in Rule
100(b)(5), may require a response
interval longer than the minimum
threshold. An Options Exchange Official
may not waive the minimum threshold
established by the Exchange.
The Exchange notes that the proposed
floor interaction practice is consistent
with the process in BOX Rule 7600 for
QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor
where the main differences are that FOO
Orders will not be eligible for the BOX
Book or the Complex Order Book, there
is no NBBO, and that Floor Brokers
must allow Floor Participants a
minimum period of time (which amount
of time must be between three seconds
and five minutes) that qualifies as a
reasonable amount of time that a Floor
Broker must allow Floor Participants to
respond to FOO Orders. Consistent with
QOO Orders, a FOO Order is not
deemed executed until it is processed
by the Trading Host.112 The Exchange
notes that a reasonable amount of time
for Floor Participants to respond to a
FOO Order, the same as a QOO Order,
will be interpreted on a case-by-case
basis by an Options Exchange Official
based on current market conditions and
trading activity on the Trading Floor,
provided, for FOO Orders, the minimum
threshold discussed above must be
satisfied.113
The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(f)
which states that the minimum size for
FLEX Equity Options transactions and
quotations shall be one (1) contract.114
The Exchange also proposes Rule
7605(g) which states that there are no
maximum differences between the bid
and the offer for FLEX Equity Option
quotes.115
112 See
proposed Rule 7605(e).
BOX Rule 100(b)(5). The Exchange notes
that an Options Exchange Official takes into
account various factors including complexity of the
trade, general prevailing market conditions, and
activity on the Trading Floor at the time the order
is announced.
114 See proposed Rule 7605(f). Proposed Rule
7605(f) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(b)(7).
115 See proposed Rule 7605(g). Proposed Rule
7605(g) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d). The
Exchange notes that it has omitted the first part of
NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d), which provides FLEX
Appointed Market Makers need not provide
continuous FLEX Quotes and the Exchange has
included the second part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–
O(d), which provides FLEX Appointed Market
Makers need not quote a minimum bid-offer spread
in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange has omitted
the first part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d) because,
pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), the Exchange is
instead proposing that FLEX Market Makers be
obligated to quote FLEX Equity Options in response
to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or
Options Exchange Official and must provide a twosided market, which the Exchange believes will
promote a robust and competitive market for FOO
113 See
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
Continued
21MYN1
44730
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h),
FLEX Market Makers have an obligation
to quote a FLEX Equity Option in
response to any request for quote by a
Floor Broker or Options Exchange
Official and must provide a two-sided
market.116
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
Allocation of FOO Orders
Next, the Exchange proposes Rule
7605(i) which details the allocation
process for FOO Orders. Specifically,
the FOO Order will be matched by the
Trading Host against the contra-side of
the FOO Order, regardless of whether
the contra-side order submitted by the
Floor Broker is ultimately entitled to
receive an allocation pursuant to
proposed Rules 7605(i)(1)–(2). If no
Floor Participant, other than the
executing Floor Broker, is entitled to an
allocation, then no further steps are
necessary. If however, Floor Participants
are entitled to an allocation, the
remaining balance of the initiating side
of the FOO Order will be allocated as
described below.117
First, if the FOO Order satisfies the
provisions of proposed Rule 7605(k),
discussed below, the executing Floor
Broker is entitled to 40% of the
remaining quantity of the initiating side
of the FOO Order.118 Next, FLEX Market
Makers that respond with interest when
Orders on the Trading Floor and facilitate a fair and
orderly market for the trading of FLEX Equity
Options on the Exchange. The Exchange further
notes that on NYSE Arca, FLEX Appointed Market
Makers are appointed in classes of FLEX Index
Options. FLEX Qualified Market Makers are
appointed in FLEX Equity Options on NYSE Arca.
Further, FLEX Appointed Market Makers have an
obligation to enter a quote in response to a request
for quote in a FLEX Index Option while FLEX
Qualified Market Makers do not have a similar
obligation for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange
believes that this distinction is the reason why
NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d) only specifically
exempts FLEX Appointed Market Makers from
quoting with a minimum bid-offer spread since they
are the only FLEX market makers with the
requirement to respond to a request for quote.
Similarly, the Exchange is proposing that there be
no maximum differences between the bid and offer
for FLEX Equity Option quotes that, pursuant to
proposed Rule 7605(h), a FLEX Market Maker is
required to provide in response to a request for
quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange
Official.
116 See proposed Rule 7605(h). Proposed Rule
7605(h) is based on BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The
Exchange notes that proposed Rule 7605(h) does
not include the provisions of current Rule
8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter
requirements and quotation sizes, which
requirements are provided separately in proposed
Rules 7605(f) and (g).
117 See proposed Rule 7605(i). Proposed Rule
7605(i) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3). The
Exchange notes that provisions of BOX Rules
7600(d)(1)–(2) were omitted from proposed Rule
7605(i) because those provisions are related to the
BOX Book, which is inapplicable to FOO Orders.
118 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(1). The Exchange
notes that proposed Rule 7605(i)(1) is based on BOX
Rule 7600(d)(3)(i).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
the Floor Broker announces the FOO
Order to the trading crowd, as outlined
in Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule
7605(e), are allocated.119 When multiple
Floor Participants respond with interest,
priority in the Trading Crowd is
established pursuant to Rule 7610.120
Last, if interest remains after Floor
Participants that responded with
interest receive their allocation, the
remaining quantity of the initiating side
of the FOO Order will be allocated to
the executing Floor Broker.121 The
Exchange again notes that similar
allocation and priority provisions are
already established and apply to
responses for QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor.122
119 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(2). The Exchange
notes that proposed Rule 7605(i)(2) is based on BOX
Rule 7600(d)(3)(ii).
120 Id. Priority in the trading crowd under Rule
7610 is determined first by price and then by
sequence. Specifically, on the Trading Floor, the
highest (lowest) bid (offer) shall have priority; when
two or more bids (offers) represent the highest
(lowest) price, priority shall be afforded to such
bids (offers) in the sequence in which they were
made. If, however, the bids (offers) of two or more
Floor Participants are made simultaneously, or if it
is impossible to determine clearly the order of time
in which they are made, such bids (offers) will be
deemed to be on parity and priority will be afforded
to them, insofar as practicable, on an equal basis.
The Floor Broker announcing the order is
responsible for determining the sequence in which
bids or offers are vocalized on the Trading Floor
from Floor Participants in response to the Floor
Broker’s bid, offer, or call for a market. Rule 7610
also provides priority provisions where a Floor
Broker requests a market in order to fill a large
order and the Floor Participants provide a collective
response. See BOX Rule 7610. The Exchange notes
that currently for Non-FLEX Equity Options,
priority in the trading crowd is determined without
regard to market participant type, including Public
Customer.
121 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(3). The Exchange
notes that proposed Rule 7605(i)(3) is based on BOX
Rule 7600(d)(3)(iii).
122 The Exchange notes that FOO Order allocation
and priority differs from QOO Order provisions
related to the priority of orders on the BOX Book.
See BOX Rules 7600(c)–(e) and (h), and 7600(f)(1)
and (3). See also supra note 104. In particular, with
respect to QOO Order executions BOX Rules
7600(d)(1) and (2) provide priority for better-priced
interest on the BOX Book and for Public Customer
Orders on the BOX Book at the same price or nonPublic Customer Orders ranked ahead of such samepriced Public Customer Orders. As the Exchange
noted when it proposed the QOO order type, these
priority provisions were designed to provide
increased opportunities for orders on the BOX Book
to interact with trades on the Trading Floor and to
maintain consistency with options trade-through
and BOX Book priority rules. See Securities
Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May 18, 2017), 82
FR 23657, 23681–82 (May 23, 2017) (SR–BOX–
2016–48) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to
a Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules for an
Open-Outcry Trading Floor). These priority
provisions are not necessary for FOO Orders
because there will be no FLEX Equity Option
interest on the BOX Book. The Exchange’s existing
rules for determining priority of bids and offers
from Floor Participants in the trading crowd are
based on price-time priority without regard to
market participant type, including Public Customer.
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
The Exchange proposes that after
execution of the FOO Order, the
executing Floor Broker is responsible for
providing the correct allocations of the
initiating side of the FOO Order to an
Options Exchange Official or his or her
designee, if necessary, who will
properly record the order in the
Exchange’s system.123 The executing
Floor Broker must provide the correct
allocations to an Options Exchange
Official or his or her designee, in
writing, without unreasonable delay.124
The Exchange notes that the same
procedure for recording trade
allocations applies to QOO Orders on
the BOX Trading Floor today.
Similar to the allocation process in
place for QOO Orders, the Exchange
proposes to allow for a participation
guarantee for certain FOO Orders
executed by Floor Brokers on the
Trading Floor. Specifically, when a
Floor Broker holds an option order of
the eligible order size or greater, the
Floor Broker is entitled to cross 40% of
the remaining contracts of the original
order, after all bids or offers at better
prices are filled, with other orders that
the Floor Broker is holding.125 The
Exchange may determine, on an option
by option basis, the eligible size for an
order on the Trading Floor to be subject
to this guarantee; however, the eligible
order size may not be less than 50
contracts. In determining whether an
order satisfies the eligible order size
requirement, any Complex FOO Order
or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain
one leg alone which is for the eligible
order size or greater.126 Nothing in the
proposed rule is intended to prohibit a
Floor Broker from trading more than
their percentage entitlement if the other
Participants of the trading crowd do not
choose to trade the remaining portion of
the order.127 The Exchange notes that
the proposed guarantee process is
similar to the guarantee process
currently in place for QOO Orders on
the BOX Trading Floor.128
See BOX Rule 7610. This is consistent with floor
priority rules for FLEX options on other options
exchanges. See, e.g., PHLX Options 8, Section
34(c)(4), NYSE American Rule 904G(e).
123 See proposed Rule 7605(j). Proposed Rule
7605(j) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(4).
124 Id.
125 See proposed Rules 7605(i), 7605(k)(1) and (3).
Proposed Rules 7605(k)(1) and (3) are based on BOX
Rules 7600(f)(1) and (3). The Exchange notes that
the proposed FOO Order guarantee differs from the
QOO Order guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3)
contains provisions that pertain to the BOX Book,
which is inapplicable to FOO Orders.
126 See proposed Rule 7605(k)(2). Proposed Rule
7605(k)(2) is based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(2).
127 See proposed Rule 7605(k)(4). Proposed Rule
7605(k)(4) is based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(4).
128 The Exchange notes that the proposed FOO
Order guarantee differs from the QOO Order
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
The below examples are designed to
illustrate the allocation of the initiating
side of a FOO Order.
Example 1—Assume a Floor Broker
wishes to execute a FOO Order for 500
contracts. When he announces the
order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX
Market Maker 2 both respond to the
FOO Order for 250 contracts each at the
same price as the Floor Broker’s contraside. FLEX Market Maker 1 responded
first so he will have time priority over
FLEX Market Maker 2. Since the FOO
Order is for at least 50 contracts, the
Floor Broker is entitled to match at least
40% of the initiating side with the Floor
Broker’s contra-side.
Result: The initiating side of the FOO
Order will match against the Floor
Broker’s contra-side order for the full
500 contracts. After the execution of the
FOO Order, because other Floor
Participants are entitled to an allocation,
the executing Floor Broker is then
responsible for providing an Options
Exchange Official or his or her designee
the following allocation of the initiating
side of the FOO Order: 129
1. 200 contracts (40%, or 500 * .40)
for the contra-side order submitted by
the Floor Broker.
2. 250 contracts for FLEX Market
Maker 1 with time priority.
3. Remaining 50 contracts to FLEX
Market Maker 2.
Example 2—Assume a Floor Broker
wishes to execute a FOO Order for 40
contracts. When he announces the
order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX
Market Maker 2 both respond to the
FOO Order for 20 contracts each at the
same price as the Floor Broker’s contraside. FLEX Market Maker 1 responded
first so he will have time priority over
FLEX Market Maker 2. Since the FOO
Order is for less than 50 contracts, the
Floor Broker is not entitled to a 40%
guarantee.
Result: The initiating side FOO Order
will match against the Floor Broker’s
contra-side for the full 40 contracts.
After execution of the FOO Order,
because other Floor Participants are
entitled to an allocation, the executing
Floor Broker is then responsible for
guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3) contains
provisions that pertain to the BOX Book, which is
inapplicable to FOO Orders.
129 After execution of the FOO Order, the
executing Floor Broker is responsible for providing
the correct allocations of the initiating side of the
FOO Order to an Options Exchange Official or his
or her designee, if necessary, who will properly
record the order in the Exchange’s system. The
executing Floor Broker must provide the correct
allocations to an Options Exchange Official or his
or her designee, in writing, without unreasonable
delay. See proposed Rule 7605(j). This is consistent
with how QOO Orders are allocated on the Trading
Floor today. See BOX Rule 7600(d)(4).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
providing an Options Exchange Official
or his or her designee with the following
allocation of the initiating side of the
FOO Order:
1. 20 contracts for FLEX Market
Maker 1 with time priority.
2. 20 contracts for FLEX Market
Maker 2.
3. The initiating side is filled and the
executing Floor Broker will receive no
allocation.
Example 3—Assume a Floor Broker
wishes to execute a FOO Order for 40
contracts in ABC at 1.05 (initiating side
is to sell). When he announces the
order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX
Market Maker 2 both respond to the
FOO Order for 20 contracts each. FLEX
Market Maker 1 responded first at an
improved price to buy 20 at 1.06 so he
will have price priority over FLEX
Market Maker 2.130 Since the FOO
Order is for less than 50 contracts, the
Floor Broker is not entitled to a 40%
guarantee.
Result: The Floor Broker will submit
two FOO Orders for 20 contracts each:
a FOO Order at 1.06 for 20 contracts and
a FOO Order at 1.05 for 20 contracts.
The initiating side of each FOO Order
will match against the Floor Broker’s
contra-side orders for the full 20
contracts. After execution of the FOO
Orders, the executing Floor Broker is
then responsible for providing an
Options Exchange Official or his or her
designee with the following allocation
of the initiating side of the FOO Orders:
1. FOO Order at 1.06—20 contracts for
FLEX Market Maker 1.
2. FOO Order at 1.05—20 contracts for
FLEX Market Maker 2.
3. The executing Floor Broker will
receive no allocation of either FOO
Order.
Additional Provisions
The Exchange also proposes that all
orders entrusted to a Floor Broker will
be considered Not Held Orders, unless
otherwise specified by a Floor Broker’s
client. A Not Held Order is an order
marked ‘‘not held’’, ‘‘take time’’, or
which bears any qualifying notation
giving discretion as to the price or time
at which such order is to be executed.131
130 Pursuant to Rule 7610, FLEX Marker Maker 1
would have priority over FLEX Market Maker 2
even if FLEX Market Maker 2 responded first
because FLEX Market Maker 1 responded at a better
price.
131 See proposed Rule 7605(l). Proposed Rule
7605(l) is based on BOX Rule 7600(g). See also
NYSE Arca Rules 5.34–O and 6.62–O(f). The
Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule 5.34–O
provides a Floor Broker with additional discretion
with respect to the number of FLEX contracts to be
purchased or sold. The Exchange is not proposing
the same discretion for FOO Orders so that the
requirements for Floor Brokers handling FOO
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44731
The Exchange further proposes IM–
7605–1 which allows Floor Brokers to
bring unmatched orders (i.e., the
initiating side of a FOO Order) to the
Trading Floor in order to seek contraside interest. Once a contra-side is
sourced pursuant to current Rule
7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 7605(e),
the Floor Broker shall submit the twosided FOO Order to the BOG.132 The
Exchange notes that this provision is
identical to IM–7600–4, with the
exception of internal rule references,
which applies to QOO Orders on the
BOX Trading Floor.
The Exchange proposes IM–7605–2 to
guide conduct on the floor.133 In
particular, the Floor Broker must
disclose all securities that are
components of the Public Customer
order which is subject to crossing before
requesting bids and offers for the
execution of all components of the
order. Once the trading crowd has
provided a quote, it will remain in effect
until a reasonable amount of time has
passed, there is a significant change in
the price of the underlying security, or
the market given in response to the
request has been improved. In the case
of a dispute, the term ‘‘significant
change’’ will be interpreted on a caseby-case basis by an Options Exchange
Official based upon the extent of recent
trading in the option and in the
underlying security, and any other
relevant factors.134 The Participants of
the trading crowd who established the
market will have priority over all other
orders that were not announced in the
trading crowd at the time that the
market was established and will
maintain priority over such orders
except for orders that improve upon the
market.135 When a Floor Broker
announces an order to the trading crowd
pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(2), it shall be
the responsibility of the Floor
Participant who established the market
to alert the Floor Broker of the fact that
the Floor Participant has priority.
Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO
Orders or tied hedge orders on opposite
sides of the market may be crossed,
provided that the Floor Broker holding
such orders proceeds in the manner
described in proposed Rule 7605 and
Orders are the same as handling QOO Orders
currently on the Trading Floor.
132 See proposed IM–7605–1. Proposed IM–7605–
1 is based on IM–7600–4.
133 See proposed IM–7605–2. Proposed IM–7605–
2 is based on IM–7600–1.
134 The Exchange believes that, by providing the
Options Exchange Official with the ability to
consider any other relevant factors, Options
Exchange Officials will retain the necessary
discretion to perform their duties if a new or
unforeseen circumstance arises.
135 See BOX IM–7600–1.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
44732
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
IM–7600–2 as appropriate. Floor
Participants may not prevent a Complex
Order from being completed by giving a
competing bid or offer for one
component of such order.136 In
determining whether an order satisfies
the eligible tied hedge order size
requirement, any Complex FOO Order
or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain
one leg which, standing alone, is for the
eligible order size or greater.137 A Floor
Broker crossing a Public Customer FOO
Order with an order that is not a Public
Customer Order, when providing for a
reasonable opportunity 138 for the
trading crowd to participate in the
transaction, shall disclose the Public
Customer Order that is subject to
crossing.
The Exchange proposes to amend
Rule 100(b)(3) to provide: ‘‘All
Exchange options transactions shall be
executed automatically by the Trading
Host as provided in applicable
Exchange Rules.’’ 139 The Exchange
notes that Rule 100(b)(3) already applies
to Non-FLEX Equity Options. The
proposed amendment is to replace
specific rule references with a more
general reference to avoid any
unintended ambiguity and permit the
Rule to apply in connection with FLEX
Equity Options.
The Exchange proposes to amend
Rule 7620, titled Accommodation
Transactions, and IM–7620–1 to exclude
FLEX Equity Options as defined in
proposed Rule 5055.140 The Exchange
notes that Rule 7620(b) currently states
that it applies to all options except for
option classes participating in the
Penny Interval Program under Rule
7260, and IM–7620–1(b) currently states
that it applies to all options including
those in the Penny Interval Program.
The proposed amendments will ensure
consistency with proposed Rule 5055(c),
which provides that Rule 7620
(Accommodation Transactions) shall
not apply to transactions in FLEX
Equity Options.
The Exchange has not yet determined
the fees for FOO transactions executed
136 The Exchange notes that while a Complex
Order could be prevented from being completed by
competing bids or offers on multiple components of
such orders, competing bids or offers in any one of
the multiple components may not prevent a
Complex Order from being completed and each one
is prohibited.
137 See proposed IM–7605–2(d). The eligible tied
hedge order size requirement is determined by the
Exchange and may not be smaller than 500
contracts per order. See BOX IM–7600–2.
138 The Exchange is proposing that a minimum
response period, which must be between three
seconds and five minutes, shall be established by
the Exchange and announced via Regulatory Notice.
See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
139 See proposed Rule 100(b)(3).
140 See proposed Rule 7620.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
on the Trading Floor. Prior to
commencing trading of the proposed
FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, the
Exchange intends to submit a proposed
rule change to the Commission setting
forth the proposed fees.
The Exchange has also analyzed its
capacity and represents that it believes
the Exchange and the Options Price
Reporting Authority (‘‘OPRA’’) have the
necessary systems capacity to handle
the additional message traffic associated
with the listing of new series that may
result from the introduction of FLEX
Equity Options.141 Additionally, the
Exchange has surveillance coverage in
place to monitor issues unique to FLEX
trading and has developed FLEXspecific surveillance reports to ensure
monitoring of compliance with the
proposed rules. In addition to the FLEXspecific surveillance, the Exchange
believes it has an adequate surveillance
program in place and intends to apply
the same program procedures to FLEX
Equity Options that it applies to the
Exchange’s other options products, as
applicable. FLEX Equity Options
products and their respective symbols
will be integrated into the Exchange’s
existing surveillance system
architecture and will be subject to the
relevant surveillance processes. The
Exchange believes that any potential
risk of manipulative activity is mitigated
by these existing surveillance
technologies, procedures, and reporting
requirements, which allow the
Exchange to properly identify disruptive
and/or manipulative trading activity.
The Exchange notes that, if the
Exchange amends or changes these rules
in the future, then the Exchange will
review and update the related
surveillance coverage and reports as
required.
In addition to its own surveillance
programs, the Exchange also works with
other self-regulatory organizations
(‘‘SROs’’) and exchanges on intermarket
surveillance related issues. Through its
participation in the Intermarket
Surveillance Group (‘‘ISG’’) 142 the
Exchange shares information and
coordinates inquiries and investigations
with other exchanges designed to
address potential intermarket
manipulation and trading abuses. The
Exchange also notes that Financial
141 The Exchange will report FLEX Equity Option
trades and, if necessary, trade cancels to OPRA.
142 ISG is an industry organization formed in 1983
to coordinate intermarket surveillance among the
SROs by cooperatively sharing regulatory
information pursuant to a written agreement
between the parties. The goal of the ISG’s
information sharing is to coordinate regulatory
efforts to address potential intermarket trading
abuses and manipulations.
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
(‘‘FINRA’’), conducts cross-market
surveillances on behalf of the Exchange
pursuant to a regulatory services
agreement.143 Accordingly, the
Exchange believes that the cross-market
surveillance performed by the Exchange
or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange,
coupled with the Exchange’s own
monitoring comprises a comprehensive
surveillance program that is adequate to
monitor for issues unique to FLEX
trading.
The proposed FLEX Equity Option
rules are based predominately on the
rules of NYSE Arca. However, the
Exchange omitted certain NYSE Arca
rules from the proposed rules discussed
herein due to differences in the scope
and operation of FLEX Option 144
trading at NYSE Arca, compared to the
scope and operation of the proposed
FLEX Equity Option trading herein. The
Exchange is not including NYSE Arca
rule provisions that relate to FLEX
Index Options as Index Options are not
traded on BOX and FLEX Index Options
are not proposed herein.145 In
particular, NYSE Arca Rule 5.39–O
requires net liquidating equity of
$100,000 in an account in which
transactions in FLEX Index Options will
be conducted. As the Exchange does not
trade Index Options, FLEX Index
Options are not proposed herein, and
the Exchange already imposes minimum
net capital requirements,146 it does not
propose additional requirements.
Next, NYSE Arca Rule 5.40–O
requires at least $1 million of net
liquidating equity in the account of a
FLEX Appointed Market Maker.
However, FLEX Appointed Market
Makers are appointed for FLEX Index
Options on NYSE Arca but are not
required for FLEX Equity Options.147
Instead, NYSE Arca only requires FLEX
Qualified Market Makers for FLEX
Equity Options.148 And, this subset of
Market Makers is not required to have
at least $1 million of net liquidating
equity. Therefore, the Exchange’s
proposal does not propose to include
additional net liquidating equity
requirements for FLEX Market Makers.
143 The Exchange notes that it is responsible for
FINRA’s performance under this regulatory services
agreement.
144 The term ‘‘Flexible Exchange Option’’ or
‘‘FLEX Option’’ means a customized options
contract. See NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(b)(4) and
CBOE Rule 1.1 (definition of, ‘‘FLEX Option’’).
145 See NYSE Arca Rules 5.39–O and 5.40–O.
146 See BOX Rules 8010, 8080, and 10200.
147 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(a).
148 See id. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca
allows but does not require appointment of two or
more FLEX Appointed Market Makers to FLEX
Equity Options in lieu of appointing FLEX
Qualified Market Makers.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
The Exchange notes that Market Makers,
including Floor Market Makers and
FLEX Market Makers are still subject to
several financial requirements,
including net liquidating equity in its
Market Maker account of not less than
$200,000.149 Additionally, the Exchange
believes that the large infrastructure
needed to trade as a Market Maker,
including their adequacy of capital and
operational capacity is such that current
Market Makers are likely to have net
liquidating equity well beyond $1
million. In fact, another exchange which
trades FLEX Options has removed a net
liquidating equity requirement while
still requiring market makers to
maintain net capital sufficient to
comply with the requirements of Rule
15c3–1, under the Act.150 The Exchange
has a similar provision, Rule 10200, that
requires each Participant subject to Rule
15c3–1 under the Act to comply with
the capital requirements prescribed
therein among other requirements.151
An additional difference in the
appointment of FLEX Market Makers is
that NYSE Arca appoints FLEX
Qualified Market Makers to each FLEX
Equity Option of a given class, while the
Exchange will qualify FLEX Market
Makers for all FLEX Equity Options.
The Exchange believes that the structure
of its Trading Floor, with one crowd or
trading area, will operate more
efficiently without qualifying FLEX
Market Makers by class.152 Accordingly,
a Floor Broker or Options Exchange
Official may request a FLEX Equity
Option quote in any class from a FLEX
Market Maker. The Exchange notes that
149 See BOX Rule 8080(a)(1). Rule 8080 also
requires Market Makers to maintain net capital
sufficient to comply with the requirements of Rule
15c3–1 under the Act and each Market Maker that
is a Clearing Participant shall also maintain net
capital sufficient to comply with the requirements
of the OCC. See BOX Rules 8080(a)(2) and (b). See
also BOX Rule 8010 (‘‘To qualify for registration as
a Market Maker, an Options Participant must meet
the requirements established in SEC Rule 15c3–
1(a)(6)(i) . . .’’).
150 See CBOE Rule 11.6 and Securities Exchange
Act Release No. 87024 (September 19, 2019), 84 FR
50545 (September 25, 2019) (SR–CBOE–2019–059)
(Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a
proposed rule change to amend certain rules
relating to market makers upon migration to the
trading system used by CBOE affiliated exchanges).
151 See BOX Rule 10200 (Participants must
comply with the additional requirements of the
Rule 10200 Series and Market Makers must comply
with the minimum financial requirements
contained in Rule 8010).
152 FLEX Market Makers will be required to quote
all classes on the Trading Floor pursuant to BOX
Rule 8510(e) (In Classes of Option Contracts Other
Than Those to Which Appointed). Specifically,
whenever a FLEX Market Maker enters the single
trading crowd, which includes all classes, Rule
8510(e) requires that he undertake the obligations
specified in Rule 8510(d) (In Classes of Option
Contracts to Which Assigned—Affirmative
Obligations).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
FLEX Market Makers will be subject to
Rule 8510, including provisions for the
course and conduct of dealings, class
assignments, and option priority and
parity, unless otherwise specified in
proposed Rule 7605.153
Further, the Exchange notes
differences between the proposed
quoting obligations and those applicable
on NYSE Arca. Specifically, a NYSE
Arca FLEX Qualified Market Maker
may, but shall not be obligated to, enter
a FLEX Quote in response to a Request
for Quotes on a FLEX Equity Option of
the class in which he or she is
qualified.154 However, a FLEX Official
on NYSE Arca may call upon FLEX
Qualified Market Makers appointed in a
class of FLEX Equity Options to make
FLEX Quotes in response to a specific
Request for Quotes in that class of FLEX
Equity Options whenever in the opinion
of the FLEX Official the interests of a
fair, orderly and competitive market are
best served by such action and shall
make such a call upon FLEX Qualified
Market Makers whenever no FLEX
Quotes are made in response to a
specific Request for Quotes.155 The
Exchange’s proposal differs from NYSE
Arca’s rule in that FLEX Market Makers
have an obligation to quote a FLEX
Equity Option in response to any
request for quote by a Floor Broker or
Options Exchange Official and must
provide a two-sided market.156 The
Exchange believes that the proposed
quoting requirements allow reasonable
opportunities for Floor Brokers to get
quotes on FOO Orders and notes that
the quoting requirements for QOO
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor are
similar to those proposed for FOO
Orders.157
Among other NYSE Arca provisions
not incorporated by the Exchange, are
certain of NYSE Arca’s ‘‘Special Terms
for FLEX Equity Options.’’ 158
Specifically, these special terms include
that exercise prices and premiums may
153 See proposed Rules 7605(f)–(h) (providing
FOO Order quoting obligations). The Exchange
notes that current Floor Market Maker quoting
obligations and restrictions are detailed in Rule
8510. See also supra note 87 (describing the general
applicability of the Rule 8000 series and Rules 8500
and 8510 to FLEX Market Makers in their capacity
as Market Makers and Floor Market Makers,
respectively).
154 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(b).
155 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(c).
156 See proposed Rule 7605(h).
157 See BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The Exchange notes
that proposed Rule 7605(h) and current Rule
8510(c)(2) are similar except that proposed Rule
7605(h) does not include the provisions of current
Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter
requirements and quotation sizes, which
requirements are provided separately in proposed
Rules 7605(f) and (g).
158 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(2).
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44733
be stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount;
(ii) a method for fixing at the time a
FLEX Request for Quote or FLEX order
is traded; or (iii) a percentage of the
price of the underlying security at the
time of the trade or as of the close of
trading on the NYSE Arca on the trade
date. The Exchange will only offer
exercise prices and premiums in a
dollar amount because the additional
methods for fixing prices are a matter of
individual preference, and the Exchange
believes that the requirements of
Participants will be met by pricing
exercise prices and premiums in a
dollar amount.159
Another NYSE Arca provision not
adopted by the Exchange in this
proposal allows discretionary orders
where Floor Brokers have discretion
regarding the quantity of FLEX contracts
traded.160 The Exchange prohibits
discretion regarding quantity, and other
terms, including the choice of the class
of options to be bought or sold, and
whether any such transaction shall be
one of purchase or sale except to any
discretionary transactions executed by a
Floor Market Maker for an account in
which he has an interest.161 The
Exchange believes that proposed Rule
7605(l) combined with current Rule
7590, allowing Floor Brokers to have
discretion over some terms of a FOO
Order such as price and time while not
allowing discretion over terms such as
quantity, strikes a balance between
allowing Floor Brokers to provide full
services to clients and preventing
erroneous trades based on differing
expectations or miscommunications
between Floor Brokers and their clients.
The Exchange notes that Rule 7600(g)
governing QOO Orders is identical to
proposed Rule 7605(l) and believes that
consistency of handling between QOO
Orders and FOO Orders may reduce
confusion and increase efficiency on the
Trading Floor.
Another NYSE Arca rule not proposed
by the Exchange provides that NYSE
Arca may designate FLEX Officials.162
The Exchange is not proposing a similar
rule because Rule 100(b)(6) already
provides that any Exchange employee or
officer designated as an Options
Exchange Official will from time to time
as provided in these rules have the
ability to recommend and enforce rules
159 The Exchange’s belief that the requirements of
Participants will be met by stating exercise prices
and premiums in a dollar amount is based on
conversations with Participants regarding their
preferences for stating the terms of exercise prices
and premiums.
160 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.34–O.
161 See BOX Rule 7590 and proposed Rule
7605(l).
162 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
44734
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
and regulations relating to trading
access, order, decorum, health, safety
and welfare on the Exchange.
Specifically, Options Exchange Officials
have duties enumerated in Rules
100(b)(5), 7610, 7640, and 8510, as well
as in proposed Rule 7605 regarding
announcement, quoting, and recording
of FOO Orders, priority in the trading
crowd, disputes on the trading floor,
and obligations and restrictions
applicable to Floor Market Makers and
FLEX Market Makers. The general
authority for Options Exchange Officials
under these current Exchange Rules will
be the same for FLEX Equity Option
transactions on the trading floor as it is
for Non-FLEX Equity Option
transactions.163 The Exchange believes
that Options Exchange Officials will
have the authority necessary to enforce
the proposed FLEX Equity Option and
FOO Order rules such that designation
of a unique FLEX Official would be
redundant and unnecessary, as the
Exchange’s existing Options Exchange
Officials will have the ability to perform
the same functions as a separately
designated FLEX Official. Specifically,
the duties of FLEX Officials on NYSE
Arca are mainly related to their Request
for Quotes (‘‘RFQ’’) procedure unique to
FLEX Options trading on NYSE Arca.164
The Exchange has elected not to adopt
a similar procedure, as discussed below,
instead basing the FOO Order process
on the QOO Order process already
monitored by Options Exchange
Officials. Additionally, the Exchange’s
system is designed to review the terms
of a FLEX Equity Option for compliance
with the applicable Rules as opposed to
being a requirement of an Options
Exchange Official to review.165 Options
Exchange Officials will continue to be
responsible for monitoring all open
outcry activity on the Trading Floor.
Therefore, the Exchange will not require
a separate official to govern any unique
process for FLEX Equity Options.
Additionally, the Exchange represents
that Options Exchange Officials will
receive appropriate training on the
163 See
proposed Rule 5055(a)(2).
Arca Rule 5.38–O provides that ‘‘[a]
FLEX Official is responsible for: (1) reviewing the
conformity of FLEX Requests for Quotes and FLEX
Quotes to the terms and specifications contained in
Rule 5.32–O [Terms of FLEX Options]; (2) posting
FLEX Requests for Quotes for dissemination; (3)
determining the BBO; (4) ensuring that FLEX
contracts are executed in conformance with the
priority principles set forth in Rule 5.33–O; and (5)
calling upon FLEX Qualified Market Makers to
make FLEX Quotes in specific classes of FLEX
Equity Options as provided in paragraph (c) of Rule
5.37–O.’’ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O.
165 See supra note 64. The Exchange notes that
NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O(b)(1) provides that it is the
responsibility of their FLEX Officials to review the
terms of a FLEX order.
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
164 NYSE
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
terms of FLEX Equity Options and all
rules applicable to FLEX Equity Options
and FOO Orders, including their
responsibility to certify that a Floor
Broker has adequately announced a
FOO Order to the trading crowd,166
consistent with the manner in which
they are currently trained with respect
to QOO Orders.167 The Exchange further
notes that NYSE Arca’s rules do not
require the exchange to designate FLEX
Officials.168
As mentioned above, rather than
adopt the NYSE Arca RFQ procedure for
FLEX Equity Options,169 the Exchange
instead proposes to utilize the current
process used on the BOX Trading Floor
for QOO Orders with the addition of a
minimum time period that a Floor
Broker must allow Floor Participants
when responding to FOO Orders.170 The
Exchange believes that using the order
announcement and responsive quote
process for both QOO Orders and FOO
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor will
result in less confusion and greater
efficiency for all BOX Trading Floor
Participants.
The Exchange notes that the manner
in which the Exchange has proposed
rules with respect to announcement of
orders and responsive quotes is similar
to how CBOE treats its FLEX Options;
specifically, CBOE allows a FLEX
Order 171 to be represented and executed
in a similar manner as a non-FLEX
Option.172 The Exchange believes
CBOE’s approach is consistent with the
Act and proposes to also require Floor
Brokers to allow for a reasonable
amount of time to participate in FLEX
Equity Option transactions. Further,
unlike CBOE, the Exchange proposes to
166 See
proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
Rules currently provide that the
President of the Exchange and his or her designated
staff shall be responsible for monitoring, among
other things, the activities of Floor Participants and
their associated persons and shall establish
standards and procedures for the training and
qualification of Floor Participants and their
associated persons active on the Trading Floor. See
BOX Rule 100(b)(1).
168 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O(a) (‘‘The
Exchange may at any time designate an Exchange
employee to act as a FLEX Official in one or more
classes of FLEX Options [emphasis added] . . . .’’).
169 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33–O.
170 See proposed Rule 7605 and current Rule
7600. The minimum time period, which must be
between three seconds and five minutes, will be
established by the Exchange and communicated via
Regulatory Notice. See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
See also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292
(August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017)
(SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed
Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading
Floor).
171 ‘‘FLEX Orders’’ are orders submitted in FLEX
Options. See CBOE Rule 5.70.
172 See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). See also supra notes
83 and 98.
167 BOX
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
establish and announce, via Regulatory
Notice, a minimum period of time that
a Floor Broker must allow Floor
Participants to respond (which amount
of time must be between three seconds
and five minutes). The Exchange
believes that it is unnecessary to specify
a specific maximum time period for
responses to FLEX orders as Options
Exchange Officials on BOX’s Trading
Floor will be responsible both to enforce
the minimum period of time and to
ensure that Floor Participants have a
reasonable amount of time to respond to
FOO Orders.173 The Exchange notes that
the proposed order announcement
procedure for FOO Orders is similar to
the rules and procedures currently in
place for QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor.
Minor Rule Violation Plan
The Exchange’s disciplinary rules,
including Exchange Rules applicable to
‘‘minor rule violations,’’ are set forth in
the Rule 12000 Series of the Exchange’s
current Rules. As described in Rule
12140, the MRVP provides that in lieu
of commencing a disciplinary
proceeding, the Exchange may, subject
to the certain requirements set forth in
the Rule, impose a fine, not to exceed
$5,000, on any Options Participant, or
person associated with or employed by
an Options Participant, with respect to
any Rule violation listed in Rules
12140(d) or (e) as discussed below. Any
fine imposed pursuant to this Rule that
(i) does not exceed $2,500 and (ii) is not
contested, shall be reported on a
periodic basis, except as may otherwise
be required by Rule 19d–1 under the
Act or by any other regulatory authority.
Further, the Rule provides that any
person against whom a fine is imposed
under the Rule shall be served with a
written statement setting forth: (i) the
Rule(s) allegedly violated; (ii) the act or
omission constituting each such
violation; (iii) the fine imposed for each
violation; and (iv) the date by which
such determination becomes final and
such fine must be paid or contested,
which date shall be not less than
twenty-five (25) calendar days after the
date of service of such written
statement. Rules 12140 (d) and (e) set
forth the list of specific Exchange Rules
under which an Options Participant or
person associated with or employed by
173 See supra note 170 and accompanying text.
The Exchange notes that while CBOE specifies a
maximum time period for responses to FLEX
orders, the proposal herein allows Options
Exchange Officials to interpret a reasonable amount
of time on a case-by-case basis. The Exchange
believes that this is appropriate because it reflects
the current operation of the Trading Floor and will
promote efficient operations without further
constraining the announcement process.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
an Options Participant may be subject to
a fine for violations of such Rules and
the applicable fines that may be
imposed by the Exchange. As with all
the violations incorporated into its
MRVP, the Exchange will proceed under
this Rule only for violations that are
minor in nature. Any other violation
will be addressed pursuant to Rules
12030 (Letters of Consent) or 12040
(Charges).
The Exchange proposes to amend its
MRVP to add certain rules relating to
FLEX Equity Options to the list of rules
eligible for minor rule violation plan
treatment by amending Rule 12140.
Specifically, the Exchange proposes to
amend Rule 12140(e)(3), which covers
the failure to properly execute a QOO
Order, to include failure to properly
execute a FOO Order (proposed Rule
7605).174 Additionally, the Exchange
proposes to amend Rule 12140(e)(9),
which covers compliance with
quotation requirements for Floor Market
Makers as set forth in Rule 8510(c)(2),
and is designed to sanction violations
thereof, to also include compliance with
the quotation requirements for FLEX
Market Makers set forth in proposed
Rule 7605(h) and sanction violations of
such requirements.175
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
2. Statutory Basis
The Exchange believes that its
proposal is consistent with Section 6(b)
of the Act 176 in general, and furthers the
objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the
Act 177 in particular, in that it is
designed to promote just and equitable
principles of trade, to foster cooperation
and coordination with persons engaged
in regulating, clearing, settling,
174 See proposed Rule 12140(e)(3). The Exchange
notes that adding proposed Rule 7605 for FOO
Orders to current Rule 12140(e)(3) is consistent
with the existing provision to enforce current Rule
7600 for QOO Orders because Floor Participants
have the same general requirements for executing
FOO and QOO Orders on the Trading Floor. The
Exchange notes further that fines defined under
Rule 12140(e)(3) may apply to any failure to
properly execute a FOO Order in accordance with
applicable provisions of proposed Rule 7605
governing such execution requirements. Proposed
Rule 7605(h), however, which relates to a FLEX
Market Maker’s quoting obligation, is specifically
proposed for inclusion in proposed Rule
12140(e)(9).
175 See proposed Rule 12140(e)(9). The Exchange
notes that proposed Rule 7605(h) and current Rule
8510(c)(2) are similar except that proposed Rule
7605(h) does not include the provisions of current
Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter
requirements and quotation sizes, which
requirements are provided separately in proposed
Rules 7605(f) and (g). However, the Exchange
believes it is appropriate to include proposed Rule
7605(h) with Rule 8510(c)(2) in the MRVP given the
similar nature of the underlying requirement to
provide quotations.
176 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
177 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
processing information with respect to,
and facilitating transactions in
securities, to remove impediments to
and perfect the mechanism of a free and
open market and a national market
system, and, in general to protect
investors and the public interest.
Specifically, the Exchange believes the
adoption of the proposed rules allowing
FLEX Equity Options to trade on the
BOX Trading Floor as FOO Orders is
consistent with the goals of the Act to
remove the impediments to and perfect
the mechanism of a free and open
market because it will benefit
Participants by providing an additional
venue for Participants to provide and
seek liquidity for customized, large, or
complex FLEX option orders. As the
Commission noted in its order granting
FLEX Equity Option trading on CBOE
and what was then the Pacific Stock
Exchange (now NYSE Arca), trading
FLEX Equity Options on an exchange is
an alternative to trading customized
options in OTC markets and carries with
it the advantages of exchange markets
such as transparency, parameters and
procedures for clearance and settlement,
and a centralized counterparty clearing
agency.178 Therefore, the Exchange
believes the proposed rule change will
promote these same benefits for the
market as a whole by providing an
additional venue for market participants
to seek liquidity for customized, largesized, or complex FLEX option orders.
The Exchange believes that providing an
additional venue for these FLEX orders
will benefit investors, the national
market system, Participants, and BOX
by increasing competition for order flow
and executions, and thereby spur
product enhancements and potentially
result in lower prices for exchange
services related to FLEX Equity Options.
The Exchange further believes that the
proposal is designed to prevent
fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices as the Exchange has reviewed
all current surveillance in light of any
changes required, including
surveillance and technology to detect
disruptive or manipulative trading
activity for FOO Orders on the Trading
Floor, and will modify or add any
surveillance as appropriate. As
described above, the Exchange will
apply its existing surveillance program
to FLEX Equity Options and has
developed FLEX-specific surveillance
reports. The Exchange notes that, if the
Exchange amends or changes these rules
178 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
36841 (February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February
21, 1996) (SR–CBOE–95–43) (SR–PSE–95–24)
(Order Approving the Trading of Flexibly
Structured Equity Options by CBOE and PSE).
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44735
in the future, then the Exchange will
review and update the related
surveillance coverage and reports as
required.
As described below, the Exchange
also believes the proposed changes to
Rule 12140(e) are consistent with
Section 6(b)(6) of the Act,179 which
provides that members and persons
associated with members shall be
appropriately disciplined for violation
of the provisions of the rules of the
exchange, by expulsion, suspension,
limitation of activities, functions, and
operations, fine, censure, being
suspended or barred from being
associated with a member, or any other
fitting sanction. The Exchange further
believes the proposed changes to Rule
12140(e) are designed to provide a fair
procedure for the disciplining of
members and persons associated with
members, consistent with Sections
6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Act.180
General
The Exchange believes that proposed
Rule 5055(a) stating that the trading of
FLEX Equity Options is subject to all
other Rules applicable to the trading of
options on the Exchange, unless
otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and
7605, is consistent with the Act because
it will ensure that, except where
otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and
7605, the Exchange’s existing rules will
continue to apply to FLEX Equity
Options, which will provide increased
consistency for Participants trading
FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX
Equity Options on BOX. The Exchange
reiterates that rules which contemplate
the operation of or interaction with the
BOX Book and the Complex Order Book
will not apply to FLEX Equity Options,
given that FLEX Equity Options may
only be traded as FOO Orders and FOO
Orders may not be placed in the BOX
Book or the Complex Order Book.181
Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(a) will
specify that the BOX Book and the
Complex Order Book shall not be
applicable for transactions in FLEX
Equity Options and thereby provide
clarity for market participants that FLEX
Equity Options may only be traded on
the Trading Floor. As described above,
while electronic trading in FLEX
options is available on one market
today, the Exchange at this time intends
to introduce FLEX Equity Options on
the Trading Floor only, consistent with
other markets that trade these
customized options solely on their
179 15
U.S.C. 78f(b)(6).
U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d).
181 See supra notes 101 and 104 and
accompanying text.
180 15
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
44736
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
trading floors. The Exchange also
believes that providing further detail
about rules that shall not apply in
proposed Rule 5055(c) is consistent
with the Act because it will provide
clarity for market participants about
existing rules that will not be applicable
to FLEX Equity Options on BOX. In
particular, specifying that Rules 7600
and 7620 will not apply to FLEX Equity
Options will avoid potential confusion
about which order types apply to FLEX
Equity Options on BOX, as the
Exchange is instead proposing Rule
7605 to apply to transactions in FLEX
Equity Options. Specifically, Rule 7600
contains priority provisions related to
the BOX Book and the Complex Order
Book neither of which are applicable to
transactions in FLEX Equity Options.
The Exchange notes that another
exchange excludes similar rules from
application to transactions in FLEX
Equity Options.182 However, proposed
Rule 5055(c) also specifies that IM–
7600–2 and IM–7600–5 shall apply to
FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange
believes that expressly applying these
provisions is consistent with the Act
because, although the remainder of Rule
7600 will not apply to FOO Orders, IM–
7600–2, and IM–7600–5 relate,
respectively, to tied hedge orders and to
compliance with Section 11(a)(1) of the
Act and should apply to the proposed
FOO Orders in the same manner as they
currently apply to QOO Orders.
Specifically, tied hedge orders are a
combination of an option and hedging
position that must follow the
procedures set forth in IM–7600–2
which is designed to protect investors
and the public interest with provisions
that limit the types of combinations
considered to be tied hedge orders as
well as prescribing Floor Broker duties
for the handling of such orders. The
Exchange believes that expressly
applying IM–7600–2 to FOO Orders is
consistent with the Act, as this will
provide greater consistency between the
trading of FLEX Equity Options and
Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX
Trading Floor and reduce the potential
for market participant confusion. Next,
IM–7600–5 prevents Participants from
utilizing the Trading Floor to effect any
transactions for their own account, the
account of an associated person, or an
account with respect to which the
Participant or an associated person
thereof exercises investment discretion
by relying on an exemption under
Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act (‘‘G
Exemption’’). IM–7600–5 thereby
provides notice to Floor Participants
that when utilizing the trading floor to
182 See
NYSE Arca Rules 5.30–O(c) and (d).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
effect transactions in covered accounts,
they cannot rely on the G Exemption
and must rely on other available
exemptions to the prohibition in Section
11(a)(1) of the Act.183 In this manner,
IM–7600–5 provides increased clarity to
Floor Participants about their ability to
comply with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act
and it is therefore consistent with the
Act and would protect investors and the
public interest to continue to apply this
rule to FOO Orders.
The Exchange believes that the
definitions proposed in Rule 5055(b)
will provide increased clarity to market
participants which will protect
investors and the public interest by
specifying definitions for FLEX Equity
Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options,
and by specifying that FLEX Equity
Option transactions will be governed as
proposed in Rule 7605 and shall not be
traded other than as FOO Orders, which
may only be traded on the Trading
Floor. The Exchange believes further
that the term ‘‘FLEX Market Maker’’ will
clarify the difference between Floor
Market Makers and FLEX Market
Makers, where the latter are qualified
for trading FLEX Equity Options and
have an obligation to provide quotes in
response to FOO Orders.184 The
Exchange also believes that specifying
that FLEX Equity Options may not be
traded using any other order type or
trading mechanism offered by the
Exchange will provide increased clarity
to Participants that the only means by
which the Exchange intends to permit
FLEX Equity Options to be traded is via
the proposed FOO order type. The
Exchange notes that, should it decide to
propose additional order types or
electronic trading for FLEX Equity
Options, it will revise the defined term
‘‘FLEX Open Outcry Order’’
accordingly.
The Exchange believes that proposed
Rule 5055(d) which specifies that there
shall be no trading rotations in FLEX
Equity Options is designed to promote
just and equitable principles of trade
and to remove impediments to and
perfect the mechanism of a free and
open market and a national market
system because it provides notice to
Participants regarding the mechanisms
applicable to FLEX trading, which will
not include trading rotations due to the
customized nature of FLEX Equity
Options and the fact that there will be
no requirement for specific FLEX Equity
183 See infra note 257 and accompanying text
(describing the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition and
defining ‘‘covered accounts’’).
184 The Exchange notes that Floor Market Makers
are not obligated to apply to be FLEX Market
Makers, but may elect to do so subject to proposed
Rules 5055(k) and 7605(c).
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
Option series to be quoted or traded
each day.185 The Exchange notes that
QOO Orders on the Trading Floor can
only participate in a trading rotation if
entered into the BOX Book and as
discussed herein FLEX Equity Options
will not be eligible to be placed on the
BOX Book.186 The Exchange also notes
that another exchange does not hold
trading rotations for FLEX Equity
Options.187
FLEX Equity Option Terms
The Exchange believes that the terms
of FLEX Equity Options pursuant to
proposed Rule 5055(e) serve to perfect
the mechanism of a free and open
market and a national market system
because they will permit investors to
customize some of the terms of their
FLEX Equity Options to implement
more precise trading strategies and
hedges which may not be possible using
Non-FLEX Equity Options.188 These
investors may have improved capability
to execute strategies to meet their
specific investment objectives by using
customized FLEX Equity Options.
However, only certain terms are subject
to flexible structuring by the parties to
FLEX Equity Option transactions, and
most of such terms have a specified
number of alternative configurations.
The Exchange believes that these
restrictions are reasonable and designed
to further the objectives of the Act and
to promote just and equitable principles
of trade because limiting FLEX Equity
Option terms enables the efficient,
centralized clearance and settlement
and active secondary trading of opened
FLEX Equity Options. Further, these
terms are consistent with those
currently offered at another
exchange.189
The Exchange also believes that
proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) to prevent
FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX
Equity Options with the same terms
from trading concurrently is designed to
promote just and equitable principles of
trade and prevent fraudulent and
manipulative acts and practices.190 In
particular, a Non-FLEX Equity Option
185 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
31920 (February 24, 1993), 58 FR 12280, 12284
(March 3, 1993) (SR–CBOE–92–17) (Order
Approving Proposed Rule Change by the Chicago
Board Options Exchange, Inc. Relating to the Listing
and Trading of Flexible Exchange Options Based on
the Nasdaq 100 Index).
186 See BOX Rule 7070(d).
187 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.31–O(b).
188 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) (providing that
FLEX Equity Options shall be permitted in puts and
calls that do not have the same exercise style, same
expiration date, and same exercise price as NonFLEX Equity Options that are already available for
trading on the same underlying security).
189 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O.
190 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1).
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
trading pursuant to Rule 7600 as a QOO
Order has different priority rules than a
FOO Order trading pursuant to
proposed Rule 7605.191 Allowing an
option with the same terms to trade
under both rules concurrently would
result in inconsistent order handling
and could allow the order priority of
QOO Orders to be circumvented.
Therefore, the Exchange proposes to
prevent this situation by permitting
FLEX Equity Option transactions only
in options with a different term
(exercise style, expiration date, or
exercise price) than Non-FLEX Equity
Options that otherwise meet the
requirements of proposed Rule 5055(e).
This is designed to prevent FLEX Equity
Options from being surrogates for NonFLEX Equity Options. Additionally, in
the event that a Non-FLEX Equity
Option series is added intra-day, the
holder or writer of a FLEX Equity
Option position established under the
FLEX trading procedures would be
permitted to close such position under
the FLEX trading procedures against
another closing only FLEX Equity
Option position for the balance of the
trading day on which the series is
added. In the event that the Non-FLEX
Equity Option series is added on a
trading day after the position is
established, the holder or writer of a
FLEX Equity Option position
established under the FLEX trading
procedures would be permitted to close
such position as a non-FLEX transaction
consistent with the requirements of
proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). This proposed
rule will prevent an option with the
same terms from trading as both a FLEX
Equity Option and a Non-FLEX Equity
Option concurrently, while providing a
narrow exception for closing
positions.192 Further opening trades in
such options would be as Non-FLEX
Equity Options subject to the Non-FLEX
191 For example, the BOX Book will be
inapplicable to FOO Orders and thus certain
priority provisions applicable to QOO Orders are
not applicable to FOO Orders. Specifically, FOO
Order priority differs from QOO Order provisions
related to the priority of orders on the BOX Book.
See BOX Rules 7600(c)–(e) and (h). The priority of
FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules
7605(i) and (k) and BOX Rule 7610.
192 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). See also
proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4). See Exchange
Act Release Nos. 62321 (June 17, 2010), 75 FR
36130 (June 24, 2010) (SR–NYSEArca–2010–46)
(Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of
Proposed Rule Change Amending Commentary .01
to Rule 5.32 To Permit Certain FLEX Options To
Trade Under the FLEX Trading Procedures for a
Limited Time on a Closing Only Basis) and 62870
(September 8, 2010), 75 FR 56147 (September 15,
2010) (SR–CBOE–2010–078) (Notice of Filing and
Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change
To Permit Certain FLEX Options To Trade Under
the FLEX Trading Procedures for a Limited Time on
a Closing Only Basis).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
Equity Option trading procedures and
rules, including Rule 7600 for Trading
Floor transactions.193 The Exchange
believes that enforcing consistent
handling and priority for identical and
fungible options prevents fraudulent
and manipulative acts and practices,
and promotes just and equitable
principles of trade to protect investors
and the public interest by ensuring
consistent treatment of these options.
The Exchange further believes that
providing a narrow exception to permit
the closing of a FLEX Equity Option
position for the balance of the trading
day on which the fungible Non-FLEX
Equity Option is added perfects the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system because it
provides investors the ability to close
their open FLEX Equity Option
positions the same day as the identical
Non-FLEX Equity Option is added.194
As noted herein, these requirements are
consistent with those at another
exchange.195
Further, the Exchange believes that
allowing FLEX Equity Options to trade
in minimum increments of $0.01 196
perfects the mechanism of a free and
open market and a national market
system because it provides investors
with increased ability to meet their
specific investment objectives and
allows for increased opportunities for
price improvement through a finer
trading increment. The Exchange notes
that another exchange currently trades
FLEX Equity Options in minimum
increments of $0.01.197
The Exchange further believes that
subjecting FLEX Equity Options to the
193 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). See also
Exchange Act Release Nos. 59417 (February 18,
2009), 74 FR 8591 (February 25, 2009) (SR–CBOE–
2008–115) (Notice of Filing of Amendments No. 1
and 2 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to
a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by
Amendments No. 1 and 2 Thereto, Relating to FLEX
Options Expirations); 60548 (August 20, 2009), 74
FR 43191 (August 26, 2009) (SR–NYSEAmex–2009–
44) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of
Proposed Rule Change by NYSE AMEX LLC
Amending the Permissible Expiration Dates for
Flexible Exchange Options); 60549 (August 20,
2009), 74 FR 44415 (August 28, 2009) (SR–NYSE–
Arca–2009–75) (Notice of Filing and Immediate
Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change by NYSE
Arca, Inc. Amending Permissible Expiration Dates
for Flexible Exchange Options); and 60549
(September 16, 2009), 74 FR 48619 (September 23,
2009) (SR–Phlx–2009–81) (Notice of Filing and
Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change
Relating to FLEX Option Expirations).
194 The Exchange notes that investors will be able
to close any such positions utilizing Non-FLEX
Equity Option trading procedures beginning the
next trading day.
195 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01.
196 See proposed Rule 5055(g).
197 See CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The Exchange notes
that minimum increments in percentage terms are
not part of this proposal.
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44737
exercise by exception provisions of Rule
805 of the OCC 198 fosters cooperation
and coordination with persons engaged
in regulating, clearing, settling,
processing information with respect to,
and facilitating transactions in
securities.199 Specifically, OCC Rule 805
provides that, unless contrary
instructions are given, option contracts
that are in-the-money by specified
amounts shall be automatically
exercised. Application of Rule 805 to
FLEX Equity Options provides
consistency with Non-FLEX Equity
Options and prevents confusion in the
clearing process with respect to exercise
instructions. The Exchange notes that
another exchange provides that FLEX
Equity Options shall be subject to the
exercise by exception provisions of OCC
Rule 805.200
Position Limits
Position and exercise limits are
designed to address potential
manipulative schemes and adverse
market impacts surrounding the use of
options, such as disrupting the market
in the security underlying the options.
While position and exercise limits
should address and discourage the
potential for manipulative schemes and
adverse market impact, if such limits are
set too low, participation in the options
market may be discouraged. The
Exchange believes that any decision
regarding imposing position and
exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options
must therefore be balanced between
mitigating concerns of any potential
manipulation and the cost of inhibiting
potential hedging activity that could be
used for legitimate economic
purposes.201
Similar to the other exchanges that
trade FLEX Equity Options, the
Exchange believes that eliminating
position and exercise limits for FLEX
Equity Options, while requiring
positions in FLEX Equity Options that
expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to
be aggregated with positions in NonFLEX Equity Options on the same
underlying security,202 removes
198 See
proposed Rule 5055(h).
Exchange notes that Rule 805 of the OCC
currently applies to Non-FLEX Equity Options on
BOX. See BOX Rule 9000(b).
200 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(4).
201 The Exchange notes that although no position
limits are proposed for FLEX Equity Options, there
are several mitigating factors, which include
aggregation of FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX
Equity Option positions that expire on a third
Friday-of-the-month and subjecting those positions
to position and exercise limits, position reporting,
and daily monitoring of market activity.
202 See proposed Rules 5055(i) and (j). See also
NYSE Arca Rules 5.35–O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36–O and
199 The
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
Continued
21MYN1
44738
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
impediments to and perfects the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system because it
allows BOX to create a product and
market that is an improved but
comparable alternative to the OTC
market in customized options. OTC
transactions occur through bilateral
agreements, the terms of which are not
publicly disclosed to the marketplace.
As such, OTC transactions do not
contribute to the price discovery process
that exists on a public exchange.
The Exchange believes that the
proposed elimination of position and
exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options
may encourage market participants to
transfer their liquidity demands from
OTC markets to exchanges and enable
liquidity providers to provide additional
liquidity to BOX through transactions in
FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange
notes that the Commission previously
approved the elimination of position
and exercise limits for FLEX Equity
Options, finding that such elimination
would allow exchanges ‘‘to better
compete with the growing OTC market
in customized equity options, thereby
encouraging fair competition among
brokers and dealers and exchange
markets.’’ 203 The Commission has also
stated that the elimination of position
and exercise limits for FLEX Equity
Options ‘‘could potentially expand the
depth and liquidity of the FLEX equity
market without significantly increasing
concerns regarding intermarket
manipulations or disruptions of the
options or the underlying securities.’’ 204
Additionally, the Exchange believes
that requiring positions in FLEX Equity
Options that expire on a third Friday-ofthe-month to be aggregated with
positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options
on the same underlying security
subjects FLEX Equity Options and NonFLEX Equity Options to the same
position and exercise limits on third
Friday-of-the-month expirations. These
limitations are intended to serve as a
safeguard against potential adverse
effects of large FLEX Equity Option
positions expiring on the same day as
Non-FLEX Equity Option positions. The
Exchange notes that another exchange
has the same requirement.205
CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42 and NYSE American
Rules 906G and 907G and PHLX Options 8, Section
34(e) and (f).
203 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
42223 (December 10, 1999), 64 FR 71158, 71159
(December 20, 1999) (SR–Amex–99–40) (SR–PCX–
99–41) (SR–CBOE–99–59) (Order Granting
Accelerated Approval to Proposed Rule Change
Relating to the Permanent Approval of the
Elimination of Position and Exercise Limits for
FLEX Equity Options).
204 See id.
205 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.35–O(b)(i).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
The Exchange believes that any
potential risk of manipulative activity is
mitigated by existing surveillance
technologies, procedures, and reporting
requirements at the Exchange, which
allows the Exchange to properly identify
disruptive and/or manipulative trading
activity. In addition to its own
surveillance programs, the Exchange
also works with other SROs and
exchanges on intermarket surveillance
related issues. Through its participation
in ISG the Exchange shares information
and coordinates inquiries and
investigations with other exchanges
designed to address potential
intermarket manipulation and trading
abuses. The Exchange also notes that
FINRA, conducts cross-market
surveillances on behalf of the Exchange
pursuant to a regulatory services
agreement.206 The Exchange also
represents that it has reviewed its
procedures to detect potential
manipulation in light of any changes
required for FLEX Equity Options to
confirm appropriate surveillance
coverage. These procedures utilize daily
monitoring of market activity via
automated surveillance techniques to
identify unusual activity in both options
and their underlying securities and are
designed to protect investors and the
public interest by ensuring that the
Exchange has an adequate surveillance
program in place.
The Exchange believes that proposed
Rule 5055(i)(1) further mitigates
concerns for potential market
manipulation and/or disruption in the
underlying markets and thus protects
investors and the public interest
because position reporting will be
required (other than for a Market Maker)
and the Exchange may determine that a
higher margin requirement is necessary
in light of the risks associated with a
FLEX Equity Option position in excess
of the standard limit for Non-FLEX
Equity Options of the same class. The
Exchange may, pursuant to its authority
under Rule 10130(b), impose additional
margin upon the account maintaining
such under-hedged position as a
safeguard against potential adverse
effects of large FLEX Equity Option
positions. The Exchange notes that the
clearing firm carrying the account will
be subject to capital charges under SEC
Rule 15c3–1 to the extent of any margin
deficiency resulting from a higher
margin requirement imposed by the
Exchange. The Exchange also notes that
other exchanges currently trading FLEX
206 The Exchange notes that it is responsible for
FINRA’s performance under this regulatory services
agreement.
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
options have similar position and
exercise limits.207
Letters of Guarantee and Authorization
Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(k),
the Exchange will require FLEX Market
Makers to provide a Letter of Guarantee
issued by a clearing member
organization and filed with the
Exchange specifically accepting
financial responsibility for all FLEX
Equity Option transactions made by
such person as long as such letter has
not been revoked under Rule 8070(c).208
Market Makers that are qualified by the
Exchange and have provided such a
Letter of Guarantee will be permitted to
trade FLEX Equity Options on BOX.209
The Exchange believes that requiring a
Letter of Guarantee specific to FLEX
Equity Options protects investors and
the public interest because it signifies
that the clearing member has
specifically accepted financial
responsibility for transactions in FLEX
Equity Options entered into by the
Market Maker which will protect the
counterparties of those trades and such
protections will flow to other clearing
members and ultimately to the OCC as
the central counterparty and guarantor
of both FLEX Equity Option and NonFLEX Equity Option transactions. The
Exchange notes that another exchange
requires a Letter of Guarantee for FLEX
transactions.210
Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(l),
prior to effecting any transaction in
FLEX Equity Options, Floor Brokers are
required to provide a Letter of
Authorization issued by a clearing
member organization and filed with the
Exchange specifically accepting
financial responsibility for all FLEX
Equity Option transactions made by
such person, and such letter remains in
effect until a written revocation is
received by the Exchange.211 Floor
Brokers that have provided such a Letter
of Authorization and are qualified by
the Exchange will be permitted to trade
FLEX Equity Options on BOX.212 The
Exchange believes that requiring a Letter
of Authorization specific to FLEX
207 See NYSE Arca Rules 5.35–O(a)(iii), (b) and
5.36–O and CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42 and NYSE
American Rules 906G and 907G and PHLX Options
8, Section 34(e) and (f).
208 See proposed Rule 5055(k).
209 See proposed Rule 7605(c). The Exchange
notes that Market Makers are subject to the
qualifications in Exchange rules including net
capital and financial requirements. See BOX Rule
8000 series.
210 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(a).
211 See proposed Rules 5055(l) and 7605(b).
212 The Exchange notes that Floor Brokers are
subject to registration requirements in Exchange
rules including a Floor Broker examination and
other factors deemed appropriate by the Exchange.
See BOX Rule 7550.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
Equity Options protects investors and
the public interest because it signifies
that the clearing member has accepted
financial responsibility for transactions
in FLEX Equity Options entered into by
the Floor Broker which will protect the
counterparties of those trades and such
protections will flow to other clearing
members and ultimately to the OCC as
the central counterparty and guarantor
of both FLEX Equity Option and NonFLEX Equity Option transactions. The
Exchange notes that another exchange
requires a separate Letter of
Authorization for Floor Brokers to trade
FLEX Equity Options.213
FOO Orders
The Exchange believes that the
proposed rule change to adopt a new
order type 214 for FLEX Equity Option
transactions on the BOX Trading Floor
is consistent with the Act. The
Exchange modeled its proposed rule
governing FOO Orders after Rule 7600
applicable to QOO Orders to harmonize
current procedures on BOX’s Trading
Floor, which the Exchange believes will
reduce investor confusion and thus
remove impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system.215
Specifically, the proposed elements of a
FOO Order are designed to aid Floor
Brokers in their duties and to maintain
order and structure on the Trading
Floor. For example, as with a QOO
Order, the rules applicable to FOO
Orders will ensure that all FLEX Equity
Option transactions executed on the
Trading Floor by Floor Brokers are
systematized before they are represented
to the trading crowd and provide an
accurate timestamp of when the order
was executed by the Floor Broker.216 As
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
213 See
NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(b).
214 See proposed Rule 7605.
215 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8,
2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a
Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment
Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry
Trading Floor) (‘‘After careful review and
consideration of the comments received, the
Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as
modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, is consistent
with the requirements of the Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder applicable to a national
securities exchange.’’).
216 See proposed Rule 7605(e). The Exchange
notes that in order to execute a FOO Order on the
Trading Floor, it must be sent from a Floor Broker’s
system to the BOG. This requires that the Floor
Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order. An
order is systematized when a Floor Broker creates
an electronic record of the order. As the Exchange
described when it originally proposed the QOO
order type, in order to execute a QOO Order from
the Trading Floor, it must be sent from a Floor
Broker’s system to the BOG—which requires that
the Floor Broker adequately systemized the QOO
Order. See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
80720 (May 18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23682 n.259
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
described above, the main differences
from QOO Orders are that FOO Orders
will not interact with the BOX Book or
the Complex Order Book and that Floor
Brokers must allow Floor Participants a
minimum period of time to respond to
FOO Orders.
Under this proposal, Floor Brokers
will continue to allow a reasonable
amount of time for Floor Participants to
participate in a FOO Order.
Additionally, the Exchange will
establish and communicate via
Regulatory Notice a minimum time that
Floor Brokers must provide for Floor
Participants to respond to FOO Orders,
which amount of time must be between
three seconds and five minutes. While
other exchanges have adopted RFQ
processes for FLEX Equity Options,217
the Exchange has proposed to follow a
similar approach for trading FLEX
Equity Options as CBOE, which does
not have a different open outcry process
for FLEX Option transactions as
compared to non-FLEX Option
transactions, but does establish a
different order announcement process
that requires a reasonable amount of
time for traders to respond to a FLEX
Order.218 In fact, the Exchange notes
that CBOE recently changed its process
for FLEX Option transactions from
conducting a RFQ process to utilizing
the same process as for a non-FLEX
Option on its trading floor.219 In its rule
filing, CBOE stated that aligning the
open outcry process for FLEX Options
with that of non-FLEX Options may
reduce confusion regarding how FLEX
Orders may trade in open outcry and
encourage the submission of FLEX
Orders for execution.220
(May 23, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Notice of Filing
of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to
Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor).
217 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33–O and PHLX
Options 8, Section 34(c) and NYSE American Rule
904G.
218 See CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(1) (providing that
FLEX Traders have a reasonable amount of time
(which amount of time must be between three
seconds and five minutes) from the time a FLEX
Trader requests a quote in a FLEX Option series or
represents a FLEX Order (including announcing a
crossing transaction pursuant to Rule 5.87) to
respond with bids and offers). The Exchange notes
that PHLX has also taken a similar approach to
CBOE. See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
97658 (June 7, 2023), 88 FR 38562 (June 13, 2023)
(SR–Phlx–2023–22) (Notice of Filing and Immediate
Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend
Various Options 8 Rules).
219 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
87235 (October 4, 2019), 84 FR 54671 (October 10,
2019) (SR–CBOE–2019–084) (Notice of Filing and
Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change
to Extend the Operation of its Flexible Exchange
Options (‘‘FLEX Options’’) Pilot Program Regarding
Permissible Exercise Settlement Values for FLEX
Index Options).
220 Id.
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44739
The Exchange similarly proposes to
align its open outcry process for FLEX
Equity Options with that of Non-FLEX
Equity Options and to establish a
minimum time for responses to FOO
Orders. The Exchange also believes that,
in addition to the required minimum
time, it is appropriate to continue to
have Options Exchange Officials
determine whether Floor Participants
have been provided a reasonable
amount of time to respond to a FOO
Order, which is consistent with the
current procedure on the BOX Trading
Floor for QOO Orders.221 The Options
Exchange Official will make this
determination on a case-by-case basis
based on the current market conditions
and trading activity on the Trading
Floor.222 Options Exchange Officials are
employees of the Exchange, reporting to
the Chief Regulatory Officer, and are
trained and qualified to enforce the
Exchange’s rules. The Exchange believes
that Options Exchange Officials will
ensure that FOO Orders follow the
Exchange’s rules, including that FLEX
Market Makers are provided a
reasonable amount of time to
respond.223 FLEX Market Makers that
do not believe a reasonable amount of
time to respond was provided may
appeal any related determination of an
Options Exchange Official to the
Exchange’s Chief Regulatory Officer.224
Additionally, Floor Brokers have a
general responsibility to use due
diligence to cause orders to be executed
at the best price or prices available to
them in accordance with the Rules of
the Exchange.225 Further, it shall be
considered conduct inconsistent with
just and equitable principles of trade for
any Floor Broker to intentionally
disrupt the open outcry process.226
Thus, the Exchange believes that the
proposed process promotes just and
equitable principles of trade and
removes impediments to and perfects
the mechanism of a free and open
market and a national market system
because the proposed process provides
221 See supra note 170 (describing that the
minimum time period, which must be between
three seconds and five minutes, will be established
by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory
Notice).
222 The Exchange has a Minor Rule Violation
Program (‘‘MRVP’’) pursuant to Rule 12140
(Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The
MRVP provides in part that improper vocalization
of a trade may result in sanction. See BOX Rule
12140.
223 See supra note 170 (describing that the
minimum time period, which must be between
three seconds and five minutes, will be established
by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory
Notice).
224 See BOX Rule 7640(e).
225 See BOX Rule 7570.
226 See BOX IM–7580–4.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
44740
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
substantially similar opportunities for
Floor Participants to respond to FOO
Orders as an RFQ process while
maintaining consistency with existing
Exchange processes for transactions on
the Trading Floor. As noted herein, the
proposed open outcry process is
safeguarded by enforcement of the
Exchange’s rules by Options Exchange
Officials. The Exchange again notes that,
except for the inclusion of a minimum
time period that a Floor Broker must
allow Floor Participants to respond to
FOO Orders, the proposed open outcry
process for FOO Orders is similar to the
current process for QOO Orders.
Therefore, the Exchange believes the
proposal will serve to avoid confusion
and increase efficiency on the BOX
Trading Floor.
Proposed Rule 7605(b) states that
FOO Orders will be limited solely to the
Trading Floor. The Exchange believes
that limiting FOO Orders to the Trading
Floor is consistent with the Act because,
due to their unique and customizable
nature, FLEX Equity Option transactions
are well suited for a trading floor
environment where the terms of such
options can be effectively negotiated.
The Exchange notes that other
exchanges limit FLEX Equity Options
trading to their respective trading
floors.227 To the extent the Exchange
determines to adopt an electronic order
type or mechanism for the trading of
FLEX Equity Options, it will file a
subsequent proposed rule change with
the Commission.
Proposed Rule 7605(c) provides that
Floor Market Makers in good standing
under Rule 8500 (Floor Market Maker)
may apply to be FLEX Market Makers.
FLEX Market Makers must be registered
under Rule 8000, which protects
investors and the public interest by
ensuring that Market Makers are
qualified to perform their duties,
including filing an application,
demonstrating knowledge of FLEX
Equity Options, and providing
additional information as the Exchange
may consider necessary. The Exchange
shall qualify at least three FLEX Market
Makers in accordance with a FLEXspecific qualification process prescribed
by the Exchange to provide competition
for FOO Orders and reasonable
opportunities for Participants to get
quotes on FLEX Equity Options. The
requirement to qualify at least three
FLEX Market Makers is designed to
remove impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system. Similarly
227 See NYSE American Rule 904G and NYSE
Arca Rule 5.33–O and PHLX Options 8, Section
34(c).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
to Floor Market Makers, FLEX Market
Makers will also be subject to Rule
8510, including provisions for the
course and conduct of dealings, class
assignments, and option priority and
parity, unless otherwise specified in
proposed Rule 7605.228 Specifically,
Rule 8510 provides that transactions of
a Floor Market Maker should constitute
a course of dealings reasonably
calculated to contribute to the
maintenance of a fair and orderly
market, quoting obligations, restrictions
on trading in certain circumstances, and
restrictions on conduct related to the
allocation of trades. These rules are
designed to protect investors and the
public interest and are therefore
consistent with the Act.
Proposed Rule 7605(d) states that
FOO Orders may be Complex FOO
Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders,
including as tied hedge orders, and that
these orders may be crossed.229
However, the priority provisions of
Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) do not apply to
Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO
Orders because there will be no preestablished series and no electronic
trading.230 Further, only FLEX Equity
Options on the same underlying and of
the same exercise style (American or
European) may be part of a Complex
FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order.
Additionally, if a Non-FLEX Equity
Option series is added intra-day for a
component leg(s) of a Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the
holder or writer of a FLEX Equity
Option position in the component leg(s)
resulting from such Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be
permitted to close its position(s) under
the FLEX trading procedures against
another closing only FLEX Equity
Option position for the balance of the
trading day on which the Non-FLEX
Equity Option series is added. If a NonFLEX Equity Option series is added for
228 Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), FLEX
Market Makers have an obligation to quote a FLEX
Equity Option in response to any request for quote
by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and
must provide a two-sided market. See also supra
note 87 (describing the general applicability of the
Rule 8000 series and Rules 8500 and 8510 to FLEX
Market Makers in their capacity as Market Makers
and Floor Market Makers, respectively).
229 See proposed Rule 7605(d), proposed IM–
7605–2(d) and current IM–7600–2.
230 BOX Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) provide priority
provisions for Complex Orders that take into
consideration the prices of orders on the BOX Book
and the Complex Order Book. Because there will be
no BOX Book or Complex Book for Complex FOO
Orders, there is no priority of orders on the BOX
Book or Complex Book applicable to Complex FOO
Orders. This is a distinction from Rule 7600(c),
which, for purposes of QOO Orders, excludes the
priority rules for Complex Orders contained in
Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) only from multi-leg QOO
Orders that are not Complex Orders.
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a
trading day after the Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order position
is established, the holder or writer of a
FLEX Equity Option position in the
component leg(s) resulting from such
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO
Order would be required to execute
separate FLEX Equity Option and NonFLEX Equity Option transactions to
close its position(s), such that FLEX
Equity Option component leg(s) would
trade under the FLEX trading
procedures and Non-FLEX Equity
Option component leg(s) would trade
subject to the non-FLEX trading
procedures and rules. These proposed
rules are designed to maintain order and
structure, to detail the operation of
Complex FOO Order and Multi-Leg
FOO Order trading on the Trading
Floor, and are similar to BOX’s current
Rule 7600(a)(4). The Exchange is
proposing to use similar procedures for
the trading of Complex QOO Orders,
multi-leg QOO Orders, Complex FOO
Orders, and Multi-Leg FOO Orders on
the BOX Trading Floor because it will
reduce investor confusion and increase
efficiency. Additionally, offering order
functionality such as Complex FOO
Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, and tied
hedge orders provides investors with
the flexibility and capability to meet
their investment and hedging objectives.
For these reasons, the Exchange believes
that allowing Complex FOO Orders,
Multi-Leg FOO Orders, and tied hedge
orders removes impediments to and
perfects the mechanism of a free and
open market and a national market
system and is therefore consistent with
the Act. The Exchange notes that
another exchange allows complex
orders 231 and tied hedge 232 orders for
FLEX Equity Options.
Another provision designed to
maintain order and structure on the
Trading Floor is the Exchange’s
231 See CBOE Rules 5.70(b) and 1.1 (definition of,
‘‘Complex Order’’) (providing that the term
‘‘complex order’’ means an order involving the
concurrent execution of two or more different series
in the same underlying security or index (the ‘‘legs’’
or ‘‘components’’ of the complex order), for the
same account, occurring at or near the same time
and for the purpose of executing a particular
investment strategy with no more than the
applicable number of legs (which number CBOE
determines on a class-by-class basis)). The
Exchange notes that the term ‘‘complex order’’ on
CBOE includes both Complex Orders and Multi-Leg
Orders, as those terms are defined on BOX. See also
CBOE Rule 5.87 Interpretations and Policies .07 and
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 93122
(September 24, 2021), 86 FR 54269 (September 30,
2021) (Order Granting Approval of SR–CBOE–
2021–041).
232 See PHLX Options 8, Section 34(b)(2) (new
citation of PHLX Options 8, Section 34(f)(2) to be
implemented prior to August 2024).
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
proposal that FOO Orders entrusted to
a Floor Broker will be considered a Not
Held Order, unless otherwise specified
by a Floor Broker’s client.233 In
particular, considering orders as Not
Held will aid Floor Brokers in their
duties on the Trading Floor because it
provides clarity to both Floor Brokers
and their clients regarding how each
order is to be handled. Additionally,
this rule is consistent with the current
handling of QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor which will avoid
confusion, increase efficiency, and
ensure consistent treatment of orders on
the Trading Floor. The Exchange further
believes that this proposed rule protects
investors and the public interest by
clarifying order handling duties and
expectations between Floor Brokers and
Participants.
Additionally, the requirement, in
proposed IM–7605–2, that Participants
disclose Public Customer Orders subject
to crossing with an order that is not a
Public Customer Order and all securities
that are components of the Public
Customer Order is designed to maintain
order and structure on the Trading
Floor.234 The rule also clarifies that
Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO
Orders, or tied hedge orders on opposite
sides of the market may be crossed
subject to limitations.235 The Exchange
believes that providing clarity will
remove impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system and that
full disclosure will prevent fraudulent
and manipulative acts and practices by
providing complete information to
Participants which may prompt them to
improve upon the Floor Broker’s
proposed crossing price. Additionally,
rules governing how long a response is
in effect and the effect of an established
market on priority create order and
structure on the Trading Floor.236 The
Exchange believes that such order and
structure protects investors and the
public and notes that the same rules
apply to QOO Orders.237
Proposed Rule 7605(e) is designed to
aid Floor Brokers in their duties and to
maintain structure and order on the
Trading Floor. For example, by
providing that a FOO Order is not
executed until it is processed by the
233 See proposed Rule 7605(l). See also NYSE
Arca Rules 5.34–O and 6.62–O(f).
234 See proposed IM–7605–2(a) and (e).
235 See proposed IM–7605–2(d).
236 See proposed IM–7605–2(b) and (c).
237 See BOX IM–7600–1. The Exchanges notes
that the portion of IM–7600–1 that references BOX
Book Priority is not included in proposed IM–7605–
2 because, as discussed, the BOX Book is not
available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
Trading Host,238 the Exchange is
providing an accurate timestamp of
when the order was actually executed
by the Floor Broker and not just when
it was submitted to the Exchange.239
Additionally, the process whereby Floor
Brokers are required to systematize
orders in their systems is designed to
provide a complete and accurate audit
trail and minimize the occurrence of
disputes and regulatory violations.240
After systematization, a Floor Broker’s
system will then be required to send an
order to the BOG. Further, Floor Brokers
are responsible for providing the correct
allocations of the initiating side of the
FOO Order to an Options Exchange
Official or his or her designee, if
necessary, after order execution.241
Floor Brokers will also be required to
ascertain that at least one FLEX Market
Maker is present in the Crowd Area
prior to announcing a FOO Order for
execution, which is designed to increase
competition for FLEX Equity Option
interest on the Trading Floor.242 The
Exchange notes that these rules are
substantially similar to those currently
in place for QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor.243 The Exchange believes
that having substantially similar rules
for all orders on the BOX Trading Floor
will avoid any potential confusion and
increase efficiency on the BOX Trading
Floor, which will further the objectives
and goals of the Act by helping to
prevent fraudulent and manipulative
acts and practices, promoting just and
equitable principles of trade, and
removing impediments to and
perfecting the mechanisms of a free and
open market and a national market
system.
FLEX Market Maker Requirements
The Exchange believes that the
proposed rules applicable to FLEX
Market Makers are reasonable and will
foster cooperation and coordination
with persons engaged in facilitating
transactions in securities, promote just
and equitable principles of trade, and
remove impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market
238 See
proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
Orders will be submitted by Floor
Brokers to the BOG, which is a component of the
Trading Host. A Floor Broker will have a
connection to the BOG giving the Floor Broker the
ability to submit FOO Orders to the Trading Host.
240 In order to execute a FOO Order on the
Trading Floor, it must be sent from a Floor Broker’s
system to the BOG. This requires that the Floor
Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order
prior to announcing the FOO Order to the trading
crowd. See proposed Rule 7605(b).
241 See proposed Rule 7605(j).
242 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(3).
243 See BOX Rule 7600(d)(4). See also BOX Rule
7580(a).
239 FOO
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44741
and a national market system.
Specifically, proposed Rules 7605(f), (g)
and (h) state: (1) that the minimum size
for FLEX Equity Option transactions
and quotations shall be 1 contract; (2)
that there are no maximum bid to ask
spread differentials for FLEX Equity
Option quotes; and (3) that FLEX Market
Makers have an obligation to quote a
FLEX Equity Option in response to any
request for quote by a Floor Broker or
Options Exchange Official and must
provide a two-sided market.244 The
Exchange believes that these rules
reflect the unique nature of FLEX Equity
Option trading which occurs relatively
infrequently and with option premiums
that can vary widely because any
exercise price (in minimum increments
of $0.01) and any expiration date on a
business day within 15 years of trade
date may be traded.245 The Exchange
believes that these requirements strike a
balance between the complexity of
quoting customized options and the
need to ensure that Floor Brokers are
able to get a quote for any FLEX Equity
Option selected by their clients. Further,
these requirements remove
impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system by
ensuring that there is a procedure in
place to receive a two-sided quote for
each FOO Order brought to the BOX
Trading Floor. The Exchange notes that
these requirements are similar to those
currently in place at BOX and another
options exchange.246
Priority of Orders and Allocation of
Trades
The Exchange believes that the
proposed rule to provide a Floor Broker
with a guarantee or entitlement to cross
40% of the remaining contracts of the
original order, after all bids or offers at
better prices are filled, with other orders
that he is holding,247 is reasonable and
is consistent with the Act. Specifically,
proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) will
reward Floor Brokers who bring orders
of an eligible size determined by the
Exchange but not less than 50 contracts
to the Exchange by guaranteeing them
the ability to cross 40% of the remaining
contracts of those orders after any better
priced interest has been filled. The
Exchange believes that establishing an
eligible size for such guarantee for at
least 50 contracts will encourage larger
negotiated transactions while providing
Floor Participants with a reasonable
244 See
proposed Rules 7605(f)-(h).
proposed Rule 5055(e).
246 See NYSE Arca Rules 5.32–O(b)(7) and 5.37–
O(d) and BOX Rule 8510(c)(2).
247 See proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k).
245 See
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
44742
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
opportunity to participate. The
Exchange notes that other options
exchanges provide a guarantee for FLEX
Equity Options on their trading
floors.248 Additionally, the Exchange
currently provides a similar guarantee
with respect to QOO Orders executed on
the BOX Trading Floor.249 Allowing a
similar guarantee for QOO Orders and
FOO Orders is intended to maintain
consistency and increase efficiency for
the different order types offered on the
BOX Trading Floor. The Exchange
believes that allowing a guarantee will
promote just and equitable principles of
trade and remove impediments to and
perfect the mechanism of a free and
open market and a national market
system by encouraging Floor Brokers to
bring orders to the Trading Floor while
maintaining the ability of other Floor
Participants to participate in floor
transactions and compete for such
orders.
The Exchange believes that, after the
allocation of any bids and offers at
better prices and any eligible Floor
Broker guarantee, allocating FLEX
Equity Option trades between Floor
Participants pursuant to the priority
provisions of Rule 7610 is reasonable
and promotes just and equitable
principles of trade. The Exchange notes
that, pursuant to Rule 7610, bids and
248 See NYSE American Rule 904G(e)(iii)
(providing that ‘‘[i]n the case of FLEX Equity
Options only and notwithstanding [Rules 904G(e)(i)
and (ii)], whenever the Submitting Member has
indicated an intention to cross or act as principal
on the trade and has matched or improved the BBO
during the BBO Improvement Interval, the
Submitting Member will be permitted to execute
the contra side of the trade that is the subject of the
Request for Quotes, to the extent of at least 40% of
the trade’’) and PHLX Rule Options 8, Section
34(c)(5) (‘‘In the case of FLEX equity options only
and notwithstanding [Section 34(c)(4)], whenever
the Requesting Member has indicated an intention
to cross or act as principal on the trade and has
matched or improved the BBO during the BBO
Improvement Interval, the Requesting Member will
be permitted to execute the contra side of the trade
that is the subject of the RFQs, to the extent of at
least 40% of the trade, provided the order is a
Public Customer order or an order respecting the
Requesting Member’s firm proprietary account.’’).
See also NYSE American Rule 904G(f) (‘‘A
Submitting Member may effect crossing
transactions only on public customer orders or
orders respecting the Submitting Member’s firm
proprietary account.’’). The Exchange notes
differences between the guarantees on NYSE
American and PHLX and the guarantee on BOX.
First, neither PHLX nor NYSE American set an
eligible order size and BOX proposes an eligible
order size, determined by the Exchange, of 50 or
more contracts. Further, both NYSE American and
PHLX require the contra side of a crossing order
subject to the 40% guaranteed allocation to be
either a Public Customer order or an order
respecting the submitting firm’s proprietary account
whereas BOX does not impose such limitations.
The Exchange notes that not limiting contra side
participant types is consistent with current BOX
rules on the Trading Floor for QOO Orders.
249 See BOX Rule 7600(f).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
offers are considered in order of the
highest bid/lowest offer and priority
shall be afforded to such bids and offers
in the sequence in which they are made.
In situations where the sequence cannot
be determined, Floor Participants are
treated on an equal basis and receive an
equal number of contracts to the extent
mathematically possible.250 The
Exchange believes that Rule 7610 is
designed to be a fair and impartial
method of trade allocation, to promote
competition between Floor Participants,
and to encourage quick responses of
bids and offers at the best available
prices. Additionally, consistent and
objective trade allocation on the BOX
Trading Floor may encourage FLEX
Market Makers to provide liquidity
which may improve the quality of
responses to FOO Orders. The Exchange
notes that Rule 7610 is currently
applicable to QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor 251 and that other
exchanges use a similar procedure.252
Further, if interest remains after Floor
Participants that responded with
interest receive their allocation, the
remaining quantity of the initiating side
of the FOO Order will be allocated to
the executing Floor Broker. This
allocation is designed to further
250 See BOX Rule 7610. The Exchange notes that
priority in the trading crowd is determined without
regard to market participant type, including Public
Customer.
251 The Exchange notes that split-price priority
applicable to QOO Orders is not applicable to FOO
Orders. Split-price priority allows a Participant
effecting a trade that betters the market to have
priority on the balance of that trade at the next
pricing increment, even if there are orders in the
book at the same price. BOX Book will not be
applicable to FOO Orders and thus there is no need
for split-price priority. Accordingly, the Exchange
does not propose to adopt provisions analogous to
Rule 7600(i), IM–7600–6, or IM–7600–7 in
proposed Rule 7605.
252 CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(2) provides that FLEX
Orders are allocated only to responses from the
trading crowd pursuant to Rules 5.85(a)(1) and
(2)(C). Rule 5.85(a)(1) provides that bids and offers
with the highest bid and lowest offer have priority
and (2)(C) establishes priority between in-crowd
market participants at the same price. The Exchange
believes that these rules are similar to BOX Rule
7610 and are appropriate for FLEX Equity Option
trading. But see NYSE Arca Rules 5.30–O(d)
(providing that priority and order allocation
procedures for open outcry do not apply to FLEX
Equity Options) and 5.33–O (providing a RFQ
procedure for FLEX transactions including priority
provisions that provide priority in certain instances
to FLEX Qualified Market Makers and limited
priority to the submitting firm if it has matched or
improved the market on NYSE Arca). As discussed
herein, the Exchange does not believe that a RFQ
procedure is necessary for FLEX Equity Option
trading on BOX. Similarly, CBOE does not have a
specific open outcry procedure for FLEX
transactions. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d) (providing that
a submitting FLEX Trader may represent and
execute a FLEX Order on the Exchange’s trading
floor in the same manner as a Trading Permit
Holder may represent and execute an order for a
non-FLEX Option).
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
incentivize Floor Brokers after first
allowing Floor Participants an
opportunity to participate in the trade.
The Exchange believes that the
proposed rule change to add certain
proposed rules as eligible for a minor
rule fine disposition under its MRVP
will assist the Exchange in preventing
fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices and promoting just and
equitable principles of trade, and will
serve to remove impediments to and
perfect the mechanism of a free and
open market and a national market
system, and, in general, protect
investors and the public interest. In
particular, the Exchange believes that
the proposed rule changes to Rule
12140(e) are consistent with Section
6(b)(6) of the Act,253 which provides
that members and persons associated
with members shall be appropriately
disciplined for violation of the
provisions of the rules of the exchange,
by expulsion, suspension, limitation of
activities, functions, and operations,
fine, censure, being suspended or barred
from being associated with a member, or
any other fitting sanction. As noted, the
proposed rule change adds certain rules
as eligible for a minor rule fine
disposition under the Exchange’s
MRVP. The Exchange believes
violations of proposed Rules 7605 and
7605(h) to be minor in nature and will
be more appropriately disciplined
through the Exchange’s MRVP, and
therefore proposes to add them to the
list of rules in Rule 12140(e) eligible for
a minor rule fine disposition. The
Exchange also believes that the
proposed change is designed to provide
a fair procedure for the disciplining of
members and persons associated with
members, consistent with Sections
6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Act.254 Rule
12140, currently and as amended, does
not preclude a Participant or person
associated with or employed by a
Participant from contesting an alleged
violation and receiving a hearing on the
matter with the same procedural rights
through a litigated disciplinary
proceeding. Further, the Exchange will
be able to carry out its regulatory
responsibility more quickly and
efficiently by incorporating these
violations into the MRVP. The Exchange
notes that these violations are consistent
with violations at other options
exchanges.255 The Exchange also notes
that the proposed additional violations
are similar to minor rule violations
already designated in the Exchange’s
253 15
U.S.C. 78f(b)(6).
U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d).
255 See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 10.12(h) and CBOE
Rule 13.15(g)(9).
254 15
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
MRVP for activities related to the
Trading Floor.
In requesting the proposed additions
to BOX Rule 12140(e), the Exchange in
no way minimizes the importance of
compliance with Exchange Rules and all
other rules subject to the imposition of
fines under the MRVP. Minor rule fines
provide a meaningful sanction for minor
or technical violations of rules when the
conduct at issue does not warrant
stronger, immediately reportable
disciplinary sanctions. The inclusion of
a rule in the Exchange’s MRVP does not
minimize the importance of compliance
with the rule, nor does it preclude the
Exchange from choosing to pursue
violations of eligible rules through a
Letter of Consent if the nature of the
violations or prior disciplinary history
warrants more significant sanctions.
Rather, the Exchange believes that the
proposed rule change will strengthen
the Exchange’s ability to carry out its
oversight and enforcement
responsibilities in cases where full
disciplinary proceedings are
unwarranted in view of the minor
nature of the particular violation.
Rather, the option to impose a minor
rule sanction gives the Exchange
additional flexibility to administer its
enforcement program in the most
effective and efficient manner while still
fully meeting the Exchange’s remedial
objectives in addressing violative
conduct. Specifically, the proposed rule
change is designed to prevent
fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices because it will provide the
Exchange the ability to issue a minor
rule fine for violations relating to FOO
Orders and FLEX Market Maker quoting
of FLEX Equity Options where a more
formal disciplinary action may not be
warranted or appropriate. Finally, the
Exchange believes that the proposed
rule change will reinforce its
surveillance and enforcement functions.
The Exchange believes that amending
Rule 7620 and IM–7620–1 to exclude
FLEX Equity Options is consistent with
proposed Rule 5055(c) which provides
that Rule 7620 shall not apply to
transactions in FLEX Equity Options.
The amendment is designed to provide
clarity by adding FLEX Equity Options
to the exclusion list in Rule 7620 and
IM–7620–1 to clarify that neither
Cabinet orders nor Sub-Penny Cabinet
orders will be available for FLEX Equity
Options. The Exchange believes further
that this amendment will protect
investors and the public interest by
removing potential ambiguity between
Rule 7620 and proposed Rules 5055 and
7605 and is therefore consistent with
the Act.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
Lastly, the amendment of Rule
100(b)(3) to remove specific rule
references is designed to clarify that all
Exchange options transactions shall be
executed automatically by the Trading
Host as provided in applicable
Exchange Rules. The Exchange believes
that this amendment will protect
investors and the public interest by
removing potential ambiguity created by
a list of specific rule references that may
not be complete and is therefore
consistent with the Act.
The Exchange reiterates that FLEX
Equity Options are currently traded on
four other options exchanges currently
conducting options trading.256
Therefore, the proposed rules perfect
the mechanism of a free and open
market and protect investors and the
public interest by establishing FLEX
Equity Options and FOO Orders on the
BOX Trading Floor, which would
provide market participants an
additional execution venue to provide
and seek liquidity for their customized
orders, thereby increasing the
opportunities to execute such orders to
the benefit of all market participants.
Section 11(a) Analysis
The proposed rule change is
consistent with Section 11(a) of the Act
and the rules thereunder. Section
11(a)(1) of the Act 257 prohibits a
member of a national securities
exchange from effecting transactions on
that exchange for its own account, the
account of an associated person, or an
account over which it or its associated
person exercises investment discretion
(collectively, ‘‘covered accounts’’),
unless an exception applies. Sections
11(a)(1)(A)–(I) of the Act 258 and the
rules thereunder provide certain
exemptions from this general
prohibition, including the exemption set
forth in Rule 11a2–2(T) under the
Act.259 The proposed rule change would
not limit in any way the obligation of a
Participant, while acting as a Floor
Broker or otherwise, to comply with
Section 11(a) of the Act or the rules
thereunder.260
As described above, the Exchange
proposes to apply existing IM–7600–5 to
FLEX Equity Options,261 which states
that a Participant shall not utilize the
256 FLEX options are currently traded on CBOE,
NYSE American, NYSE Arca, and PHLX.
257 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1).
258 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(A)–(I).
259 17 CFR 240.11a2–2(T).
260 A Floor Broker may utilize the Trading Floor
to effect a transaction for a covered account only
pursuant to Rule 7540 and for purposes of
liquidating error positions.
261 See proposed Rule 5055(c) (stating that IM–
7600–5 shall apply to FLEX Equity Options).
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44743
Trading Floor to effect any transaction
for a covered account by relying on the
G Exemption.262 Because no covered
account transactions utilizing the
Trading Floor may rely on the G
Exemption, Participants utilizing the
Trading Floor to effect transactions for
covered accounts may only rely upon
other exemptions to the Section 11(a)(1)
prohibition.263
In addition to statutory exemptions,
Rule 11a2–2(T) under the Act,264 known
as the ‘‘effect versus execute’’ rule,
provides Participants with an
exemption from the Section 11(a)(1)
prohibition. Rule 11a2–2(T) permits a
Participant, subject to certain
conditions, to effect transactions for
covered accounts by arranging for an
unaffiliated Participant, acting as a
Floor Broker, to execute transactions on
the Exchange. To comply with Rule
11a2–2(T)’s conditions, the initiating
Participant: (i) must transmit the order
from off the Trading Floor; (ii) may not
participate in the execution of the
transaction once the order has been
transmitted to the Participant
performing the execution; 265 (iii) may
not be affiliated with the executing
Participant; and (iv) with respect to an
account over which the Participant or
an associated person has investment
discretion, neither the Participant nor
an associated person may retain any
compensation in connection with
effecting the transaction except as
provided in the Rule. For the reasons set
forth below, the Exchange believes that
Participants utilizing FOO Orders on the
Trading Floor may comply with the
262 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(G). Section 11(a)(1)(G) of
the Act provides an exemption from the general
prohibition in Section 11(a)(1) of the Act for any
transaction for a member’s own account, provided
that: (i) such member is primarily engaged in the
business of underwriting and distributing securities
issued by other persons, selling securities to
customers, and acting as broker, or any one or more
of such activities, and whose gross income normally
is derived principally from such business and
related activities; and (ii) such transaction is
effected in compliance with rules of the
Commission which, as a minimum, assure that the
transaction is not inconsistent with the
maintenance of fair and orderly markets and yields
priority, parity, and precedence in execution to
orders for the account of persons who are not
members or associated with members of the
exchange. See also 17 CFR 240.11a1–1(T) (setting
forth requirements for relying on the G Exemption).
263 Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules
thereunder provide other exemptions to the Section
11(a)(1) prohibition, including, for example, the
‘‘effect versus execute’’ exemption (as discussed
below), the exemption for transactions by a dealer
acting in the capacity of a market maker, and the
exemption for transactions to offset a transaction
made in error.
264 17 CFR 240.11a2–2(T).
265 This prohibition also applies to associated
persons of the initiating Participant. The Participant
may, however, participate in clearing and settling
the transaction.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
44744
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
conditions of Rule 11a2–2(T) under the
Act.266
Rule 11a2–2(T)’s first requirement is
that orders for covered accounts be
transmitted from off the Trading Floor.
The Commission has found that the offfloor transmission requirement is met if
a covered account order is transmitted
from a remote location directly to an
exchange’s floor by electronic means.267
Floor Brokers will receive matched or
unmatched orders either via telephone,
or electronically to the Floor Broker’s
order entry mechanism. A Participant
could submit an order for a covered
account from off the Trading Floor to an
unaffiliated Floor Broker for
representation on the Trading Floor and
use the ‘‘effect versus execute’’
exemption (assuming the other
conditions of the rule are satisfied). A
Participant that submits a FOO Order
for a covered account utilizing the
Trading Floor, and who wishes to rely
on the ‘‘effect versus execute’’
exemption, must submit the order from
off the Trading Floor.
Second, Rule 11a2–2(T) requires that
neither the initiating Participant nor an
associated person of the initiating
Participant participate in the execution
of the transaction at any time after the
order for the transaction has been
transmitted. At no time following the
submission of a FOO Order utilizing the
Trading Floor will the submitting
Participant or any associated person of
such Participant acquire control or
influence over the result or timing of the
order’s execution.268 In addition, once a
266 The Commission has previously found that the
all-electronic transactions effected through the
Trading Host are consistent with the requirements
of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2–2(T)
thereunder. See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act
Release Nos. 72848 (August 14, 2014), 79 FR 49361
(August 20, 2014) (SR–BOX–2014–16) (order
approving the Exchange’s proposal to adopt new
trade allocation algorithms for matching trades at
the conclusion of the PIP and the COPIP); and
66871 (April 27, 2012), 77 FR 26323 (May 3, 2012)
(order granting the Exchange’s application for
registration as a national securities exchange). The
Commission has also found that transactions
effected by Participants through the Trading Floor
are consistent with the requirements of Section
11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2–2(T) thereunder. See
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August
2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–
2016–48) (order approving the Exchange’s proposal
to adopt rules for an open-outcry Trading Floor).
267 See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release Nos.
15533 (January 29, 1979), 44 FR 6084 (January 31,
1979) (‘‘1979 Release’’); and 14563 (March 14,
1978), 43 FR 11542 (March 17, 1978) (‘‘1978
Release’’).
268 A Participant may cancel or modify the FOO
Order, or modify the instructions for executing the
FOO Order. The Commission has stated that the
nonparticipation requirement is satisfied under
such circumstances so long as the modifications or
cancellations are also transmitted from off the floor.
See 1978 Release, supra note 267, at 11547 (stating
that the ‘‘non-participation requirement does not
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
Floor Broker submits a FOO order to the
BOG for execution, neither the Floor
Broker nor anyone else may alter the
terms of the order.269 Moreover, when a
Floor Broker submits a FOO Order for
execution, the order will be executed in
accordance with Exchange rules and
based on market conditions of when the
order is received by the Trading Host.270
Accordingly, a Participant and its
associated persons would not
participate in the execution of a FOO
Order submitted for execution utilizing
the Trading Floor.
Third, Rule 11a2–2(T) requires that
the order be executed by a Participant
that is not associated with the
Participant initiating the order. To rely
on the exemption in Rule 11a2–2(T), a
Participant could submit a FOO Order
for a covered account from off the
Trading Floor to an unaffiliated Floor
Broker. A Participant relying on Rule
11a2–2(T) could not submit a FOO
Order for a covered account to its
‘‘house’’ Floor Broker on the Trading
Floor for execution. If a Participant
sends its FOO Order from off the floor
to an affiliated Participant that is on the
floor, who then directs the order into
the Trading Host for execution, the offfloor Participant may not rely on the
exemption in Rule 11a2–2(T).
Fourth, in the case of a transaction
effected for an account with respect to
which the initiating Participant or an
associated person thereof exercises
investment discretion, neither the
initiating Participant nor any associated
person may retain any compensation in
connection with effecting the
transaction, unless the person
authorized to transact business for the
account has expressly provided
otherwise by written contract referring
to Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule
11a2–2(T) thereunder.271 Participants
prevent initiating members from canceling of
modifying orders (or the instructions pursuant to
which the initiating member wishes orders to be
executed) after the orders have been transmitted to
the executing member, provided that any such
instructions are also transmitted from off the
floor’’).
269 See proposed Rule 7600(c).
270 See proposed Rule 7600(a).
271 In addition, Rule 11a2–2(T)(d) requires that, if
a Participant or associated person is authorized by
written contract to retain compensation in
connection with effecting transactions for covered
accounts over which the Participant or associated
person thereof exercises investment discretion, the
Participant or associated person must furnish at
least annually to the person authorized to transact
business for the account a statement setting forth
the total amount of compensation retained by the
Participant or any associated person thereof in
connection with effecting transactions for the
account during the period covered by the statement.
See 17 CFR 240.11a2–2(T)(d). See also 1978
Release, supra note 267, at 11548 (stating that ‘‘[t]he
contractual and disclosure requirements are
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
and their associated persons trading for
covered accounts over which they
exercise investment discretion must
comply with this condition in order to
rely on the rule’s exemption.
B. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
Statement on Burden on Competition
The Exchange does not believe that
the proposed rule change will impose
any burden on competition not
necessary or appropriate in furtherance
of the purposes of the Act. The
Exchange notes that other exchanges
currently offer FLEX option trading on
their respective trading floors. The
Exchange believes that the proposed
rules will allow BOX to compete with
these other exchanges and provide an
additional execution venue for these
transactions for market participants.
Thus, the proposed rules will promote
intermarket competition by increasing
the number of exchanges where FLEX
Equity Options can be traded. The
proposal also promotes intermarket
competition by providing another
alternative, exchange markets, to
bilateral OTC trading of options with
flexible terms. Exchange markets, in
contrast with bilateral OTC trading, are
centralized, transparent, and have the
guarantee of the OCC for options traded.
Additionally, the Exchange believes
that this proposal does not impose an
undue burden on intramarket
competition because Participants are not
required to trade FLEX Equity Options
and those that choose to trade FLEX
Equity Options may do so on the same
terms and pursuant to the same rules.
To the extent that the proposed rules
differ for FLEX Market Makers and
Floor Brokers, these differences are
based on the unique roles and
obligations of Floor Brokers (e.g.,
systemization, announcement, and
allocation of orders) and FLEX Market
Makers (e.g., quoting in response to
orders). Additionally, any burden on
intramarket competition imposed by
providing Floor Brokers with a
guaranteed trade allocation on certain
trades is mitigated by the facts that
FLEX Market Maker quotes at better
prices are allocated first and FLEX
Market Makers may still participate after
the Floor Broker’s guarantee at the same
price. Further, the Exchange notes that
Floor Brokers source liquidity for the
contra side of a two-sided order that
may otherwise be unavailable on the
Trading Floor due to the size and
complexity of the order. The proposed
designed to assure that accounts electing to permit
transaction-related compensation do so only after
deciding that such arrangements are suitable to
their interests’’).
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
guarantee provides greater opportunity
for the contra-side to participate in the
trade which facilitates Floor Brokers in
their generation of contra-side interest
and increases the likelihood of securing
sufficient contra-side interest. FLEX
Market Makers do not construct twosided orders and thus are not provided
a guarantee. However, FLEX Market
Makers may benefit from the Floor
Broker guarantee as the guarantee is
designed to incentivize Floor Brokers to
bring their FLEX orders to the BOX
Trading Floor where FLEX Market
Makers have the ability to interact with
these orders. The Exchange also does
not believe the proposed rule change
imposes any undue burden on
intramarket competition between
Participants that trade FLEX Equity
Options and those that trade Non-FLEX
Equity Options. As described above, the
Exchange has proposed to use
substantially similar procedures for the
trading of QOO Orders and FOO Orders,
with any modifications designed to
reflect the unique nature of
customizable FLEX Equity Options. The
Exchange notes further that proposed
Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f) would prevent
any FLEX Equity Options and NonFLEX Equity Options with the same
terms from trading concurrently on the
Exchange, with a narrow exception for
closing only orders.272
Lastly, the proposed MRVP changes
are not intended to address competitive
issues but rather are concerned solely
with updating the Exchange’s MRVP in
connection with the proposed rules
eligible for a minor rule fine disposition.
Further, the proposal relates to the
Exchange’s role and responsibilities as a
self-regulatory organization and the
manner in which it disciplines its
Participants and associated persons for
violations of its rules. The Exchange
believes the proposed MRVP changes,
overall, will strengthen the Exchange’s
ability to carry out its oversight and
enforcement functions and deter
potential violative conduct.
Based on the foregoing, the Exchange
believes that the proposed rule changes
discussed herein do not impose any
burden on competition not necessary or
appropriate in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act.
C. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
Statement on Comments on the
Proposed Rule Change Received From
Members, Participants, or Others
The Exchange has neither solicited
nor received comments on the proposed
rule change.
272 See
supra note 64.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
III. Discussion and Commission
Findings
After careful review, the Commission
finds that the proposed rule change, as
modified by Amendment No. 3, is
consistent with the requirements of the
Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder applicable to a
national securities exchange.273 In
particular, the Commission finds that
the proposed rule change, as amended,
is consistent with Section 6(b)(1),
6(b)(5), 6(b)(6), and 6(b)(7) 274 of the
Exchange Act. Section 6(b)(5) of the
Exchange Act 275 requires, among other
things, that the rules of a national
securities exchange be designed to
prevent fraudulent and manipulative
acts and practices; to promote just and
equitable principles of trade; to foster
cooperation and coordination with
persons engaged in regulating, clearing,
settling, and processing information
with respect to, and facilitating
transactions in securities; to remove
impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system; and, in
general, to protect investors and the
public interest. Section 6(b)(5) also
requires that the rules of a national
securities exchange not be designed to
permit unfair discrimination among
customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
Further, the Commission finds that the
proposed rule change, as amended, is
consistent with Section 6(b)(1) of the
Exchange Act,276 which requires, among
other things, that a national securities
exchange be so organized and have the
capacity to carry out the purposes of the
Exchange Act, and to comply and
enforce compliance by its members and
persons associated with its members,
with the provisions of the Exchange Act,
the rules and regulations thereunder,
and the rules of the exchange, and with
Sections 6(b)(6) and 6(b)(7) of the
Exchange Act,277 which require a
national securities exchange, among
other things, to provide fair procedures
for the disciplining of members and
persons associated with members. The
Commission also finds that the
proposed rule change, as amended, is
consistent with the public interest, the
protection of investors, or otherwise in
furtherance of the purposes of the
Exchange Act, as required by Rule 19d–
273 In approving the proposed rule change, the
Commission has considered its impact on
efficiency, competition, and capital formation. See
15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
274 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5), (6), and (7).
275 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
276 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(1).
277 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6) and (b)(7).
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44745
1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act,278
which governs minor rule violation
plans.279
Specifically, the Exchange is
proposing to trade FLEX Equity Options
on the BOX Trading Floor. FLEX Equity
Options allow market participants to
customize certain specified terms (i.e.,
expiration date, exercise price and
exercise style) of an equity option. The
Exchange states that FLEX Equity
Options provide an alternative to
trading customized option in the OTC
market and provides the ‘‘advantages of
exchange markets such as transparency,
parameters and procedures for clearance
and settlement and a centralized
counterparty clearing agency.’’ 280 The
Exchange also states that its proposal
will allow it to compete with other
exchanges that currently trade FLEX
Equity Options and provide an
alternative trading venue for market
participants.
The trading procedures and
functionality applicable to FLEX Equity
Options will be similar to the trading
procedures and functionality for trading
Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX
Trading Floor, with certain exceptions,
among others, to account for the
customized nature of FLEX Equity
Options and that there is no BOX Book
or Complex Order Book available for
FLEX Equity Options.281 The BOX
proposal is also consistent with the
FLEX Equity Options rules of other
national securities exchanges that trade
FLEX Equity Options.282 The
278 17
CFR 240.19d–1(c)(2).
Commission has also previously stated in
approving other exchanges FLEX rules for equity
options that, consistent with Section 11A, such
rules should encourage fair competition among
broker dealers and exchange markets by allowing
exchanges to compete with the over-the-counter
(‘‘OTC’’) market in customized options. See
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841
(February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996)
(Order approving the listing and trading of FLEX
Options).
280 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 57.
See also, Securities Exchange Act Release No.
36841 (February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February
21, 1996) (SR–CBOE–95–43) (SR–PSE–95–24)
(Order Approving the Trading of Flexibly
Structured Equity Options by CBOE and PSE). The
Options Clearing Corporation clears exchange
traded FLEX options as well as non-FLEX options.
281 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 13
and fn.40.
282 In its proposal, BOX described the FLEX rules
of other exchanges that its proposed FLEX rules are
based on and where there were differences
described those and the reasons for those
differences. For example, the Exchange stated it
primarily based its rules on NYSE Arca but omitted
rules concerning index options because it is only
proposing FLEX Equity Options. See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 46–54 fn.136–65. BOX also
has represented that its proposal to trade FLEX
Equity Option on its exchange floor in a similar
manner as it trades non-FLEX options is consistent
279 The
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
Continued
21MYN1
44746
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
Commission believes that the
Exchange’s proposal is designed to
provide investors with a tailored or
customized product for equity options
that can be traded on the Exchange that
may be more suitable to their
investment needs. For the reasons
described in more detail below, the
Commission believes the proposal is
consistent with the Exchange Act.283
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
A. FLEX Equity Option Requirements
(Proposed Rule 5055)
The trading procedures applicable to
FLEX Equity Options will be subject to
many of the same rules that apply to the
trading of Non-FLEX Equity Options on
the Exchange, unless otherwise
provided by proposed Rules 5055 and
7605.284 Among other things, proposed
Rule 5055 will provide the framework
under which FLEX Equity Options
would be eligible for trading on the
Exchange, including, but not limited to,
the terms under which FLEX Equity
Options would be available (detailing
the underlying security, type, exercise
price and style, and expiration date), the
form of settlement, fungibility
provisions, minimum quoting and
trading increments, exercise by
exception requirements, position and
exercise limits, as well as letters of
guarantee and authorization. As stated
in its filing, the only means by which
with how FLEX orders are traded on the Cboe
Exchange, Inc. (‘‘CBOE’’). See Amendment No. 3,
supra note 10, at 25 fn.75.
283 The Commission received one comment in
support of the proposed rule change. The public
comment file for SR–BOX–2023–20 is available on
the Commission’s website at https://www.sec.gov/
comme-2023-20/srbox202320.htm.
284 The Exchange represented that it conducted a
thorough review of its existing Rules to ensure that
proposed Rule 5055(a) accurately reflects the
application of the Exchange’s Non-FLEX Equity
Option Rules to FLEX Equity Options, as well as
those Non-FLEX Equity Option Rules that would
not apply to FLEX Equity Options. As an example
of Non-FLEX Equity Rules that would apply, the
Exchange referenced BOX Rule 7080 relating to
trading halts. The Exchange stated that an Options
Exchange Official may halt trading in any option
contract in the interests of a fair and orderly market
(factors that shall be considered are enumerated in
Rule 7080(a)(1)) and will halt trading in FLEX
Equity Options when Non-FLEX Equity Options on
the same underlying security are halted. The
Exchange further represented that the BOX Trading
System is also designed to enforce the Exchange’s
trading halt rules such that a trading halt in NonFLEX Equity Options will result in a trading halt
in FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying
security. See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at
10. As an example of Non-FLEX Equity Rules that
would not apply, the Exchange referenced proposed
Rule 7605 allowing FLEX Equity Options to only
trade as FOO Orders and stating that FLEX Equity
Options may not trade via the PIP, COPIP,
Facilitation and Solicitation Auctions, or as
Qualified Contingent Cross, Complex QCC,
Customer Cross, Complex Customer Cross Orders,
and any new order type not explicitly included
within the FLEX Equity Option rules. See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10–11 fn.32.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
the Exchange intends to permit FLEX
Equity Options to be traded is via the
proposed FOO Order type on the
Exchange’s Trading Floor.285 The
Exchange has represented that the BOX
Book and the Complex Order Book shall
not be available for transactions in FLEX
Equity Options because, consistent with
other exchanges’ FLEX rules, there will
be no pre-established series and no
electronic trading of FLEX Equity
Options.286 As a result, the Exchange
notes that those Exchange rules that
contemplate the operation of or
interaction with the BOX Book and the
Complex Order Book will not apply to
FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX
Equity Options may only be traded as
FOO Orders on the Trading Floor and
FOO Orders may not be placed in the
BOX Book or the Complex Order
Book.287 Additionally, the Exchange has
proposed that Options Exchange
Officials have the same duties and
ability to enforce rules applicable to the
trading of FLEX Equity Options as they
do for all other activity on the Trading
Floor.288
As proposed, FLEX Equity Options
will only be permitted in puts and calls
that do not have the same exercise style
(American or European), same
expiration date and same exercise price
as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are
already available for trading on the same
underlying security, provided the
option is otherwise eligible for
trading.289 The Exchange states that its
system enforces these requirements and
that its system will reject an order in a
FLEX Equity Option if the order
received has the same exercise style
285 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10
and proposed Rule 5055(b)(3). Rule 5055(b)(3)
specifically states that FLEX Equity Options may
not be traded using any other order type or trading
mechanism offered by the Exchange. In its proposal
the Exchange, consistent with the requirement that
FLEX Equity Options can only trade on the
Exchange as a FOO Order specified those order
types and trading mechanisms that cannot be used
for the trading of FLEX Equity Options. See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10–11 fn.24
and 32.
286 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 11.
The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 5055(e)(1)
and (f)(1) provide that FOO orders must have
different terms for orders on the BOX Book, and,
therefore, could not execute against interest on the
BOX Book. See id. at fn.96. This is consistent with
the rules of other exchanges that currently trade
FLEX Equity Options and that also do not have a
separate FLEX customer order book. See Securities
Exchange Act Release No. 90457, (November 18,
2020), 85 FR at 75077 (November 24, 2020).
287 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 11
and proposed Rule 5055(a)(1).
288 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 11–
12 and proposed Rule 5055(a)(2).
289 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 12
and proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) and (2)(i)
Additionally, under proposed Rule 5055(e)(3) FLEX
Equity Options must be physically settled by
delivery of the underlying security.
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
(i.e., American or European), same
expiration date and same exercise price
as a Non-FLEX Equity Option available
for trading in the same underlying
security.
Additionally, Exchange proposed
Rule 5055(f) titled ‘‘Fungibility of FLEX
Equity Options’’ addresses the listing of
a FLEX Equity Option before a NonFLEX Equity Option with the same
terms is listed for trading and the
treatment of such outstanding FLEX
Equity Option position after the NonFLEX option is listed. Under Rule
5055(f) if, at any time in the future, an
options series with identical terms to an
open FLEX options position is listed for
trading as a Non-FLEX Equity Option:
(i) all existing open positions
established under the FLEX trading
procedures shall be fully fungible with
transactions in the respective Non-FLEX
Equity Options series, and (ii) any
further trading in the series would be as
Non-FLEX Equity Options subject to the
non-FLEX trading procedures and
rules.290 In the event a Non-FLEX
Equity Options series is added intraday, however, the holder or writer of
such FLEX Equity Options position
would be permitted to close such
position under the FLEX trading
procedures only against another closing
only FLEX Equity Option position for
the balance of the trading day on which
the Non-FLEX series was added.291 In
addition, once the same Non-FLEX
Option series is added on a trading day
after the FLEX Equity is established it
can only be closed out by a non-FLEX
transaction except, as described above,
for the limited intra-day exception. As
the Commission has previously stated, it
has been concerned about FLEX Options
acting as a surrogate for trading in
standardized Non-FLEX Options given
the protections for investors in the NonFLEX Options market, and the
fungibility provisions could help to
mitigate some of these concerns.292 The
Commission continues to believe that
requiring FLEX Equity Options to be
fungible with their Non-FLEX
counterparts could help to address the
surrogacy concerns and ensure that
market participants can avail
290 See
proposed Rule 5055(f)(1).
proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). This is because
in the event a Non-FLEX Equity Option with
identical terms to a FLEX Equity Option is listed
intraday, OCC could not net the positions in the
contracts until the next day potentially leading to
assignment risk. See Securities Exchange Act
Release No. 62321 (June 17, 2010), 75 FR at 36131
(June 24, 2010).
292 See Securities Exchange Act Release No.
59417 (February 18, 2009), 74 FR 8591 (February
25, 2009) (Order providing for fungibility of FLEX
and non-FLEX option series with same terms upon
listing of non-FLEX option series).
291 See
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
themselves of the protections provided
in the standardized market.
Finally, proposed Rules 5055(i) and
5055(j) details position and exercise
limits, respectively, for FLEX Equity
Options.293 Under proposed Rule
5055(i)(1) and (j) FLEX Equity Options
will not be subject to position and
exercise limits 294 except, as long as the
options positions remain open,
positions in FLEX Equity Options that
expire on the third Friday-of-the-month
shall be aggregated with positions in
Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same
underlying security and shall be subject
to the position limits for Non-FLEX
Equity Options in current BOX Rule
3120 and the exercise limits set forth in
in current BOX Rule 3140.295 The
Exchange has proposed that rather than
be subject to FLEX position limits, each
Participant (other than a Market Maker)
that maintains a position on the same
side of the market in excess of the
standard position limit under BOX Rule
3120 for Non-FLEX Equity Options of
the same class on behalf of its own
account or for the account of a customer
shall report information on the FLEX
Equity Options position, positions in
any related instrument, the purpose or
strategy for the position and the
collateral used by the account.296
Furthermore, whenever the Exchange
determines that a higher margin
requirement is necessary in light of the
risks associated with a FLEX Equity
Options position in excess of the stand
position limit for Non-FLEX Equity
Options of the same class, the Exchange
may, pursuant to its authority under
Rule 10130(b), impose additional
margin upon the account maintaining
such under-hedged position.297
The enhanced reporting requirements
and margin provisions as well as the
requirement that FLEX Equity Options
that expire on an Expiration Friday be
subject to, and aggregated with,
standard non-FLEX Options position
and exercise limits, are the same
position and exercise limit requirements
that apply under the rules of the four
other exchanges that currently trade
FLEX Equity Options.298 It is therefore
appropriate for BOX to have the same
position and exercise limit rules for
293 See
proposed Rule 5055(i).
Rule 5055(j) states that exercise
limits for FLEX Equity Options are the same as
position limits under proposed Rule 5055(i).
295 See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) and (2).
296 See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1).
297 See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1). Proposed Rule
5055(i)(1) also states that the clearing firm carrying
the account will be subject to capital charges under
SEC Rule 15c3–1 to the extent of any margin
deficiency resulting from a higher margin imposed
by the Exchange.
298 See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 5.35–O(b) and (b)(i).
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
294 Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
FLEX Equity Options as these other
exchange markets. As the Commission
has previously stated, while it cannot
entirely rule out the potential for future
adverse effects on the securities markets
for the FLEX Equity Options or
component securities underlying FLEX
Equity Options, the continued enhanced
market surveillance of positions should
help the Exchange to take the
appropriate action in order to avoid any
manipulation or market risk
concerns.299 The Commission expects
BOX, as it has the other exchanges
trading FLEX Equity Options, to take
prompt action including timely
communication with the Commission
and other marketplace self-regulatory
organizations responsible for oversight
of trading in FLEX Equity Options and
the underlying stocks, should any
unanticipated adverse market effects
develop.
Accordingly, based on the above, the
Commission finds that proposed Rule
5505 is consistent with the Exchange
Act, and Section 6(b)(5) of the Exchange
Act 300 in particular, and its
requirements that the rules of a national
securities exchange be reasonably
designed to prevent fraudulent and
manipulative acts and practices, to
promote just and equitable principals of
trade, to remove impediments to and
perfect the mechanism of a free and
open market and a national market
system, and, in general, to protect
investors and the public interest; and
that the rules not be designed to permit
unfair discrimination between
customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
The Commission notes that Rule 5055 is
modeled on FLEX rules previously
approved by the Commission.301
B. FLEX Open Outcry (‘‘FOO’’) Orders
In its filing, the Exchange proposed to
introduce a new order type, the FLEX
Open Outcry Order, to facilitate FLEX
Equity Options transactions on the BOX
Trading Floor.302 The FOO Order is
299 The Commission stated that the monitoring of
accounts should provide the Exchanges with
information necessary to determine whether to
impose additional margin and/or assess capital
charges and also determine whether a large position
could have an undue effect on the underlying
market and to take the appropriate action. See
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42223
(December 10, 1999), 64 FR 71158 (December 20,
1999) (Order approving the elimination of position
and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options). See
also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42346
(January 18. 2000), 65 FR 4010 (January 25, 2000)
(Order approving the elimination of position and
exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options).
300 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
301 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10–
25.
302 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 24;
see also proposed Rule 7605.
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44747
modeled on a current order type utilized
on the Trading Floor, the Qualified
Open Outcry (‘‘QOO’’) Order.303 As
proposed, FOO Orders must consist of
options with terms defined in Rule
5055, are limited solely to FLEX Equity
Options, the BOX Trading Floor, and
may only be entered by Floor Brokers
registered under Rule 7550.304 As
discussed in more detail above, the
Exchange proposed to allow Floor
Market Makers in good standing under
Rule 8500 to apply to be FLEX Market
Makers, and the Exchange will qualify
at least three FLEX Market Makers.305
All FLEX Market Makers will be
required to quote all classes when
present on the Trading Floor.306 Similar
to Non-FLEX Equity Options, a Floor
Broker will have to ascertain that at
least one FLEX Market Makers is
present in the Crowd Area prior to
announcing a FOO Order for execution,
as this requirement, among others, is
designed to increase the opportunity for
another Floor Participant to compete to
interact with orders on the Trading
Floor.307 Furthermore, as discussed in
303 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 24–
25 fn.73–74. The Exchange cites to CBOE, which
allows a FLEX Order to be represented to and
executed in the same manner as a non-FLEX Order.
See CBOE Rule 5.72(d).
304 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 25.
See proposed Rule 7605(a) and (b). Proposed Rule
7605(b) is based on BOX Rule 7600(a)(2) and (3)
and NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(b), but the Exchange
proposed to add a clarifying statement that prior to
announcement of the FOO Orders to the trading
crowd, Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders
pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(1).
305 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 26.
For the qualification requirements, see Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 26 fn.80.
306 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 27
fn.81. See also proposed Rule 7506(c). The
Exchange notes that ‘‘all FLEX Market Makers will
be subject to the Rule 8000 series (as Market
Makers) and Rules 8500 and 8510 (as Floor Market
Makers) in their entirety, and such FLEX Market
Makers will be required to be familiar with and
abide by those Exchange rules where applicable.’’
According to the Exchange, the provision in
proposed Rule 7605(c) providing that FLEX Market
Makers are subject to the obligations and
restrictions of Rule 8510 ‘‘unless otherwise
specified’’ in Rule 7605 is simply intended to allow
for certain obligations and restrictions unique to
FLEX Market Makers’ trading in FLEX Equity
Options that differ from those Market Makers’
activities in Non-FLEX Equity Options. See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 26 fn.79. The
Exchange also noted that nothing in proposed Rule
7605 is intended to eliminate or reduce any
generally applicable Market Maker or Floor Market
Maker obligations, such as a Market Maker’s
obligation to maintain a course of dealings
reasonably calculated to contribute to the
maintenance of a fair and orderly market. Id. The
Exchange also noted, supra note 89, that each Floor
Market Maker is currently qualified for all classes
of Non-FLEX Equity Options on the Trading Floor.
307 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 27
fn.82–83. See also Securities Exchange Act Release
No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August
8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
Continued
21MYN1
44748
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
more detail above, FOO Orders may be
brought to the Trading Floor as matched
or unmatched orders with a Floor
Broker receiving the matched or
unmatched order via the same methods
that Floor Brokers receive QOO orders
on the Trading Floor.308
As discussed in more detail above, the
Exchange also proposed that FOO
Orders may be either Complex Orders
(‘‘Complex FOO Orders’’) or Multi-Leg
Orders (‘‘Multi-Leg FOO Orders’’) as
defined in Rule 7240(a)(7) and (10),
with no more than the applicable
number of legs, as determined by the
Exchange and communicated to
Participants, including tied hedge
orders defined in IM–7600–2.309 The
Exchange notes that the priority
provisions of Rule 7240(b)(2) and (3)
will not apply to Complex FOO Orders
or Multi-Leg FOO Orders because there
is no Complex Order Book for such
orders, nor is there a BOX Book for
individual FLEX Equity Options
components of the Complex FOO
Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders.310
Furthermore, under proposed Rule
7605(d), each option leg of a Complex
FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order
must be for a FLEX Equity Option series
with the same underlying security and
must have the same exercise style (i.e.,
American or European).311
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
1. Announcement, Representation, and
Execution of a FOO Order
Proposed Rule 7605(e) covers the
announcement and representation of
Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment
Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry
Trading Floor) (‘‘BOX Open-Outcry Trading Floor
Approval Order’’).
308 See also Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at
28.
309 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 29.
310 See id.
311 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 29–
30. See proposed Rule 7605(d). Proposed Rule
7605(d)(3) provides that if a Non-FLEX Equity
Option series is added intra-day for a component
leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO
Order, the holder or writer of a position in the
component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Orders would be permitted
to close its position(s) under the FLEX trading
procedures against closing only FLEX Equity
Option position for the balance of the trading day
on which the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is
added. Additionally, if a Non-FLEX Equity Option
series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex
FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading
day after the Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO
Order position is established, the holder or writer
of a position in the component leg(s) resulting from
such Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO
Orders would be required to execute separate FLEX
Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option
transaction to close its position(s), such that FLEX
Equity Option component leg(s) would trade under
the FLEX trading procedures and Non-FLEX Equity
Option component leg(s) would trade subject to the
non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. See
proposed Rule 7605(d)(3) and (4).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor
and the Exchange states that the rules
are consistent with the Non-FLEX
Trading Floor Requirements.312 All FOO
Orders must be announced to the
trading crowd, as provided in Rule
7580(e)(2), prior to the FOO Order being
submitted to the BOG, and an Options
Exchange Official will certify that the
Floor Broker adequately announced the
FOO Orders to the trading crowd.313
The Exchange specifies that a FOO
Order is not deemed executed until it is
processed by the Trading Host, and once
a Floor Broker submits the FOO Order
to the BOG, there will be no opportunity
for the submitting Floor Broker (or
anyone else) to alter the terms of the
FOO Order.314 The Exchange states that
the proposed floor interaction practice
is consistent with the process of QOO
Orders, but that FOO Orders are not
eligible for the BOX Book or Complex
Order Book, there is no NBBO, and that
Floor Brokers, under Rule 7605(e)(2),
must allow Floor Participants a
minimum period of time (between three
seconds and five minutes) that qualifies
as a reasonable amount of time to
respond to FOO Orders.315 The
Exchange further notes that a reasonable
amount of time for Floor Participants to
respond to a FOO Order, the same as a
QOO Order, will be interpreted on a
case-by-case basis by an Options
Exchange Official based on current
market conditions and trading activity
on the Trading Floor, provided, for FOO
Orders, the minimum threshold
312 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 31;
see also supra note 105 for a discussion on
differences between the FOO announcement and
representations versus QOO orders.
313 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 33;
see proposed Rule 7605(e). The Exchange specifies
that all transactions on the Trading Floor must be
processed by the Trading Host and that Floor
Brokers are responsible for handling all orders in
accordance with Exchange priority rules. See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 32.
314 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 33.
The Exchange notes that once the FOO Order is
announced to the trading crowd, the Floor Broker
must submit the FOO Order to the BOG for
processing by the Trading Host without undue
delay, providing that the executing Floor Broker
must give Floor Participants a reasonable amount of
time to respond, per Rule 100(b)(5). The
‘‘reasonable amount of time’’ will be established by
the Exchange, and announced via Regulatory
Notice, as a minimum period of time (between three
seconds and five minutes). See Amendment No. 3,
supra note 10, at 33–34.
315 See id. There are no pre-established,
outstanding series in FLEX Options so they are not
continuously quoted. Therefore, there is no NBBO
in FLEX Options. See Amendment No. 3, supra
note 10, at 34. This is the same as how FLEX Equity
Options are traded on other exchanges. See
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90457,
(November 18, 2020), 85 FR at 75077 (November 24,
2020).
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
between three second and five minutes
must be satisfied.316
Proposed Rule 7605(f) provides for
the minimum size for a FLEX Equity
Options transaction and quotation to be
one contract,317 and proposed Rule
7605(g) provides that there is no
maximum differences between the bid
and offer for FLEX Equity Option
quotes.318 Finally, proposed Rule
7605(h) states that FLEX Market Makers
have an obligation to quote a FLEX
Equity Option in response to any
request for quote by a Floor Broker or
Options Exchange Official and must
provide a two-sided market.319
2. Allocation and Priority of FOO
Orders
Proposed Rule 7605(i) details the
allocation process for FOO Orders,
specifically that the FOO Order will be
matched by the Trading Host on the
contra-side of the FOO Order, regardless
of whether the contra-side order
submitted by the Floor Broker is
ultimately entitled to receive an
allocation pursuant to proposed Rule
7605(i)(1)–(2).320 Specifically: (i) if the
FOO Order satisfies the provisions of
proposed Rule 7605(k), the executing
Floor Broker is entitled to 40% of the
remaining quantity of the initiating side
of the FOO Order; 321 (ii) a FLEX Market
Maker that responds with interest when
the Floor Broker announces the FOO
Order to the trading crowd, as specified
in Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule
7605(e), are allocated; (iii) if multiple
Floor Participants respond with interest,
priority in the Trading Crowd is
established pursuant to Rule 7610; and
(iv) if interest remains after Floor
Participants that respond with interest
receive their allocations, but the
remaining quantity of the initiating side
of the FOO Order will be allocated to
the executing Floor Broker.322 These are
similar allocation and priority
provisions to those already established
and applicable to responses for QOO
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.323
316 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 35.
See also Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 34–
35 fn.105 for factors an Options Exchange Official
takes into account in determining reasonable time.
317 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 35.
See also proposed Rule 7605(f).
318 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 35.
See also proposed Rule 7605(g).
319 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 36.
See also proposed Rule 7605(h).
320 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 36.
The Exchange states that if no Floor Participant,
other than the executing Floor Broker, is entitled to
an allocation, then no further steps are necessary.
321 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(1).
322 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(3).
323 See BOX Rule 7600(c)–(e), (h), (f)(1), and (3).
See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 37 fn.114.
The Exchange states that the differences between
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
As proposed, after the execution of
the FOO Order, the executing Floor
Broker will be responsible for providing
the correct allocation to the initiating
side of the FOO Order to an Options
Exchange Official (or designees) who
will properly record the order on the
Exchange’s system.324 Additionally, the
Exchange proposed to allow for a
participation guarantee for certain FOO
Orders executed by Floor Brokers on the
Trading Floor, specifically when a Floor
Broker holds an option order of eligible
size 325 or greater, the Floor Broker is
entitled to cross 40% of the remaining
contracts of the original order, after all
bids or offers at better prices are filled,
with other orders that the Floor Broker
is holding.326 The Exchange states that
nothing in the proposed rule is intended
to prohibit a Floor Broker from trading
more than their entitlement if the other
Participants of the trading crowd do not
choose to trade the remaining portion of
the order.327
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
3. Additional Provisions
As described in more detail above, the
Exchange has proposed additional
provisions related to FOO Orders and
conduct on the Trading Floor in relation
to FLEX Equity Options.328 Specifically,
the Exchange proposed that all order
entrusted to a Floor Broker will be
considered ‘‘Not Held Orders,’’ unless
otherwise specified by a Floor Broker’s
client.329 Additionally, proposed IM–
7605–1 allows Floor Brokers to bring
the FOO and QOO priority provisions are due to the
fact that there is no FLEX Equity Options interest
on the BOX Book, and thus those Exchange
provisions are not necessary. Id. Furthermore, the
Exchange notes that the existing rules for
determining priority of bids and offers from Floor
Participants in the trading crowd are based on
price-time priority without regard to market
participant type, including Public Customer. See
BOX Rule 7610. According to the Exchange, this is
consistent with floor priority rules for FLEX options
on other options exchanges. See, e.g., PHLX
Options 8, Section 34(c)(4) and NYSE American
Rule 904G(e).
324 See proposed Rule 7605(j). See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 38. The Exchange notes that
the executing Floor Broker must provide the correct
allocation to an Options Exchange Official (or
designee) in writing, without unreasonable delay.
Id.
325 The Exchange may determine, on an option by
option basis, the eligible size for an order on the
Trading Floor to be subject to the guarantee as long
as the eligible order size is not less than 50
contracts. For Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg
FOO Orders, the eligible order size requirement
must contain one leg alone which is the eligible
order size or greater. See proposed Rule 7605(k)(2)
and Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 38–39.
326 See proposed Rule 7605(i), (k)(1), and (3). See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 38–39.
327 See proposed Rule 7605(k)(4). See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 39.
328 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 42.
329 See proposed Rule 7605(l). See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 42.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
unmatched orders to the Trading Floor
in order to seek contra-side interest, and
once the contra-side is sourced pursuant
to Rule 7580(e)(2) and 7605(e), the Floor
Broker shall submit the two-sided FOO
Order to the BOG.330 The Exchange
states that this provision is essentially
identical to IM–7600–4, which applies
to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading
Floor. Lastly, the Exchange proposes
IM–7605–2 to guide conduct on the
floor.331 Specifically, IM–7605–2
provides: (i) the Floor Broker must
disclose all securities that are
components of the Public Customer
Order which is subject to crossing
before requesting bids and offers for the
execution of all components of the
order; 332 (ii) once the trading crowd has
provided a quote, it will remain in effect
until a reasonable amount of time has
passed, or there is a significant change
in the price of the underlying security,
or the market given in response to the
request has been improved; 333 (iii) the
Participant of the trading crowd who
establishes the market will have priority
over all other orders that were not
announced in the trading crowd at the
time that the market was established
and will maintain priority over such
orders except for orders that improve
upon the market; 334 (iv) Complex FOO
Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, or tied
hedge orders on opposite sides of the
market may be crossed, provided that
the Floor Brokers holding such orders
proceeds in the manner described in
proposed Rule 7605 and IM–7600–2 as
appropriate; 335 and (v) a Floor Broker
crossing a Public Customer Order with
330 See proposed IM–7605–1. See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 42.
331 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 42.
332 See proposed IM–7605–2(a). See also
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 42.
333 See proposed IM–7605–2(b). See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 43. Proposed IM–7605–2(b)
specifies that in the case of a dispute, the term
‘‘significant change’’ will be interpreted on a caseby-case basis by an Options Exchange Official based
upon the extent of recent trading in the option and
in the underlying security, and any other relevant
factors.
334 See proposed IM–7605–2(c). See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 43 and BOX IM–7600–1.
Proposed IM–7605–2(c) also specifies that when a
Floor Broker announces an order to the trading
crowd pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(2), it is the
responsibility of the Floor Participant who
established the market to alert the Floor Broker of
the fact that the Floor Participant has priority.
335 See proposed IM–7605–2(d). See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 43. Proposed IM–7605–2(d)
also provides that Floor Participants may not
prevent a Complex FOO Order from being.
completed by giving a competing bid or offer for
one component of such order. Additionally, when
determining whether an order satisfies the eligible
tied hedge order size requirement, any Complex
FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain
one leg which, standing alone, is for the eligible
order size or greater.
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44749
an order that is not a Public Customer
Order, when providing for a reasonable
opportunity for the trading crowd to
participate in the transaction, shall
disclosure the Public Customer Order
that is subject to crossing.336
4. FOO Order Summary
Accordingly, the Commission finds
that the establishment of the new FOO
Order, including the rules for the FLEX
Market Makers, the announcement,
representation and execution of FOO
Orders, allocation of FOO Orders, and
additional provisions, is consistent with
the Exchange Act, and Section 6(b)(5) of
the Exchange Act 337 in particular, and
its requirements that the rules of a
national securities exchange be
reasonably designed to prevent
fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices, to promote just and equitable
principals of trade, to remove
impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market
and a national market system, and, in
general, to protect investors and the
public interest; and that the rules not be
designed to permit unfair
discrimination between customers,
issuers, brokers, or dealers. The
Commission notes that the FOO Order
is modeled on the previously approved
QOO Order,338 but tailored for FLEX
Equity Options. The Commission
believes that the proposed rules
governing Complex FOO Orders and
Multi-Leg FOO Orders are designed to
protect the priority of interest on the
BOX Book and the Complex Order Book
because a Complex FOO or Multi-Leg
FOO Order must be comprised solely of
FLEX Equity Option series.339 Under the
proposal, FLEX Equity Options will be
permitted only in puts and calls that do
not have the same exercise style, same
expiration date, and same exercise price
as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are
already available for trading on the same
underlying security.340 If any
component leg of a Complex FOO or
Multi-Leg FOO Order becomes a NonFLEX Equity Option series, the
proposed rules establish procedures for
holders and writers of positions in the
component leg(s) of the order to close
their positions.341 Additionally, the
336 See proposed IM–7605–2(e). See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 44.
337 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
338 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 25.
See also BOX Open-Outcry Trading Floor Approval
Order, supra note 307.
339 See proposed Rule 7605(d)(1).
340 See proposed Rule 5505(e)(1).
341 If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added
intra-day for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the holder or writer
of a position in the component leg(s) resulting from
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
Continued
21MYN1
44750
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
Commission believes that the FLEX
Market Maker rules are consistent with
those of the non-FLEX trading floor,
including the requirement for one FLEX
Market Maker to be present in the
Crowd Area prior to announcing an
order for execution.342 Furthermore, the
Commission believes that the
announcement, representation,
execution, and allocation of FOO Orders
is consistent with previously approved
QOO orders and the deviations from the
existing QOO Order rules is consistent
with the Exchange Act due to the
unique nature of the FLEX Equity
Options as proposed.343
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
C. Regulation and Oversight
The Commission notes that
surveillance is important, among other
things, to detect and deter fraudulent
and manipulative trading activity as
well as other violations of Exchange
rules and the federal securities laws.
The Exchange has represented that it
has reviewed its current surveillance in
light of any changes required, including
surveillance and technology to detect
disruptive or manipulative trading
activity for FOO Orders on the Trading
Floor, and will modify or add any
surveillance as appropriate.344 The
such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Orders
would be permitted to close its position(s) under
the FLEX trading procedures against closing only
FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the
trading day on which the Non-FLEX Equity Option
series is added. If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series
is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day
after the Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO
Order position is established, the holder or writer
of a position in the component leg(s) resulting from
such Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO
Orders would be required to execute separate FLEX
Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option
transactions to close its position(s), such that FLEX
Equity Option component leg(s) would trade under
the FLEX trading procedures and Non-FLEX Equity
Option component leg(s) would trade subject to the
non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. See
proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4).
342 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 27.
See also BOX Open-Outcry Trading Floor Approval
Order, supra note 307. In the Open-Outcry Trading
Floor Approval Order, the Commission notes that
‘‘this requirement . . . [is] designed to increase the
opportunities for another Floor Participant to
compete to interact with the orders on the Trading
Floor.’’ Id. at 37149.
343 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 31
and 33. See also BOX Open-Outcry Trading Floor
Approval, supra note 307, at 37151. In that Order,
the Commission noted that the ‘‘automated
provided by the BOG and the Trading Host may
benefit the Exchange, its members and users, and
other market participants by, for example,
producing more accurate and timely trade reports
and should ensure compliance with trade-through
and priority rules.’’ Furthermore, the Commission
noted that it ‘‘believes that the functionality
provided by the BOG and the Trading Host is
reasonably designed to assist Floor Participants in
complying with applicable Commission rules and
regulations, and with the Exchange’s Rules. Id.
344 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 45
and 58.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
Exchange also states it has surveillance
in place to monitor issues unique to
FLEX trading and has developed FLEXspecific surveillance reports to ensure
monitoring of compliance with the
proposed rules. In addition to the above,
the Exchange states that it will apply its
existing surveillance program, that
applies to other options traded on the
Exchange, to FLEX Equity Options.345
Finally, the Exchange has represented
that if it amends or changes the FLEX
rules in the future it will review and
update the related surveillance coverage
and reports as needed.346 Furthermore,
as noted above, the Exchange represents
that it believes it and the Options Price
Reporting Authority (‘‘OPRA’’) have the
necessary systems capacity to handle
the additional message traffic associated
with the listing of new series that may
result from the introduction of FLEX
Equity Options.347
The Exchange also believes the
proposed changes to Rule 12140(e)
(Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule
Violations), which provides that
members and persons associated with
members shall be appropriately
disciplined for violation of the
provisions of the rules of the exchange,
by expulsion, suspension, limitation of
activities, functions, and operations,
fine, censure, being suspended or barred
from being associated with a member, or
any other fitting sanction are consistent
with Sections 6(b)(6).348 The Exchange
further believes that Rule 12140(e) is
designed to provide a fair procedure for
the disciplining of members and
persons associated with members and
is, therefore, consistent with Sections
6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Exchange Act.349
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule
345 See
id.
Commission notes that the Exchange, in
its proposal, has represented that it works with
other self-regulatory organizations (‘‘SROs’’) and
exchanges on intermarket surveillance related
issues. Through the Exchange’s participation in the
Intermarket Surveillance Group (‘‘ISG’’) the
Exchange shares information and coordinates
inquiries and investigations with other exchanges
designed to address potential intermarket
manipulation and trading abuses. In addition, the
Exchange stated that the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority, Inc. (‘‘FINRA’’), conducts
cross-market surveillances on behalf of the
Exchange pursuant to a regulatory services
agreement. The Exchange stated its belief that the
cross-market surveillance performed by the
Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange,
coupled with the Exchange’s own monitoring
comprises a comprehensive surveillance program
that is adequate to monitor for issues unique to
FLEX trading.
347 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 45.
The Exchange noted that it will report FLEX Equity
Options trade and, if necessary, trade cancels to
OPRA. See supra note 141.
348 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 85.
349 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 85–
86.
346 The
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
12140(e) to add certain violations of
FLEX Rules concerning FOO Orders and
FLEX Market Makers to be eligible for
minor rule fines under the Exchange’s
MRVP.350 Specifically, the Exchange
proposes to modify BOX Rule 12140 to
specify that any Floor Participant that
fails to properly execute a FOO Order
under new Rule 7605 shall be subject to
the fines detailed in Rule 12140(e)(3)
and that any FLEX Market Maker that
fails to comply with the quotation
requirement under new Rule 7605(h)
shall be subject to the fines detailed in
Rule 12140(e)(9).351 The Exchange states
that the rules that it proposes to include
in Rule 12140(e) are comparable to the
rules at other options exchanges.352 The
proposed additional violations are also
similar to minor rule violations already
designated in the Exchange’s MRVP for
activities related to the trading of NonFLEX Equity Options on the Trading
Floor.353
The Exchange’s proposed regulatory
structure raises no new regulatory
issues. Accordingly, the Commission
finds that the Exchange’s proposed
regulatory structure, including the
Exchange’s proposed application of its
existing rules along with the proposed
rule changes and the updates to its
surveillance program to monitor issues
unique to FLEX trading are consistent
with the Exchange Act and, in
particular, the Section 6(b)(5)
requirement that a national securities
exchange’s rules be designed to prevent
fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices; promote just and equitable
principles of trade, remove
impediments to and perfect the
mechanisms of a free and open market
and a national market system, and
protect investors and the public
interest.354 The Commission also finds
that the Exchange’s proposed regulatory
structure is consistent with the
requirements of Section 6(b)(1) of the
Exchange Act, which requires a national
securities exchange to be so organized
and have the capacity to be able to carry
out the purposes of the Exchange Act
and to comply, and to enforce
compliance by its members and persons
associated with its members, with the
Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder, and the rules of
the Exchange,355 and with Sections
6(b)(6) and 6(b)(7) of the Exchange
350 See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 55–
56.
351 See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 56.
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 86
fn.247 (citing to NYSE Arca Rule 10.12(h) and
CBOE Rule 13.15(g)(9)).
353 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 86.
354 See 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
355 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(1).
352 See
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
Act,356 which require an Exchange to
provide fair procedures for the
disciplining of members and persons
associated with members.
Finally, the Commission finds that the
proposed changes to the Rule 12140(e)
are consistent with the public interest,
the protection of investors, or otherwise
in furtherance of the purpose of the
Exchange Act, as required by Rule 19d–
1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act,357
which governs minor rule violation
plans. The Commission believes that
BOX Rule 12140 is an effective way to
discipline a member for a minor
violation of a rule. The Commission
believes that the Exchange’s proposal to
add rules related to FOO Orders and
FLEX Market Makers to the list of rules
that are eligible for minor rule violation
plan treatment is consistent with the
Exchange Act because it may help the
Exchange’s ability to better carry out its
oversight and enforcement
responsibilities.
In approving the proposed changes to
the Rule 12140(e), the Commission in
no way minimizes the importance of
complying with the Exchange’s rules
and all other rules subject to fines under
BOX Rule 12140. The Commission
believes that a violation of any SRO’s
rules, as well as Commission rules, is a
serious matter. However, BOX Rule
12140 provides a reasonable means of
addressing rule violations that may not
rise to the level of requiring formal
disciplinary proceedings, while
providing greater flexibility in handling
certain violations. The Commission
expects that the Exchange will continue
to conduct surveillance with due
diligence and make a determination
based on its findings, on a case-by-case
basis, whether a fine of more or less
than the recommended amount is
appropriate for a violation under BOX
Rule 12140 or whether a violation
requires formal disciplinary action.
D. Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act
Section 11(a)(1) of the Exchange
Act 358 prohibits a member of a national
securities exchange from effecting
transactions on that exchange for its
own account, the account of an
associated person, or an account over
which it or its associated person
exercises investment discretion
(collectively, ‘‘covered accounts’’)
unless an exception applies.359 Sections
356 15
U.S.C. 78f(b)(6) and (b)(7).
CFR 240.19d–1(c)(2).
358 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1).
359 Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules
thereunder provide other exemptions to the Section
11(a)(1) prohibition, including, for example, the
‘‘effect versus execute’’ exemption, the exemption
for transactions by a dealer acting in the capacity
357 17
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
11(a)(1)(A)–(I) of the Act 360 and the
rules thereunder provide certain
exemptions from this general
prohibition, including the exemption set
forth in Rule 11a2–2(T) under the
Act.361 As described above,362 the
Exchange proposes to apply existing
IM–7600–5 to FLEX Equity Options,363
which states that a Participant shall not
utilize the Trading Floor to effect any
transaction for a covered account by
relying on the G Exemption.364 Because
no covered account transactions
utilizing the Trading Floor may rely on
the G Exemption, Participants utilizing
the Trading Floor to effect transactions
for covered accounts may only rely
upon other exemptions to the Section
11(a)(1) prohibition.
The Exchange states that it believes
the proposed rule change is consistent
with Section 11(a) of the Act and rules
thereunder.365 The Exchange states that
the proposed rule change would not
limit in any way the obligation of a
Participant, while acting as a Floor
Broker or otherwise, to comply with
Section 11(a) or the rules thereunder.366
In its filing, the Exchange conducted an
analysis detailing how Participants
utilizing FOO Orders on the Trading
Floor may comply with the
requirements of Rule 11a2–2(T).367 The
Commission previously stated that
Participants utilizing the Trading Floor
may comply with the conditions of Rule
of a market maker, and the exemption for
transactions to offset a transaction made in error.
The ‘‘effect versus execute’’ exemption, set forth in
Rule 11a2–2(T) under the Exchange Act, permits an
exchange member, subject to certain conditions, to
effect transactions for covered accounts by
arranging for an unaffiliated member to execute
transactions on the exchange. See 17 CFR 240.11a2–
2(T).
360 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(A)–(I).
361 17 CFR 240.11a2–2(T).
362 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 88.
363 See proposed Rule 5055(c) (stating that IM–
7600–5 shall apply to FLEX Equity Options).
364 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(G). Section 11(a)(1)(G) of
the Act provides an exemption from the general
prohibition in Section 11(a)(1) of the Act for any
transaction for a member’s own account, provided
that: (i) such member is primarily engaged in the
business of underwriting and distributing securities
issued by other persons, selling securities to
customers, and acting as broker, or any one or more
of such activities, and whose gross income normally
is derived principally from such business and
related activities; and (ii) such transaction is
effected in compliance with rules of the
Commission which, as a minimum, assure that the
transaction is not inconsistent with the
maintenance of fair and orderly markets and yields
priority, parity, and precedence in execution to
orders for the account of persons who are not
members or associated with members of the
exchange. See also 17 CFR 240.11a1–1(T) (setting
forth requirements for relying on the G Exemption).
365 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 88.
366 See id.
367 See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 90–
92.
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
44751
11a2–2(T).368 The Commission further
notes that each member of the Exchange
is responsible for ensuring that its
conduct is in compliance with the
requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act
and the rules promulgated thereunder.
IV. Solicitation of Comments on
Amendment No. 3 to the Proposed Rule
Change
Interested persons are invited to
submit written data, views, and
arguments regarding whether the
proposed rule change, as modified by
Amendment No. 3, is consistent with
the Exchange Act. Comments may be
submitted by any of the following
methods:
Electronic Comments
• Use the Commission’s internet
comment form (https://www.sec.gov/
rules/sro.shtml); or
• Send an email to rule-comments@
sec.gov. Please include file number SR–
BOX–2023–20 on the subject line.
Paper Comments
• Send paper comments in triplicate
to Secretary, Securities and Exchange
Commission, 100 F Street NE,
Washington, DC 20549–1090.
All submissions should refer to file
number SR–BOX–2023–20. This file
number should be included on the
subject line if email is used. To help the
Commission process and review your
comments more efficiently, please use
only one method. The Commission will
post all comments on the Commission’s
internet website (https://www.sec.gov/
rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the
submission, all subsequent
amendments, all written statements
with respect to the proposed rule
change that are filed with the
Commission, and all written
communications relating to the
proposed rule change between the
Commission and any person, other than
those that may be withheld from the
public in accordance with the
provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be
available for website viewing and
printing in the Commission’s Public
Reference Room, 100 F Street NE,
Washington, DC 20549, on official
business days between the hours of 10
a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also
will be available for inspection and
copying at the principal office of the
Exchange. Do not include personal
identifiable information in submissions;
you should submit only information
that you wish to make available
publicly. We may redact in part or
368 See BOX Open-Outcry Trading Floor
Approval, supra note 307, at 37153.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
44752
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 99 / Tuesday, May 21, 2024 / Notices
ddrumheller on DSK120RN23PROD with NOTICES1
withhold entirely from publication
submitted material that is obscene or
subject to copyright protection. All
submissions should refer to file number
SR–BOX–2023–20 and should be
submitted on or before June 11, 2024.
V. Accelerated Approval of Proposed
Rule Change, as Modified by
Amendment No. 3
The Commission finds good cause to
approve the proposed rule change, as
modified by Amendment No. 3, prior to
the thirtieth day after the date of
publication of notice of the filing of
Amendment No. 3 in the Federal
Register. The Commission notes that the
original proposal and the proposal as
modified by Amendment No. 2 were
published for comment in the Federal
Register.369
In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange
amended the proposal to: (i) remove
proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a) regarding
when a FLEX Equity Option order may
be submitted; (ii) add rule language to
proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) to clarify that
FOO Orders may only be traded on the
Trading Floor; (iii) modified proposed
Rule 7605(c) to clarify who is applicable
to apply to be a FLEX Market Maker;
and (iv) made various clarifications to
the rule text, including proposed Rule
7605(d)(4), and add additional clarifying
changes to the purpose section and
statutory basis for the proposed rule
change. These changes help to clarify
the proposal by providing additional
specificity and justification about the
proposal.
In addition, the Exchange made
several changes to bring the proposed
rules into closer alignment with the
rules governing the trading of FLEX
Equity Options on other national
securities exchanges, including
removing proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(v)(a). These changes help
make these aspects of the proposal
substantially similar to the existing
rules of national securities exchanges.
For these reasons, the changes and
additional information in Amendment
No. 3 assist the Commission in
evaluating the Exchange’s proposal and
in determining that it is consistent with
the Exchange Act. Accordingly, the
Commission finds good cause, pursuant
to Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange
Act,370 to approve the proposed rule
change, as modified by Amendment No.
3, on an accelerated basis.
VI. Conclusion
For the foregoing reasons, the
Commission finds that the proposed
369 See
370 15
Notice, supra note 3; OIP, supra note 8.
U.S.C. 78f(b)(2).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:13 May 20, 2024
Jkt 262001
rule change, as modified by Amendment
No. 3, is consistent with the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder applicable to a national
securities exchange. In addition, the
Commission finds, pursuant to Rule 9b–
1 under the Exchange Act, that FLEX
Equity Options are standardized options
for purposes of the options disclosure
framework established under Rule 9b–1
of the Exchange Act.371
It is therefore ordered, pursuant to
Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act,372
that the proposed rule change SR–BOX–
2023–20, as modified by Amendment
No. 3, be, and it hereby is, approved on
an accelerated basis.
For the Commission, by the Division of
Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated
authority.373
J. Matthew DeLesDernier,
Deputy Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2024–11079 Filed 5–20–24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
[Release No. 34–100147; File No. SR–OCC–
2024–006]
Self-Regulatory Organizations; The
Options Clearing Corporation; Notice
of Filing of Proposed Rule Change by
The Options Clearing Corporation
Concerning Amendments to Its Rules
and Comprehensive Stress Testing &
Clearing Fund Methodology, and
Liquidity Risk Management
Description
May 15, 2024.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(‘‘Exchange Act’’ or ‘‘Act’’),1 and Rule
19b–4 thereunder,2 notice is hereby
given that on May 2, 2024, The Options
Clearing Corporation (‘‘OCC’’) filed with
the Securities and Exchange
Commission (‘‘SEC’’ or ‘‘Commission’’)
the proposed rule change as described
in Items I, II, and III below, which Items
have been prepared primarily by OCC.
The Commission is publishing this
notice to solicit comments on the
371 17 CFR 240.9b–1(a)(4). As part of the original
approval process of the FLEX Options framework,
the Commission delegated to the Director of the
Division of Market Regulation the authority to
authorize the issuance of orders designating
securities as ‘‘standardized options’’ pursuant to
Rule 9b–1(a)(4) under the Act. See Securities
Exchange Act Release No. 31911 (February 23,
1993), 58 FR 11792 (March 1, 1993).
372 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
373 17 CFR 200.30–3(a)(12).
1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
2 17 CFR 240.19b–4.
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4703
Sfmt 4703
proposed rule change from interested
persons.
I. Clearing Agency’s Statement of the
Terms of Substance of the Proposed
Rule Change
This proposed rule change would (1)
implement additional stress scenarios
designed to test the sufficiency of its
prefunded financial resources and (2)
amend OCC’s Rules to provide greater
context and detail on margin collection
and Clearing Fund sizing that may
result from this type of sufficiency stress
testing. The proposed changes to OCC’s
(A) Comprehensive Stress Testing &
Clearing Fund Methodology, and
Liquidity Risk Management Description
(‘‘Methodology Description’’); and (B)
Rules are included in Exhibits 5A and
5B [sic] to filing SR–OCC–2024–006.
Material proposed to be added is
underlined and material proposed to be
deleted is marked in strikethrough text.
All capitalized terms not defined herein
have the same meaning as set forth in
the OCC By-Laws and Rules.3
II. Clearing Agency’s Statement of the
Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the
Proposed Rule Change
In its filing with the Commission,
OCC included statements concerning
the purpose of and basis for the
proposed rule change and discussed any
comments it received on the proposed
rule change. The text of these statements
may be examined at the places specified
in Item IV below. OCC has prepared
summaries, set forth in sections (A), (B),
and (C) below, of the most significant
aspects of these statements.
(A) Clearing Agency’s Statement of the
Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the
Proposed Rule Change
As the sole clearing agency for
standardized equity options listed on a
national securities exchange registered
with the Commission, and for the other
products it clears, OCC is exposed to
certain risks, including credit risk and
liquidity risk arising from its Clearing
Members’ cleared contracts, for which
OCC becomes the buyer to every seller
and the seller to every buyer. The
management of credit and liquidity risks
are essential elements of OCC’s risk
management framework. Given the
critical role OCC plays within the U.S.
financial markets, it is vital that OCC
maintains sufficient financial resources
to cover its exposures under normal and
stressed conditions and adequate
resources to satisfy liquidity needs
3 OCC’s By-Laws and Rules can be found on
OCC’s public website: https://www.theocc.com/
Company-Information/Documents-and-Archives/
By-Laws-and-Rules.
E:\FR\FM\21MYN1.SGM
21MYN1
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 89, Number 99 (Tuesday, May 21, 2024)]
[Notices]
[Pages 44721-44752]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2024-11079]
=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
[Release No. 34-100156; File No. SR-BOX-2023-20]
Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing
of Amendment No. 3 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a
Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 3, To Adopt Rules To
Govern FLEX Equity Options and a New Order Type To Trade FLEX Equity
Options on the BOX Trading Floor
May 15, 2024.
On September 1, 2023, BOX Exchange LLC (``Exchange'' or ``BOX'')
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (``Commission''),
pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(``Exchange Act'') \1\ and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,\2\ a proposed rule
change to adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which, among other applicable
Exchange rules, will govern the trading of flexible exchange equity
options (``FLEX Equity Options'') on the BOX Trading Floor, and make
related changes to Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation
Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule
Violations). The proposed rule change was published for comment in the
Federal Register on September 19, 2023.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
\2\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4.
\3\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380 (September 13,
2023), 88 FR 64482 (``Notice''). Comment on the proposed rule change
can be found at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
On September 27, 2023, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange
Act,\4\ the Commission designated a longer period within which to
approve the proposed rule change, disapprove the proposed rule change,
or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the
proposed rule change.\5\ On December 12, 2023, the Exchange submitted
Amendment No. 2 to the proposed rule change, which replaced and
superseded the proposed rule change as originally filed.\6\ On December
15, 2023, the Commission published notice of Amendment No. 2 and
instituted proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange
Act \7\ to determine whether to approve or disapprove the proposed rule
change, as modified by Amendment No. 2.\8\ On March 12, 2024, the
Commission designated a longer period for Commission action on the
proposed rule change.\9\ On May 10, 2024, the Exchange filed Amendment
No. 3, which replaced and superseded the proposed rule change, as
modified by Amendment No. 2.\10\ The Commission is publishing this
notice to solicit comments on Amendment No. 3 from interested persons,
and is approving the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No.
3, on an accelerated basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
\5\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98568, 86 FR 68237
(October 3, 2023). The Commission designated December 18, 2023, as
the date by which the Commission shall approve or disapprove, or
institute proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove,
the proposed rule change.
\6\ On December 1, 2023, the Exchange submitted Amendment No. 1
to the proposed rule change. Amendment No. 1 was withdrawn on
December 12, 2023. Amendment No. 2 is available on the Commission's
website at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-310739-809082.pdf (``Amendment No. 2'').
\7\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
\8\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99192, 88 FR 88437
(December 21, 2023) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 and Order
Instituting Proceedings) (``OIP'').
\9\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99725, 89 FR 19386
(March 18, 2024) (Extension No. 2).
\10\ In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange revised the proposal to
better align the proposed rule change with the FLEX Equity Options
rules of other exchanges, and to provide more specificity and
clarification to the proposed rule change. Specifically, Amendment
No. 3: (i) removed proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a) regarding when a
FLEX Equity Option order may be submitted; (ii) added rule language
to proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) to clarify that FOO Orders may only be
traded on the Trading Floor; (iii) modified proposed Rule 7605(c) to
clarify who is applicable to apply to be a FLEX Market Maker; and
(iv) made various clarifications to the rule text, including
proposed Rule 7605(d)(4), and added additional clarifying changes to
the description of and statutory basis for the proposed rule change.
Amendment No. 3 is available on the Commission's website at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-471351-1297514.pdf
(``Amendment No. 3'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Description of the Proposed Rule
Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 3 \11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ This Section I and II reproduces Amendment No. 3, as filed
by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which will
govern the trading of flexible exchange options (``FLEX Equity
Options'') on BOX; and (2) make related changes to Rules 100
(Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition
of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The text of the proposed rule
change is available from the principal office of the Exchange, at the
Commission's Public Reference Room and also on the Exchange's internet
website at https://rules.boxexchange.com/rulefilings.
[[Page 44722]]
II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization
included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the
proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the
proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at
the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization
has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the
most significant aspects of such statements.
A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change
1. Purpose
The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which will
govern the trading of flexible exchange options (``FLEX Equity
Options'') on BOX; and (2) make related changes to Rules 100
(Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition
of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The proposed rule change was
published in the Federal Register on September 19, 2023 (the ``Original
Filing'').\12\ Subsequently, Amendment No. 1 was filed on December 1,
2023, Amendment No.1 was withdrawn on December 12, 2023, and Amendment
No. 2, which amended and replaced the Original Filing in its entirety,
was filed on December 12, 2023. On December 21, 2023, a notice of
filing of Amendment No. 2 and order instituting proceedings to
determine whether to approve or disapprove a proposed rule change, as
modified by Amendment No. 2, was published in the Federal Register.\13\
The Exchange is now proposing Amendment No. 3 to amend and replace
Amendment No. 2 and the Original Filing in their entirety. This
Amendment No. 3 is being filed to better align the proposed rule change
with the rules of other exchanges and provide more specificity to the
proposed rule change. In particular, Amendment No. 3 removes proposed
rule text to better align the proposed rule change with the rules of
other exchanges, and makes a number of clarifying changes to the
proposed rule text and the description of and statutory basis for the
proposed rule change.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380 (September
13, 2023), 88 FR 64482 (September 19, 2023) (SR-BOX-2023-20) (Notice
of Filing of Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules to Govern FLEX
Equity Options and a New Order Type to Trade FLEX Equity Options on
the BOX Trading Floor).
\13\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99192 (December 15,
2023), 88 FR 88437 (December 21, 2023) (SR-BOX-2023-20) (Notice of
Filing of Amendment No. 2 and Order Instituting Proceedings To
Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change,
as Modified by Amendment No. 2, To Adopt Rules To Govern FLEX Equity
Options and a New Order Type To Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX
Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange is removing proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(v)(a) regarding when a FLEX Equity Option order may be
submitted. The Exchange is proposing this change to better align the
proposed rule text with the already established rules of other
exchanges. The Exchange believes this change is consistent with the Act
and does not raise any novel regulatory issues as it simply conforms
the proposed rule text with the already effective rules of other
exchanges.\14\ In addition, the Original Filing and Amendment No. 2
were already subject to a full notice-and-comment period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ See NYSE American Rule 903G(a) and NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-
O(b). The Exchange notes that, unlike the NYSE American and NYSE
Arca rules, the Exchange's proposed rule change does not include
FLEX Index Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange is adding rule language to
proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) to clarify that FOO Orders may only be traded
on the Trading Floor. This language mirrors rule text that is in
proposed Rule 7605(b) and is intended to further clarify that FOO
Orders may only be traded on the Trading Floor. The Exchange believes
this change is consistent with the Act and does not raise any novel
regulatory issues as it simply adds clarifying language that better
aligns proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) with the text of proposed Rule 7605(b)
that was already part of the Original Filing and Amendment No. 2, which
were subject to a full notice-and-comment period.
The Exchange notes that Amendment No. 3 is solely intended to
further clarify the proposed rule text and conform the rule text with
the already established rules of other exchanges, and to provide
additional detail and specificity with respect to the proposed rule
change and additional information in support of the purpose and
statutory basis for the proposed rule change.
Summary
The Exchange proposes to adopt rules to govern FLEX Equity Options
and a new order type to trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading
Floor.\15\ The Exchange also proposes to amend Rules 100 (Definitions),
7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of Fines for
Minor Rule Violations) to reflect the introduction of FLEX Equity
Option trading on the Exchange. FLEX Equity Options are options with
flexible terms such that Participants \16\ can customize expiration
date, exercise price, and exercise style. FLEX Equity Options are
designed to meet the needs of investors for greater flexibility in
selecting the terms of options within the parameters of the Exchange's
proposed rules. FLEX Equity Options are not preestablished for trading
and are not listed individually for trading on the Exchange. Rather,
investors select FLEX Equity Option terms and are limited by the
parameters detailed below in their selection of those terms. As a
result, FLEX Equity Options allow investors to satisfy more specific,
individualized investment objectives than may be available to them in
the standardized options market. Specifically, FLEX Equity Options will
be subject to proposed Rule 5055 and will be traded as FLEX Open Outcry
Orders (``FOO Orders'') on the BOX Trading Floor under proposed Rule
7605. FLEX Equity Options are a type put or call, and allow investors
to choose an exercise price of any dollar amount in minimum increments
of $0.01,\17\ an exercise style of American or European,\18\ and an
expiration date of any month, business day and year no more than 15
years from the date on which a FLEX Equity Option is executed.\19\ As
discussed further below, FLEX Equity Options will not be permitted with
the same terms as an existing Non-FLEX Equity Option listed on the
Exchange.\20\ Because of
[[Page 44723]]
their composition, the Exchange believes that FLEX Equity Options may
allow investors to more closely meet their individual investment and
hedging objectives by customizing option contracts for the purpose of
satisfying particular investment objectives that could not be met by
the standardized markets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ The term ``Trading Floor'' or ``Options Floor'' means the
physical trading floor of the Exchange located in Chicago. The
Trading Floor shall consist of one ``Crowd Area'' or ``Pit'' where
all option classes will be located. The Crowd Area or Pit shall be
marked with specific visible boundaries on the Trading Floor, as
determined by the Exchange. A Floor Broker must open outcry an order
in the Crowd Area. See BOX Rule 100(a)(68).
\16\ The term ``Participant'' means a firm, or organization that
is registered with the Exchange pursuant to the Rule 2000 Series for
purposes of participating in trading on a facility of the Exchange
and includes an ``Options Participant'' and ``BSTX Participant.''
See BOX Rule 100(a)(42).
\17\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii).
\18\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv).
\19\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v).
\20\ Provided the options on an underlying security are
otherwise eligible for FLEX trading, FLEX Equity Options shall be
permitted in puts and calls that do not have the same exercise
style, same expiration date, and same exercise price as Non-FLEX
Equity Options that are already available for trading on the same
underlying security. See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). FLEX Equity
Options shall also be permitted before the options are listed for
trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options. Once and if the identical option
series are listed for trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options, (i) all
existing open positions established under the FLEX trading
procedures shall be fully fungible with transactions in the
respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series, and (ii) any further
trading in the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity Options subject to
the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. See proposed Rule
5055(f)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Background
The Securities and Exchange Commission (``Commission'') approved
the trading of FLEX options in 1993.\21\ At the time, the Chicago Board
Options Exchange, Inc., now Cboe Exchange, Inc. (``CBOE'') proposed
FLEX options based on the Standard and Poor's Corporation 500 and 100
Stock Indexes (referred to as the ``CBOE Order'' herein).\22\ These
FLEX options were offered as an alternative to an over-the-counter
(``OTC'') market in customized equity options.\23\ Several years after
the initial approval, the Commission approved the trading of additional
FLEX options on specified equity securities.\24\ In its order, the
Commission provided: ``The benefits of the Exchanges' options markets
include, but are not limited to, a centralized market center, an
auction market with posted transparent market quotations and
transaction reporting, parameters and procedures for clearance and
settlement, and the guarantee of the OCC [Options Clearing Corporation]
for all contracts traded on the Exchange.'' \25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920 (February 24,
1993), 58 FR 12280 (March 3, 1993) (SR-CBOE-92-17) (Order Approving
and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to
Amendment Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 to Proposed Rule Changes by the
Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc., Relating to Flexible Exchange
Options (``FLEX Options'')).
\22\ Id.
\23\ Id.
\24\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14,
1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR-CBOE-95-43) (SR-PSE-95-24)
(Order Approving Proposed Rule Changes and Notice of Filing and
Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Amendments by the Chicago
Board Options Exchange, Inc. and the Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc.,
Relating to the Listing of Flexible Exchange Options on Specified
Equity Securities).
\25\ Id. The Exchange notes that the Commission found pursuant
to Rule 9b-1 under the Act, that FLEX Options, including FLEX Equity
Options, are standardized options for purposes of the options
disclosure framework established under Rule 9b-1 of the Act. Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange notes that FLEX options are currently traded on CBOE,
NYSE American LLC (``NYSE American''), NYSE Arca, Inc. (``NYSE Arca''),
and Nasdaq PHLX LLC (``PHLX'').\26\ The Exchange notes further that
CBOE offers electronic and open outcry FLEX option trading while NYSE
American, NYSE Arca, and PHLX offer only open outcry trading of FLEX
options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ See CBOE Rules 4.20-4.22 and 5.70-5.75 and NYSE American
Rules 900G-910G and NYSE Arca Rules 5.30-O-5.41-O and PHLX Options
8, Section 34.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In August 2017, the Commission approved the Exchange's proposal to
adopt rules for an open outcry trading floor.\27\ The Exchange based
the rules for the BOX Trading Floor on the rules of the options
exchanges that had established trading floors at that time. When the
BOX Trading Floor was adopted in 2017, it was the first options trading
floor to be established since the 1970s.\28\ As such, the BOX Trading
Floor rules have certain differences to the trading floor rules at the
other options exchanges, to account for the unique nature of BOX's
Trading Floor and to modernize the existing trading floor rules and
surveillance practices. The BOX Trading Floor has been operating since
2017 and is now well-established. The Exchange believes that its unique
features for open-outcry trading provide value to Floor Participants.
The Exchange now proposes to allow for the trading of FLEX Equity
Options as FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2,
2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order
Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (finding
that the proposed rule change was consistent with the requirements
of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a
national securities exchange).
\28\ See https://www.optionsplaybook.com/options-introduction/stock-option-history/.
\29\ The Exchange notes that the Commission has received one
comment letter in support of the proposed rule change. The commenter
believes that permitting BOX to offer FLEX Equity Options will
expand competition and capacity and thus drive better execution
experiences for the public. See Letter from Anish Vora, CEO, FCF
Holdings LLC, and Board of Directors of NYSE, to the SEC (September
29, 2023) (https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-638842.htm).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposal
The Exchange proposes to adopt Rule 5055 titled FLEX Equity Options
which describes and governs FLEX Equity Options. Rule 5055(a) details
the applicability of other Exchange rules with respect to the proposed
FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, the trading of FLEX Equity Options
is subject to all other Rules applicable to the trading of options on
the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and 7605.\30\ The
Exchange has conducted a thorough review of its existing Rules to
ensure that proposed Rule 5055(a) accurately reflects the application
of the Exchange's Non-FLEX Equity Option Rules to FLEX Equity
Options,\31\ as well as those Non-FLEX Equity Option Rules that would
not apply to FLEX Equity Options.\32\ As described herein, the only
means by which the Exchange intends to permit FLEX Equity Options to be
traded is via the proposed FOO Order type. To the extent the Exchange
proposes to adopt additional rules for the trading of FLEX Equity
Options, including electronic trading of FLEX Equity Options or any
other order type or trading mechanism,\33\ the Exchange would file a
separate proposed rule change with the Commission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ See proposed Rule 5055(a). Proposed Rule 5055(a) is based
on CBOE Rule 5.72(a).
\31\ See proposed Rule 5055(a). For example, Rules 7010 (Fees
and Charges), 7020 (Days and Hours of Business), 7030 (Units of
Trading), and 7080 (Trading Halts) apply to FLEX Equity Options and
Non-FLEX Equity Options alike. The Exchange notes that an Options
Exchange Official may halt trading in any option contract in the
interests of a fair and orderly market (factors that shall be
considered are enumerated in Rule 7080(a)(1)) and will halt trading
in FLEX Equity Options when Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same
underlying security are halted. The BOX Trading System is also
designed to enforce the Exchange's trading halt rules such that a
trading halt in Non-FLEX Equity Options will result in a trading
halt in FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security.
\32\ See, for example, infra note 40 and accompanying text,
explaining that FLEX Equity Options may only trade as a FOO Order on
the Trading Floor and may not trade using any other order type or
trading mechanism, including those designed for electronic trading.
\33\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The rules proposed by the Exchange are uniquely applicable to FLEX
Equity Options in order to accommodate their special characteristics.
For example, the BOX Book \34\ and the Complex Order Book \35\ shall
not be available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options because,
consistent with other exchanges' FLEX rules, there will be no pre-
established series \36\ and no electronic trading of FLEX Equity
Options.\37\ While electronic trading in FLEX options is available on
CBOE,\38\ the Exchange at this time intends to introduce FLEX Equity
Options on the Trading Floor in open outcry only, consistent with other
markets that trade these customized options solely on their trading
floors in open outcry.\39\ The Exchange notes that rules that
contemplate the operation of or
[[Page 44724]]
interaction with the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book will not apply
to FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX Equity Options may only be
traded as FOO Orders on the Trading Floor and FOO Orders may not be
placed in the BOX Book or the Complex Order Book.\40\ Additionally, the
Exchange is proposing to codify that Options Exchange Officials have
the same duties and ability to enforce rules applicable to the trading
of FLEX Equity Options as they do for all other activity on the Trading
Floor.\41\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ The term ``BOX Book'' means the electronic book of orders
on each single option series maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See
BOX Rule 100(a)(10).
\35\ The term ``Complex Order Book'' means the electronic book
of Complex Orders maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See BOX Rule
7240(a)(8).
\36\ See infra note 56.
\37\ See proposed Rule 5055(a)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(a)(1) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(c).
\38\ See, e.g., CBOE Rules 5.73 and 5.74.
\39\ See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(c).
\40\ The Exchange notes that FLEX Equity Options may not trade
via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and Solicitation Auctions, or as
Qualified Contingent Cross (``QCC''), Complex QCC, Customer Cross,
Complex Customer Cross Orders, and any new order type not explicitly
included within the FLEX Equity Option rules pursuant to rule
filings submitted under Section 19(b) of the Act. See BOX Rules
7110, 7150, 7245, and 7270. If the Exchange intended to allow FLEX
Equity Options to trade via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and
Solicitation Auctions, or as (``QCC''), Complex QCC, Customer Cross,
and Complex Customer Cross Orders, the Exchange would be required to
file a proposed rule change with the Commission to amend its rules
to allow for the inclusion of FLEX Equity Options in the relevant
rule text.
\41\ See proposed Rule 5055(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEX Equity Options will only be permitted in puts and calls that
do not have the same exercise style (American or European), same
expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options that
are already available for trading on the same underlying security.\42\
In addition, once, and if, identical option series are listed for
trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options, (1) all existing open positions
established under the FLEX trading procedures shall be fully fungible
with transactions in the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series, and
(2) any further trading in the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity
Options subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules.\43\
Therefore, FOO Orders, whose terms must be different from options that
are already available for trading, would not be fungible with interest
resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book. Accordingly, the
Exchange believes FOO Orders would not be able to trade through
interest resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book nor would
interest resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book lose priority to
FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01.
\43\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(b) which defines the following
terms: FLEX Equity Option, Non-FLEX Equity Option, FLEX Market Maker,
and FLEX Open Outcry Order. Specifically, the term ``FLEX Equity
Option'' means an option on a specified underlying security that is
subject to Rule 5055.\44\ ``Non-FLEX Equity Option'' means an option
contract that is not a FLEX Equity Option.\45\ ``FLEX Open Outcry
Order'' (``FOO Order'') means a FLEX Equity Option order as defined in
proposed Rule 7605.\46\ ``FLEX Market Maker'' means a Market Maker that
is qualified by the Exchange to trade FLEX Equity Options and meets the
requirements of proposed Rule 5055(k).\47\ The proposed functionality
for FOO Orders is designed to be similar to the Exchange's existing
Qualified Open Outcry (``QOO'') Orders because both order types will be
transacted on the Trading Floor and BOX believes they should follow
similar procedures, excluding provisions related to the BOX Book, as
discussed below.\48\ FLEX Equity Options shall not be traded other than
as FOO Orders, which may only be traded on the Trading Floor.\49\ The
Exchange also proposes to specify in proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) that, for
the avoidance of doubt, FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using any
other order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(1). The Exchange notes that
proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i) provides that FLEX Equity Options on
underlying securities may be authorized pursuant to Rule 5020.
\45\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(2). Proposed Rule 5055(b)(2) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(b)(11).
\46\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3).
\47\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(4).
\48\ See BOX Rule 7600. See also Securities Exchange Act Release
No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-
2016-48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by
Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading
Floor).
\49\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(c) which states that, in addition
to the restrictions in Rule 5055(b)(3), certain Exchange rules do not
apply to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, Rule 7600
``Qualified Open Outcry Orders--Floor Crossing'' and Rule 7620
``Accommodation Transactions'' do not apply to transactions in FLEX
Equity Options.\50\ These rules represent order types that currently
apply to Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor and are
specifically excluded given that the Exchange is proposing the FOO
Order type to be used exclusively for trading FLEX Equity Options.
However, the Exchange proposes that certain Rule 7600 Interpretive
Materials apply to FLEX Equity Options; in particular IM-7600-2 \51\
and IM-7600-5.\52\ IM-7600-2
[[Page 44725]]
and IM-7600-5 relate to tied hedge orders and to compliance with
Section 11(a)(1) of the Act, respectively, and will apply to the
proposed FOO Orders in the same manner as they currently apply to QOO
Orders. Because these provisions would apply equally to FLEX Equity
Options as they do to Non-FLEX Equity Options, they need not be
duplicated for purposes of the proposed rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\50\ See proposed Rule 5055(c). Proposed Rule 5055(c) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(d).
\51\ BOX IM-7600-2 provides that nothing prohibits a Floor
Broker from buying or selling a stock, security futures, or futures
position following receipt of an option order, including a Complex
Order, provided that prior to announcing such order to the trading
crowd: (a) the option order is in a class designated as eligible for
``tied hedge'' transactions (as described below) as determined by
the Exchange and is within the designated tied hedge eligibility
size parameters, which parameters shall be determined by the
Exchange and may not be smaller than 500 contracts per order.
Additionally, there shall be no aggregation of multiple orders to
satisfy the size parameter, and for Complex Orders involved in a
tied hedge transaction at least one leg must meet the minimum size
requirement; (b) such Floor Broker shall create an electronic record
that it is engaging in a tied hedge transaction in a form and manner
prescribed by the Exchange; (c) such hedging position is: (1)
comprised of a position designated as eligible for a tied hedge
transaction as determined by the Exchange and may include the same
underlying stock applicable to the option order, a security future
overlying the same stock applicable to the option order or, in
reference to an index or Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (``ETF''), a
related instrument. A ``related instrument'' means, in reference to
an index option, securities comprising ten percent or more of the
component securities in the index or a futures contract on any
economically equivalent index applicable to the option order. A
``related instrument'' means, in reference to an ETF option, a
futures contract on any economically equivalent index applicable to
the ETF underlying the option order; (2) brought without undue delay
to the trading crowd and announced concurrently with the option
order; (3) offered to the trading crowd in its entirety; and (4)
offered, at the execution price received by the Floor Broker
introducing the option, to any in-crowd Floor Participant who has
established parity or priority for the related options; (d) the
hedging position does not exceed the option order on a delta basis;
(e) all tied hedge transactions (regardless of whether the option
order is a simple or Complex Order) are treated the same as Complex
Orders for purposes of the Exchange's open outcry allocation and
reporting procedures. Tied hedge transactions are subject to the
existing NBBO trade-through requirements for options and stock, as
applicable, and may qualify for various exceptions; however, when
the option order is a simple order, the execution of the option leg
of a tied hedge transaction does not qualify for the NBBO trade-
through exception for a Complex Trade (defined in Rule 7610(e)); (f)
in-crowd Floor Participants that participate in the option
transaction must also participate in the hedging position and may
not prevent the option transaction from occurring by giving a
competing bid or offer for one component of such order; (g) in the
event the conditions in the non-options market prevents the
execution of the non-option leg(s) at the agreed prices, the trade
representing the options leg(s) may be cancelled; and (h) prior to
entering tied hedge orders on behalf of Customers, the Floor Broker
must deliver to the Customer a written notification informing the
Customer that his order may be executed using the Exchange's tied
hedge procedures. The written notification must disclose the terms
and conditions contained in this Interpretative Material and be in a
form approved by the Exchange. See BOX IM-7600-2. The Exchange notes
that another exchange makes similar orders available for FLEX
trading. See PHLX Options 8, Section 34(b)(2) (new citation of PHLX
Options 8, Section 34(f)(2) to be implemented prior to August 2024).
\52\ BOX IM-7600-5 provides that a Participant shall not utilize
the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for its own account, the
account of an associated person, or an account with respect to which
it or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion
by relying on an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange
Act. See BOX IM-7600-5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(d) which states that FLEX Equity
Options will have no trading rotations.\53\ Trading rotations are used
to open or reopen a series of options on BOX at a single price.\54\
There is a period of time before the market in the underlying security
opens during which orders placed on the BOX Book do not generate trade
executions but may participate in the Opening Match.\55\ FLEX Equity
Options will not be placed on the BOX Book, and therefore will not have
trading rotations because there will be no requirement for specific
FLEX Equity Option series to be quoted or traded each day. FLEX Equity
Options are created with terms unique to individual investment
objectives. As such, each investor may require FLEX Equity Options with
slightly different terms than those already created. These individually
defined FLEX Equity Options are customized for each investor and
therefore trading rotations may not be useful for other investors who
may create their own FLEX Equity Options because trading rotations are
designed, in part, to determine a single opening, or reopening, price
based on orders and quotes from multiple Participants. With the bespoke
nature of FLEX Equity Options there is not the opportunity, nor need,
to bring together multiple orders and quotes as part of a trading
rotation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\53\ See proposed Rule 5055(d). Proposed Rule 5055(d) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.31-O(b).
\54\ See BOX Rules 7070(e)(2) and (l).
\55\ See BOX Rules 7070(a) and (e). The Exchange notes that
trading rotations are referred to in BOX Rule 7070(e) as the Opening
Match.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Further, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(e) which provides that
FLEX Equity Options will not be preestablished for trading and,
provided the options on an underlying security are otherwise eligible
for FLEX trading, FLEX Equity Options shall be permitted in puts and
calls that do not have the same exercise style, same expiration date,
and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are already
available for trading on the same underlying security. Proposed Rule
5055(e) further provides that FLEX Equity Options must include one of
each of the terms of a FLEX Equity Option that are described in the
proposed Rule.\56\ Specifically, (i) the Exchange may authorize for
trading a FLEX Equity Option class on any underlying security if it may
authorize trading a Non-FLEX Equity Option class on that underlying
security pursuant to Rule 5020,\57\ and that has Non-FLEX Equity
Options on such security listed and traded on at least one national
securities exchange, even if the Exchange does not list that Non-FLEX
Equity Option class for trading; \58\ (ii) the option type may be put
or call; \59\ (iii) the exercise price may be any dollar amount in
minimum increments of $0.01; \60\ (iv) the exercise style may be
American or European; \61\ and (v) the expiration date may be any
business day (specified to the day, month, and year) no more than 15
years from the date of the FLEX Equity Option transaction.\62\
Additionally, the exercise settlement of FLEX Equity Options shall be
by physical delivery of the underlying security.\63\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\56\ Proposed Rule 5055(e) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O.
The Exchange notes that it is not proposing FLEX Index Options and
thus has not incorporated applicable provisions as Index Options do
not trade on BOX.
\57\ Rule 5020 provides criteria for the listing of options on
several different underlying types of securities, including
securities registered with the SEC under Regulation NMS of the Act
(``NMS stock''), Exchange-Traded Fund Shares, and Index-Linked
Securities. See BOX Rule 5020.
\58\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(i) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(1).
\59\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(ii). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(ii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(b)(2).
\60\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(iii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(2) (exercise
prices and premiums may be stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount;
(ii) a method for fixing at the time a FLEX Request for Quote or
FLEX Order is traded; or (iii) a percentage of the price of the
underlying security at the time of the trade or as of the close of
trading on the NYSE Arca on the trade date). The Exchange notes that
the proposal only includes exercise, bid, and offer prices in terms
of a dollar amount.
\61\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(iv) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(b)(3).
\62\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v). Proposed Rule
5055(e)(2)(v) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.32-O(b)(4) and (6). The
Exchange notes that it has omitted the exception for FLEX Index
Options because BOX does not list FLEX Index Options and FLEX Index
Options are not part of this proposal.
\63\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(3). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(3) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(3)(i). The Exchange notes that
NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(3)(i) includes references to Exchange-
Traded Fund Shares and FLEX ByRDs that the Exchange is not including
because the Exchange believes it is not necessary to specifically
reference Exchange-Traded Fund Shares as they are included under the
term underlying security. Additionally, the Exchange notes that FLEX
ByRDs are not being proposed on the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Next, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(f) titled Fungibility of FLEX
Equity Options. Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1), described above, limits FLEX
Equity Option terms such that options on an underlying security
otherwise eligible for FLEX trading will only be permitted in puts and
calls that do not have the same exercise style (American or European),
same expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options
that are already available for trading on the same underlying
security.\64\ Notwithstanding the foregoing, FLEX Equity Options that
may in the future have the same terms as Non-FLEX Equity Options will
be permitted before the options are listed for trading as Non-FLEX
Equity Options. Once and if the identical option series are listed for
trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options: (i) all existing open positions
established under the FLEX trading procedures shall be fully fungible
with transactions in the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series,\65\
and (ii) any further trading in the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity
Options subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules,\66\ in
addition to any other rules that apply to Non-FLEX Equity Options.\67\
In the event a Non-
[[Page 44726]]
FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day, the holder or writer of a
FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX trading
procedures would be permitted to close such position under the FLEX
trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option
position for the balance of the trading day on which the series is
added.\68\ In the event the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added on a
trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer of
a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX trading
procedures would be permitted to close such position as a non-FLEX
transaction consistent with the requirements of Rule 5055(f)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\64\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01. The Exchanges notes
that its system enforces the requirement that a FLEX Equity Option
does not have the same exercise style (American or European), same
expiration date and same exercise price as a Non-FLEX Equity Option
that is already available for trading on the same underlying
security. Specifically, the system will reject an order in a FLEX
Equity Option if the order is received with the same exercise style
(American or European), same expiration date and same exercise price
as a Non-FLEX Equity Option that is already available for trading on
the same underlying security on the Exchange.
\65\ An open position resulting from a transaction on the
Exchange becomes fungible post-trade and is separate from the
execution occurring on the Exchange. For example, assume a
Participant buys one (1) American style AAPL call option expiring on
October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150, which is a FLEX series
because there is no standard option listed with those same terms.
Now assume, while holding this position, a standard option with the
same terms is listed (American style AAPL call option expiring on
October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150). After this standard
option is listed, the Participant purchases one (1) contract in this
non-FLEX option series. After this second transaction, the
Participant will have an open position of two (2) contracts in the
standard AAPL call expiring on October 9, 2024, with a 150 strike
price.
\66\ This includes all priority and trade-through requirements
on the Exchange (see, e.g., Rule 7130).
\67\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01. The Exchange notes
that FLEX Equity Options previously traded as part of a Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order where the respective Non-FLEX Equity
Option series is later listed may not be traded as part of a Complex
FOO Order or Multi-leg FOO Order except as provided in proposed
Rules 5055(f)(2) and 7605(d)(3) and (4) once such Non-FLEX Equity
Option series has been listed on the Exchange. See proposed Rules
7605(d)(1), (3) and (4). For example, assume a Participant executes
a Complex FOO Order to buy strategy A + B where A and B are both
FLEX Equity Option series. Now assume that prior to the opening on
the next trading day, a Non-FLEX Equity Option series with the same
terms (underlying security, type, exercise price, exercise style,
and expiration date) as A has been listed on the Exchange. If the
Participant decided to close out their open position in strategy A +
B, it would need to be done as two separate orders for the component
legs of the original order: (i) selling B, a FLEX Equity Option, by
submitting a FOO Order, and (ii) selling the corresponding Non-FLEX
Equity Option series that has the same terms as A because A has
become fungible with the Non-FLEX Equity Option series with the
identical terms. Trading in A would be subject to the non-FLEX
trading procedures and rules. See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1).
\68\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(2) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01. The Exchange notes
that Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders, discussed below,
may be traded with one or more closing only component legs. The
Exchange notes that proposed Rule 5055(f) differs from NYSE Arca
Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01 in that it includes proposed Rules
5055(f)(2) and (3), which detail the interaction between proposed
Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(g) which states that the minimum
quoting and trading increment for FLEX Equity Option contracts traded
on BOX will be one cent ($0.01) for all series.\69\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\69\ See proposed Rule 5055(g). Proposed Rule 5055(g) is based
on CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The Exchange notes that minimum increments
in percentage terms have been omitted because they are not part of
this proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(h) which states that FLEX Equity
Options will be subject to the exercise by exception provisions of Rule
805 of the OCC, titled Expiration Exercise Procedure.\70\ Rule 805
provides provisions for the automatic exercise of certain options upon
expiration.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\70\ See proposed Rule 5055(h). Proposed Rule 5055(h) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(i) which details position limits
for FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, 5055(i)(1) states that FLEX
Equity Options will not be subject to position limits, except as long
as the options positions remain open, positions in FLEX Equity Options
that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month shall be aggregated with
positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security
and shall be subject to the position and exercise limits set forth in
this proposed rule, and in the current BOX rules.\71\ Positions in FLEX
Equity Options shall not be taken into account when calculating
position limits for Non-FLEX Equity Options, other than for positions
in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month, as
discussed below.\72\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\71\ See BOX Rules 3120 (Position Limits) and 3140 (Exercise
Limits). The Exchange notes that Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg
FOO Orders when executed result in position changes for the
individual component legs of the transaction based on the
composition of the Complex or Multi-Leg FOO Order.
\72\ See proposed Rule 5055(i). Proposed Rule 5055(i) is based
on NYSE Arca Rules 5.35-O(a)(iii) and (b). The Exchange notes that
Index Options and Binary Return Derivatives (``ByRDs'') are not
traded on BOX and therefore FLEX Index Options and FLEX ByRDs will
not be traded on BOX and are not included in proposed Rule 5055(i).
See also CBOE Rule 8.35 and NYSE American Rule 906G and PHLX Options
8, Section 34(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes that rather than be subject to FLEX position
limits, each Participant (other than a Market Maker) that maintains a
position on the same side of the market in excess of the standard
position limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options \73\ of the same class on
behalf of its own account or for the account of a customer shall report
information on the FLEX Equity Option position, positions in any
related instrument, the purpose or strategy for the position and the
collateral used by the account. This report shall be in the form and
manner prescribed by the Exchange. The Exchange notes that other
exchanges that offer FLEX equity options, adopted position limit
reporting when FLEX equity options were first permitted to trade
without position limits and exercise limits.\74\ In addition, whenever
the Exchange determines that a higher margin requirement is necessary
in light of the risks associated with a FLEX Equity Option position in
excess of the standard position limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of
the same class, the Exchange may, pursuant to its authority under Rule
10130(b), consider imposing additional margin upon the account
maintaining such under-hedged position. Additionally, it should be
noted that the clearing firm carrying the account will be subject to
capital charges under Rule 15c3-1 under the Act \75\ to the extent of
any margin deficiency resulting from the higher margin requirement.\76\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\73\ See BOX Rule 3120 (Position Limits). The Exchange notes
that Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders when executed
result in position changes for the individual component legs of the
transaction based on the composition of the Complex or Multi-Leg FOO
Order.
\74\ See Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 39032 (September
9, 1997), 62 FR 48683 (September 16, 1997) (SR-Amex-96-19; SR-CBOE-
96-79; SR-PCX-97-09) (Order Granting Approval to Proposed Rule
Change and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval
to Amendment No. 1 to Proposed Rule Change by the American Stock
Exchange, Inc. and the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc., and
Order Granting Approval to Proposed Rule Change by the Pacific
Exchange, Inc., Relating to the Elimination of Position and Exercise
Limits for FLEX Equity Options) (approval of a pilot program for the
elimination of position and exercise limits on FLEX Equity Options)
and 42223 (December 10, 1999), 64 FR 71158 (December 20, 1999) (SR-
Amex-99-40; SR-PCX-99-41; SR-CBOE-99-59) (Order Granting Accelerated
Approval to Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Permanent Approval
of the Elimination of Position and Exercise Limits for FLEX Equity
Options).
\75\ See 17 CFR 240.15c3-1.
\76\ See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) is
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.35-O(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(j) which governs exercise limits
for FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(j) states
that exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options shall be equivalent to the
position limits established in this proposal; accordingly, except as
described below, there shall be no exercise limits for FLEX Equity
Options.\77\ FLEX Equity Options will not be taken into account when
calculating exercise limits for Non-FLEX Equity Options, except that as
long as the option positions remain open, positions in FLEX Equity
Options which expire on a third Friday-of-the-month shall be aggregated
with positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying
security and will be subject to Non-FLEX Equity Option exercise limits
as applicable.\78\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\77\ See proposed Rule 5055(j). Proposed Rule 5055(j) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.36-O. See also proposed Rule 5055(i).
\78\ See proposed Rule 5055(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(k) which details the Letter of
Guarantee required for Market Makers to trade FLEX Equity Options.
Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(k) states that no Market Maker shall
effect any transaction in FLEX Equity Options unless a Letter of
Guarantee has been issued by a clearing member organization and filed
with the Exchange pursuant to Rule 8070 specifically accepting
financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made
by such Market Maker and such letter has not been revoked under Rule
8070(c).\79\ A
[[Page 44727]]
Letter of Guarantee will be required for a Market Maker to be qualified
to trade FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\79\ See proposed Rule 5055(k). Proposed Rule 5055(k) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(a). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE
Arca allows an existing Letter of Guarantee to be amended
specifically to include FLEX transactions upon approval by the OCC,
the Exchange's proposal does not include such a provision because
the Exchange will require a separate Letter of Guarantee. The
Exchange notes that a Market Maker's Letter of Guarantee will remain
effective until a revocation is received by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Similarly, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(l), which provides that
no Floor Broker \80\ shall effect any transaction in FLEX Equity
Options unless a Letter of Authorization has been issued by a clearing
member organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting
responsibility for the clearance of FLEX Equity Option transactions of
the Floor Broker, and that such letter will remain in effect until a
written revocation is received by the Exchange.\81\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\80\ A Floor Broker is an individual who is registered with the
Exchange for the purpose, while on the Trading Floor, of accepting
and handling options orders. A Floor Broker must be registered as an
Options Participant prior to registering as a Floor Broker. See BOX
Rule 7540.
\81\ See proposed Rule 5055(l). Proposed Rule 5055(l) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(b). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE
Arca allows an existing Letter of Authorization to be amended
specifically to include FLEX transactions upon approval by the OCC,
the Exchange's proposal does not include such a provision because
the Exchange will require a separate Letter of Authorization. The
Exchange notes that a Floor Broker's Letter of Authorization will
remain effective until a written revocation is received by the
Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEX Open Outcry (``FOO'') Orders
The Exchange proposes to introduce a new order type to facilitate
FLEX Equity Option transactions on the BOX Trading Floor. Specifically,
the Exchange proposes to adopt a FOO Order type and to model it after a
current order type on the Trading Floor--QOO Orders.\82\ Trading FLEX
options on an exchange floor in a similar manner as non-FLEX options is
consistent with how FLEX orders are traded on another exchange.\83\ FOO
Orders must consist of options with terms as defined in proposed Rule
5055. Further, FOO Orders are limited solely to FLEX Equity
Options.\84\ FOO Orders are limited solely to the BOX Trading Floor and
may be entered only by Floor Brokers.\85\ Floor Brokers must also be
registered under Rule 7550. Prior to the announcement of such FOO
Orders in the trading crowd, Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders
pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(1).\86\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\82\ See proposed Rule 7605. See also Securities Exchange Act
Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017)
(SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as
Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-
Outcry Trading Floor) (finding that the proposed rule change was
consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities
exchange).
\83\ CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented and executed in
the same manner as a non-FLEX Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The
Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) excludes certain provisions
applicable to non-FLEX options, such as those related to Book
priority. Similarly, the Exchange has proposed to exclude certain
provisions applicable to Non-FLEX Equity Options, including those
related to BOX Book priority. See infra note 122 (explaining that
book priority provisions are not necessary for FOO Orders because
there will be no FLEX Equity Option interest on the BOX Book). See
also proposed Rule 5055(a)(1) (providing that the BOX Book and
Complex Order Book shall not be available for transactions in FLEX
Equity Options).
\84\ See proposed Rule 7605(a).
\85\ See proposed Rule 7605(b). Proposed Rule 7605(b) is based
on BOX Rules 7600(a)(2) and (3) and NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(b).
Additionally, the Exchange is proposing to add a statement
clarifying that Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders pursuant to
Rule 7580(e)(1) prior to the announcement of such FOO Orders, which
is the requirement for all orders on the Trading Floor.
\86\ BOX Rule 7580(e)(1) outlines the requirements for a Floor
Broker to record and systematize any orders prior to announcement of
such order in the trading crowd.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Floor Market Makers in good standing under Rule 8500 may apply to
be FLEX Market Makers. FOO Orders may be traded by FLEX Market Makers
and will be subject to Rule 8510, including provisions for the course
and conduct of dealings, class assignments, and option priority and
parity, unless otherwise specified in proposed Rule 7605.\87\ All Floor
Market Makers in good standing may apply to be FLEX Market Makers. The
Exchange shall qualify at least three FLEX Market Makers in accordance
with a FLEX-specific qualification process prescribed by the Exchange
to perform as Market Makers in FLEX Equity Options on the Trading
Floor.\88\ The Exchange notes that each FLEX Market Maker will be
required to quote all classes of FLEX Equity Options on the Trading
Floor.\89\ Additionally, a Floor Broker shall ascertain that at least
one FLEX Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to announcing
an order for execution.\90\ The Exchange notes that the Commission
provided in its order approving the BOX Trading Floor that this
requirement, among others, is designed to increase the opportunities
for another Floor Participant to compete to interact with the orders on
the Trading Floor.\91\ For FLEX Equity Options, this means that at
least one of the FLEX Market Makers, out of the at least three required
to be qualified by the Exchange, is present in the Crowd Area when the
FOO Order is announced.\92\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\87\ See proposed Rule 7605(c). Proposed Rule 7605(c) is based
on NYSE Arca Rules 5.37-O(a) and 5.41-O(a). The Exchange notes that,
while NYSE Arca requires at least three FLEX Qualified Market Makers
per class, the Exchange's proposal does not qualify FLEX Market
Makers per class. The Exchange emphasizes that, pursuant to proposed
Rule 7605(c), all FLEX Market Makers must first be registered as
Market Makers under the Rule 8000 series and as Floor Market Makers
under Rule 8500 before they can be qualified as FLEX Market Makers.
Accordingly, all FLEX Market Makers will be subject to the Rule 8000
series (as Market Makers) and Rules 8500 and 8510 (as Floor Market
Makers) in their entirety, and such FLEX Market Makers will be
required to be familiar with and abide by those Exchange rules where
applicable. The statement in proposed Rule 7605(c) providing that
FLEX Market Makers are subject to the obligations and restrictions
of Rule 8510 ``unless otherwise specified'' in Rule 7605 is simply
intended to allow for certain obligations and restrictions unique to
FLEX Market Makers' trading in FLEX Equity Options that differ from
those Market Makers' activities in Non-FLEX Equity Options. See,
e.g., proposed Rules 7605(g) and (h) (providing FLEX-specific
quoting obligations and spread differential requirements). For the
avoidance of doubt, nothing in proposed Rule 7605 is intended to
eliminate or reduce any generally applicable Market Maker or Floor
Market Maker obligation, such as a Market Maker's obligation to
maintain a course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to
the maintenance of a fair and orderly market.
\88\ Id. The Exchange notes that qualification of three Floor
Market Makers as FLEX Market Makers is a prerequisite for FOO Order
trading on the Trading Floor. Additionally, FLEX Market Maker
qualification will include the completion of a FLEX-specific Letter
of Guarantee and an examination requiring knowledge of FLEX Equity
Options, including FLEX Equity Option terms, FLEX Market Maker
qualification requirements, FLEX Market Maker quoting obligations,
and FOO Order trading procedures. See proposed Rule 5055(k). The
Exchange notes that its qualification exam does not substitute for
any FINRA exam that may also be required. FLEX Market Maker
qualification will also include the standard qualification process
and requirements applicable to Market Makers and Floor Market Makers
more generally, as only Floor Market Makers in good standing and
registered under Rule 8000 may apply to be FLEX Market Makers.
\89\ The Exchange notes that Floor Market Makers are not
currently appointed to specific classes of Non-FLEX Equity Options
on the Trading Floor as there is only one trading crowd where all
classes are traded. Instead, Floor Market Makers are required to
quote all classes when present on the Trading Floor pursuant to BOX
Rule 8510(e) (In Classes of Option Contracts Other Than Those to
Which Appointed). Specifically, Rule 8510(e) provides that whenever
a BOX Floor Market Maker enters the trading crowd he must undertake
the obligations specified in Rule 8510(d) (In Classes of Option
Contracts to Which Assigned--Affirmative Obligations). This results
in all BOX Floor Market Makers being required to quote all classes
on the Trading Floor. The same will apply to FLEX Market Makers. See
infra note 152.
\90\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(3). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(3) is
similar to BOX Rule 7580(a), which applies to QOO Orders on the
Trading Floor and requires a Floor Broker to ascertain that at least
one Floor Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to
announcing an order for execution.
\91\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2,
2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order
Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor).
\92\ The Exchange notes that the requirement to have at least
three qualified FLEX Market Makers is a baseline that must be met in
order for any FLEX Equity Option to be traded on the Trading Floor.
The requirement that at least one FLEX Market Maker be present when
an FOO Order is announced is an additional order-by-order
requirement that promotes order competition and is the same
requirement for QOO Orders currently.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44728]]
On the BOX Trading Floor today, a Floor Broker may bring an
unmatched order (i.e., the initiating side of a QOO Order) to the
Trading Floor in order to seek liquidity. If the Floor Broker attempts
to source the contra-side, the Floor Broker must announce the unmatched
order to the trading crowd.\93\ After finding sufficient quantity to
match the initiating side of an unmatched order pursuant to Rules
7580(e)(2) and 7600(b), the Floor Broker is then able to submit a two-
sided QOO Order to the BOG \94\ as required.\95\ Floor Brokers may also
enter single-sided orders into the BOX Book using BOX's electronic
interface. Specifically, a Floor Broker may receive a matched or
unmatched order via a telephone call on the Trading Floor \96\ or may
have the matched or unmatched order sent electronically to the Floor
Broker's order entry mechanism on the Trading Floor prior to submitting
the QOO Order to the BOG. Similar to how QOO Orders are introduced on
the Trading Floor today, FOO Orders may be brought to the floor as
matched or unmatched orders with a Floor Broker receiving the matched
or unmatched order via the same methods that Floor Brokers receive them
currently on the Trading Floor.\97\ The Exchange again notes that
trading FLEX options on an exchange floor in a similar manner as non-
FLEX options is consistent with how FLEX orders are traded on another
exchange.\98\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\93\ The Exchange notes that a Floor Broker must announce an
agency order that is represented to the trading crowd before
submitting the order to the BOG for execution, whether the Floor
Broker is representing a single-sided order and soliciting contra-
side interest, or the Floor Broker has sufficient interest to match
against the agency order already. See Rule 7580(e)(2).
\94\ The BOX Order Gateway (``BOG'') is a component of the
Trading Host which enables Floor Brokers and/or their employees to
enter transactions on the Trading Floor. See BOX Rule 100(b)(2).
\95\ See BOX IM-7600-4.
\96\ When a Floor Broker receives an order, matched or
unmatched, via telephone, the Floor Broker must enter the order
electronically into the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism.
\97\ See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May
18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23666 (May 23, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48)
(Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to
Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (``[A] Floor Broker
may receive a matched or unmatched order via a telephone call on the
Trading Floor or may have the matched or unmatched order sent
electronically to the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism on the
Trading Floor . . . . '').
\98\ CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented and executed in
a similar manner as a non-FLEX Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The
Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) excludes certain provisions
applicable to non-FLEX options, such as those related to Book
priority. Similarly, the Exchange has proposed to exclude certain
provisions applicable to Non-FLEX Equity Options, including those
related to BOX Book priority. See infra note 122 (explaining that
book priority provisions are not necessary for FOO Orders because
there will be no FLEX Equity Option interest on the BOX Book). See
also proposed Rule 5055(a)(1) (providing that the BOX Book and
Complex Order Book shall not be available for transactions in FLEX
Equity Options).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Next, pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(d), FOO Orders may be Complex
Orders (``Complex FOO Order'') or Multi-Leg Orders (``Multi-Leg FOO
Order'') as defined in Rules 7240(a)(7) and (10) with no more than the
applicable number of legs, as determined by the Exchange and
communicated to Participants,\99\ including tied hedge orders as
defined in IM-7600-2.\100\ However, the priority provisions of Rules
7240(b)(2) and (3) do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO
Orders because there will be no Complex Order Book for such orders, nor
will there be a BOX Book for the individual FLEX Equity Option
components of the Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders.\101\ Each
option leg of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must be for a
FLEX Equity Option series with the same underlying security and must
have the same exercise style (American or European).\102\ If a Non-FLEX
Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the holder or writer of a
position in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order
or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be permitted to close its position(s)
under the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX
Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the
Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added. If a Non-FLEX Equity Option
series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-
Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg
FOO Order position is established, the holder or writer of a position
in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-
Leg FOO Order would be required to execute separate FLEX Equity Option
and Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions to close its position(s), such
that FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX
trading procedures and Non-FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would
trade subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules.\103\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\99\ The Exchange notes that this process is the same as current
Rule 7600(a)(4) for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor. See BOX
Informational Circular 2022-18 (June 7, 2022), https://boxoptions.com/assets/IC-2022-18-Upcoming-Enhancements-to-Complex-Orders.pdf (providing that the maximum number of legs for Complex
Orders is currently 16). A separate notice will be issued for
Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders.
\100\ The Exchange notes that tied hedge orders may not be
smaller than 500 contracts per order. See BOX IM-7600-2(a).
\101\ The Exchange notes that, as with a simple FOO Order, the
priority and allocation rules applicable to Complex FOO Orders and
Multi-Leg FOO Orders are in proposed Rules 7605(i) (allocation of
the initiating side of a FOO Order against the contra-side of the
FOO Order and interest from the Trading Crowd) and (k) (Floor Broker
guarantee when crossing orders) and current Rule 7610 (priority
among Floor Participants in the Trading Crowd).
\102\ See proposed Rule 7605(d). Proposed Rule 7605(d) is based
on CBOE Rules 1.1 (definition of ``Complex Order'') and 5.70(b) and
BOX Rule 7600(a)(4). The Exchange does not reference FLEX Index
Options or related attributes because Index Options are not traded
on BOX and FLEX Index Options are not proposed herein.
\103\ See Proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4). The Exchange is
proposing Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4) to clarify the treatment of
Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders when a Non-FLEX Equity
Option is subsequently listed for a component leg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Announcement, Representation, and Execution of a FOO Order
The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(e) which details announcement and
representation of FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor that is
consistent with the current Trading Floor requirements.\104\
Specifically, the
[[Page 44729]]
Exchange proposes that all FOO Orders must be represented to the
trading crowd as provided in Rule 7580(e)(2) \105\ prior to submitting
the agency FOO Order as part of a two-sided order to the Trading Host.
The Exchange notes that Floor Brokers may bring unmatched orders (i.e.,
the initiating side of a FOO Order) to the Trading Floor in order to
seek a contra-side. Once a contra-side is sourced, the Floor Broker
shall submit the two-sided FOO Order to the BOG.\106\ When a Floor
Broker submits a FOO Order for execution, the order will be executed in
accordance with the proposed rules. A FOO Order on the Exchange is not
deemed executed until it is processed by the Trading Host. All
transactions occurring from the Trading Floor must be processed by the
Trading Host. Floor Brokers are responsible for handling all orders in
accordance with Exchange priority rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\104\ Proposed Rule 7605(e) is based on BOX Rules 7600(a),
(a)(1), (b) and (c). The Exchange notes that the QOO Order
provisions related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book,
book sweep, the Complex Order Book, auctions, and away routing have
been omitted because there will be no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex
Order Book, no electronic auctions, and no book sweep for FOO
Orders. See BOX Rules 7600(c)-(e) and (h). A book sweep is the
number of contracts, if any, of the initiating side of a QOO Order
that the Floor Broker is willing to relinquish to orders and quotes
on the BOX Book that have priority pursuant to Rules 7600(d)(1) and
(2). See BOX Rule 7600(h). Book sweeps will not apply to FOO Orders.
As provided in proposed Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1), FOO Orders must
have different terms from orders on the BOX Book and, therefore,
could not execute against interest on the BOX Book. For the same
reason, the Complex Order priority provisions in Rules 7240(b)(2)
and (3), which address the priority of Complex Orders and interest
on the BOX Book, do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO
Orders. See proposed Rule 7605(d). The priority and allocation of
FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and
current Rule 7610. See supra note 101. The Exchange also notes that
proposed Rule 7605(e) requires that Floor Brokers announcing a FOO
Order give Floor Participants a reasonable amount of time to
respond, as provided in Rule 100(b)(5). Proposed Rule 7605(e)
further provides that the Exchange shall establish, and announce via
Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of time that qualifies as a
reasonable amount of time that a Floor Broker must allow Floor
Participants to respond, which must be between three seconds and
five minutes. This differs from current Rule 7600(c), which simply
states that Floor Brokers must allow adequate time for Floor
Participants to participate in the transaction as provided in Rule
100(b)(5).
\105\ BOX Rule 7580(e)(2) provides that ``A Floor Broker must
announce an agency order that he is representing to the trading
crowd before submitting the order to the BOG for execution. This
announcement must take place whether the Floor Broker is
representing a single-sided order and soliciting contra-side
interest, or the Floor Broker has sufficient interest to match
against the agency order already. If a Floor Broker is holding two
agency orders, he will choose which order is the initiating side.''
\106\ See proposed IM-7605-1. Proposed IM-7605-1 is based on IM-
7600-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
There will be an initiating side and a contra-side of a FOO Order.
The initiating side is the order which must be filled in its entirety.
The contra-side must guarantee the full size of the initiating side of
the FOO Order and can be composed of multiple firms. When the Floor
Broker is soliciting interest from the trading crowd when the
initiating side was announced or to the extent the trading crowd offers
a better price, the contra-side will be the solicited interest from the
trading crowd.\107\ If the Floor Broker had sufficient interest to
match against the initiating side when the initiating side was
announced, such Floor Broker interest will be the contra-side to the
initiating side. If Floor Participants \108\ responded with interest to
the initiating side where the Floor Broker provided sufficient interest
to match against the initiating side, the Floor Broker will allocate
the initiating side of the FOO Order pursuant to proposed Rule
7605(i).\109\ The Exchange notes that this negotiation and agreement
that occurs in the trading crowd does not result in a final trade, but
rather a ``meeting of the minds'' that is then submitted through the
BOG for execution. Consistent with current Trading Floor operations,
all FOO Orders must be announced to the trading crowd, as provided in
Rule 7580(e)(2), prior to the FOO Order being submitted to the
BOG.\110\ An Options Exchange Official will certify that the Floor
Broker adequately announced the FOO Order to the trading crowd.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\107\ The Exchange notes that priority of bids and offers from
Floor Participants in the trading crowd is determined by Rule 7610.
\108\ The term ``Floor Participant'' means Floor Brokers as
defined in Rule 7540 and Floor Market Makers as defined in Rule
8510(b). See BOX Rule 100(a)(26).
\109\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(1). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(1) is
based on BOX Rule 7600(a)(1). The Exchange notes that provisions
related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book sweep,
and the Complex Order Book have been omitted because there will be
no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, and no book sweep for
FOO Orders. See supra note 104. The priority and allocation of FOO
Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and
current Rule 7610. See supra note 101.
\110\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(2) is
based on BOX Rules 7600(b) and (c). The Exchange notes that
provisions related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book,
book sweep, and the Complex Order Book have been omitted because
there will be no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, and no
book sweep for FOO Orders. See supra note104. The priority and
allocation of FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules
7605(i) and (k) and current Rule 7610. See supra note 101.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The FOO Order is not deemed executed until it is processed by the
Trading Host. Once the Floor Broker submits the FOO Order to the BOG
there will be no opportunity for the submitting Floor Broker,\111\ or
anyone else, to alter the terms of the FOO Order. After announcing the
FOO Order to the trading crowd, the Floor Broker must submit the FOO
Order to the BOG for processing by the Trading Host without undue
delay, provided that the executing Floor Broker must give Floor
Participants a reasonable amount of time to respond, as provided in
Rule 100(b)(5). Additionally, the Exchange shall establish, and
announce via Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of time (which amount
of time must be between three seconds and five minutes) that qualifies
as a reasonable amount of time for responses under proposed Rule
7605(e)(2). Such threshold will constitute the minimum possible time
that a Floor Broker must give to the trading crowd to respond to a FOO
Order; however, based on the characteristics and circumstances of each
specific FOO Order, a reasonable amount of time, as provided in Rule
100(b)(5), may require a response interval longer than the minimum
threshold. An Options Exchange Official may not waive the minimum
threshold established by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\111\ The Exchange notes that trades may be allocated as
provided in proposed Rule 7605(j). The Exchange notes further that
the Exchange may nullify a transaction or adjust the execution price
of a transaction in accordance with Rule 7170 (Nullification and
Adjustment of Options Transactions including Obvious Errors). See
also BOX Rule 7640(b) (relating to trading disputes and adjustment
or nullification of transactions on the Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange notes that the proposed floor interaction practice is
consistent with the process in BOX Rule 7600 for QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor where the main differences are that FOO Orders will not
be eligible for the BOX Book or the Complex Order Book, there is no
NBBO, and that Floor Brokers must allow Floor Participants a minimum
period of time (which amount of time must be between three seconds and
five minutes) that qualifies as a reasonable amount of time that a
Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders.
Consistent with QOO Orders, a FOO Order is not deemed executed until it
is processed by the Trading Host.\112\ The Exchange notes that a
reasonable amount of time for Floor Participants to respond to a FOO
Order, the same as a QOO Order, will be interpreted on a case-by-case
basis by an Options Exchange Official based on current market
conditions and trading activity on the Trading Floor, provided, for FOO
Orders, the minimum threshold discussed above must be satisfied.\113\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\112\ See proposed Rule 7605(e).
\113\ See BOX Rule 100(b)(5). The Exchange notes that an Options
Exchange Official takes into account various factors including
complexity of the trade, general prevailing market conditions, and
activity on the Trading Floor at the time the order is announced.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(f) which states that the minimum
size for FLEX Equity Options transactions and quotations shall be one
(1) contract.\114\ The Exchange also proposes Rule 7605(g) which states
that there are no maximum differences between the bid and the offer for
FLEX Equity Option quotes.\115\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\114\ See proposed Rule 7605(f). Proposed Rule 7605(f) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(b)(7).
\115\ See proposed Rule 7605(g). Proposed Rule 7605(g) is based
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d). The Exchange notes that it has omitted
the first part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d), which provides FLEX
Appointed Market Makers need not provide continuous FLEX Quotes and
the Exchange has included the second part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-
O(d), which provides FLEX Appointed Market Makers need not quote a
minimum bid-offer spread in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange has
omitted the first part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d) because, pursuant
to proposed Rule 7605(h), the Exchange is instead proposing that
FLEX Market Makers be obligated to quote FLEX Equity Options in
response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options
Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market, which the
Exchange believes will promote a robust and competitive market for
FOO Orders on the Trading Floor and facilitate a fair and orderly
market for the trading of FLEX Equity Options on the Exchange. The
Exchange further notes that on NYSE Arca, FLEX Appointed Market
Makers are appointed in classes of FLEX Index Options. FLEX
Qualified Market Makers are appointed in FLEX Equity Options on NYSE
Arca. Further, FLEX Appointed Market Makers have an obligation to
enter a quote in response to a request for quote in a FLEX Index
Option while FLEX Qualified Market Makers do not have a similar
obligation for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that this
distinction is the reason why NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d) only
specifically exempts FLEX Appointed Market Makers from quoting with
a minimum bid-offer spread since they are the only FLEX market
makers with the requirement to respond to a request for quote.
Similarly, the Exchange is proposing that there be no maximum
differences between the bid and offer for FLEX Equity Option quotes
that, pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), a FLEX Market Maker is
required to provide in response to a request for quote by a Floor
Broker or Options Exchange Official.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44730]]
Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), FLEX Market Makers have an
obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for
quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a
two-sided market.\116\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\116\ See proposed Rule 7605(h). Proposed Rule 7605(h) is based
on BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule
7605(h) does not include the provisions of current Rule 8510(c)(2)
related to quote spread parameter requirements and quotation sizes,
which requirements are provided separately in proposed Rules 7605(f)
and (g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allocation of FOO Orders
Next, the Exchange proposes Rule 7605(i) which details the
allocation process for FOO Orders. Specifically, the FOO Order will be
matched by the Trading Host against the contra-side of the FOO Order,
regardless of whether the contra-side order submitted by the Floor
Broker is ultimately entitled to receive an allocation pursuant to
proposed Rules 7605(i)(1)-(2). If no Floor Participant, other than the
executing Floor Broker, is entitled to an allocation, then no further
steps are necessary. If however, Floor Participants are entitled to an
allocation, the remaining balance of the initiating side of the FOO
Order will be allocated as described below.\117\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\117\ See proposed Rule 7605(i). Proposed Rule 7605(i) is based
on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3). The Exchange notes that provisions of BOX
Rules 7600(d)(1)-(2) were omitted from proposed Rule 7605(i) because
those provisions are related to the BOX Book, which is inapplicable
to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
First, if the FOO Order satisfies the provisions of proposed Rule
7605(k), discussed below, the executing Floor Broker is entitled to 40%
of the remaining quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order.\118\
Next, FLEX Market Makers that respond with interest when the Floor
Broker announces the FOO Order to the trading crowd, as outlined in
Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 7605(e), are allocated.\119\ When
multiple Floor Participants respond with interest, priority in the
Trading Crowd is established pursuant to Rule 7610.\120\ Last, if
interest remains after Floor Participants that responded with interest
receive their allocation, the remaining quantity of the initiating side
of the FOO Order will be allocated to the executing Floor Broker.\121\
The Exchange again notes that similar allocation and priority
provisions are already established and apply to responses for QOO
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.\122\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\118\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(1). The Exchange notes that
proposed Rule 7605(i)(1) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(i).
\119\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(2). The Exchange notes that
proposed Rule 7605(i)(2) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(ii).
\120\ Id. Priority in the trading crowd under Rule 7610 is
determined first by price and then by sequence. Specifically, on the
Trading Floor, the highest (lowest) bid (offer) shall have priority;
when two or more bids (offers) represent the highest (lowest) price,
priority shall be afforded to such bids (offers) in the sequence in
which they were made. If, however, the bids (offers) of two or more
Floor Participants are made simultaneously, or if it is impossible
to determine clearly the order of time in which they are made, such
bids (offers) will be deemed to be on parity and priority will be
afforded to them, insofar as practicable, on an equal basis. The
Floor Broker announcing the order is responsible for determining the
sequence in which bids or offers are vocalized on the Trading Floor
from Floor Participants in response to the Floor Broker's bid,
offer, or call for a market. Rule 7610 also provides priority
provisions where a Floor Broker requests a market in order to fill a
large order and the Floor Participants provide a collective
response. See BOX Rule 7610. The Exchange notes that currently for
Non-FLEX Equity Options, priority in the trading crowd is determined
without regard to market participant type, including Public
Customer.
\121\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(3). The Exchange notes that
proposed Rule 7605(i)(3) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(iii).
\122\ The Exchange notes that FOO Order allocation and priority
differs from QOO Order provisions related to the priority of orders
on the BOX Book. See BOX Rules 7600(c)-(e) and (h), and 7600(f)(1)
and (3). See also supra note 104. In particular, with respect to QOO
Order executions BOX Rules 7600(d)(1) and (2) provide priority for
better-priced interest on the BOX Book and for Public Customer
Orders on the BOX Book at the same price or non-Public Customer
Orders ranked ahead of such same-priced Public Customer Orders. As
the Exchange noted when it proposed the QOO order type, these
priority provisions were designed to provide increased opportunities
for orders on the BOX Book to interact with trades on the Trading
Floor and to maintain consistency with options trade-through and BOX
Book priority rules. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720
(May 18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23681-82 (May 23, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-
48) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change
to Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor). These priority
provisions are not necessary for FOO Orders because there will be no
FLEX Equity Option interest on the BOX Book. The Exchange's existing
rules for determining priority of bids and offers from Floor
Participants in the trading crowd are based on price-time priority
without regard to market participant type, including Public
Customer. See BOX Rule 7610. This is consistent with floor priority
rules for FLEX options on other options exchanges. See, e.g., PHLX
Options 8, Section 34(c)(4), NYSE American Rule 904G(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes that after execution of the FOO Order, the
executing Floor Broker is responsible for providing the correct
allocations of the initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options
Exchange Official or his or her designee, if necessary, who will
properly record the order in the Exchange's system.\123\ The executing
Floor Broker must provide the correct allocations to an Options
Exchange Official or his or her designee, in writing, without
unreasonable delay.\124\ The Exchange notes that the same procedure for
recording trade allocations applies to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading
Floor today.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\123\ See proposed Rule 7605(j). Proposed Rule 7605(j) is based
on BOX Rule 7600(d)(4).
\124\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Similar to the allocation process in place for QOO Orders, the
Exchange proposes to allow for a participation guarantee for certain
FOO Orders executed by Floor Brokers on the Trading Floor.
Specifically, when a Floor Broker holds an option order of the eligible
order size or greater, the Floor Broker is entitled to cross 40% of the
remaining contracts of the original order, after all bids or offers at
better prices are filled, with other orders that the Floor Broker is
holding.\125\ The Exchange may determine, on an option by option basis,
the eligible size for an order on the Trading Floor to be subject to
this guarantee; however, the eligible order size may not be less than
50 contracts. In determining whether an order satisfies the eligible
order size requirement, any Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order
must contain one leg alone which is for the eligible order size or
greater.\126\ Nothing in the proposed rule is intended to prohibit a
Floor Broker from trading more than their percentage entitlement if the
other Participants of the trading crowd do not choose to trade the
remaining portion of the order.\127\ The Exchange notes that the
proposed guarantee process is similar to the guarantee process
currently in place for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.\128\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\125\ See proposed Rules 7605(i), 7605(k)(1) and (3). Proposed
Rules 7605(k)(1) and (3) are based on BOX Rules 7600(f)(1) and (3).
The Exchange notes that the proposed FOO Order guarantee differs
from the QOO Order guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3) contains
provisions that pertain to the BOX Book, which is inapplicable to
FOO Orders.
\126\ See proposed Rule 7605(k)(2). Proposed Rule 7605(k)(2) is
based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(2).
\127\ See proposed Rule 7605(k)(4). Proposed Rule 7605(k)(4) is
based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(4).
\128\ The Exchange notes that the proposed FOO Order guarantee
differs from the QOO Order guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3)
contains provisions that pertain to the BOX Book, which is
inapplicable to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44731]]
The below examples are designed to illustrate the allocation of the
initiating side of a FOO Order.
Example 1--Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for
500 contracts. When he announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and
FLEX Market Maker 2 both respond to the FOO Order for 250 contracts
each at the same price as the Floor Broker's contra-side. FLEX Market
Maker 1 responded first so he will have time priority over FLEX Market
Maker 2. Since the FOO Order is for at least 50 contracts, the Floor
Broker is entitled to match at least 40% of the initiating side with
the Floor Broker's contra-side.
Result: The initiating side of the FOO Order will match against the
Floor Broker's contra-side order for the full 500 contracts. After the
execution of the FOO Order, because other Floor Participants are
entitled to an allocation, the executing Floor Broker is then
responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her
designee the following allocation of the initiating side of the FOO
Order: \129\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\129\ After execution of the FOO Order, the executing Floor
Broker is responsible for providing the correct allocations of the
initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options Exchange Official or
his or her designee, if necessary, who will properly record the
order in the Exchange's system. The executing Floor Broker must
provide the correct allocations to an Options Exchange Official or
his or her designee, in writing, without unreasonable delay. See
proposed Rule 7605(j). This is consistent with how QOO Orders are
allocated on the Trading Floor today. See BOX Rule 7600(d)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. 200 contracts (40%, or 500 * .40) for the contra-side order
submitted by the Floor Broker.
2. 250 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1 with time priority.
3. Remaining 50 contracts to FLEX Market Maker 2.
Example 2--Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for
40 contracts. When he announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX
Market Maker 2 both respond to the FOO Order for 20 contracts each at
the same price as the Floor Broker's contra-side. FLEX Market Maker 1
responded first so he will have time priority over FLEX Market Maker 2.
Since the FOO Order is for less than 50 contracts, the Floor Broker is
not entitled to a 40% guarantee.
Result: The initiating side FOO Order will match against the Floor
Broker's contra-side for the full 40 contracts. After execution of the
FOO Order, because other Floor Participants are entitled to an
allocation, the executing Floor Broker is then responsible for
providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee with the
following allocation of the initiating side of the FOO Order:
1. 20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1 with time priority.
2. 20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 2.
3. The initiating side is filled and the executing Floor Broker
will receive no allocation.
Example 3--Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for
40 contracts in ABC at 1.05 (initiating side is to sell). When he
announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX Market Maker 2 both
respond to the FOO Order for 20 contracts each. FLEX Market Maker 1
responded first at an improved price to buy 20 at 1.06 so he will have
price priority over FLEX Market Maker 2.\130\ Since the FOO Order is
for less than 50 contracts, the Floor Broker is not entitled to a 40%
guarantee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\130\ Pursuant to Rule 7610, FLEX Marker Maker 1 would have
priority over FLEX Market Maker 2 even if FLEX Market Maker 2
responded first because FLEX Market Maker 1 responded at a better
price.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Result: The Floor Broker will submit two FOO Orders for 20
contracts each: a FOO Order at 1.06 for 20 contracts and a FOO Order at
1.05 for 20 contracts. The initiating side of each FOO Order will match
against the Floor Broker's contra-side orders for the full 20
contracts. After execution of the FOO Orders, the executing Floor
Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official
or his or her designee with the following allocation of the initiating
side of the FOO Orders:
1. FOO Order at 1.06--20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1.
2. FOO Order at 1.05--20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 2.
3. The executing Floor Broker will receive no allocation of either
FOO Order.
Additional Provisions
The Exchange also proposes that all orders entrusted to a Floor
Broker will be considered Not Held Orders, unless otherwise specified
by a Floor Broker's client. A Not Held Order is an order marked ``not
held'', ``take time'', or which bears any qualifying notation giving
discretion as to the price or time at which such order is to be
executed.\131\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\131\ See proposed Rule 7605(l). Proposed Rule 7605(l) is based
on BOX Rule 7600(g). See also NYSE Arca Rules 5.34-O and 6.62-O(f).
The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule 5.34-O provides a Floor
Broker with additional discretion with respect to the number of FLEX
contracts to be purchased or sold. The Exchange is not proposing the
same discretion for FOO Orders so that the requirements for Floor
Brokers handling FOO Orders are the same as handling QOO Orders
currently on the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange further proposes IM-7605-1 which allows Floor Brokers
to bring unmatched orders (i.e., the initiating side of a FOO Order) to
the Trading Floor in order to seek contra-side interest. Once a contra-
side is sourced pursuant to current Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule
7605(e), the Floor Broker shall submit the two-sided FOO Order to the
BOG.\132\ The Exchange notes that this provision is identical to IM-
7600-4, with the exception of internal rule references, which applies
to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\132\ See proposed IM-7605-1. Proposed IM-7605-1 is based on IM-
7600-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes IM-7605-2 to guide conduct on the floor.\133\
In particular, the Floor Broker must disclose all securities that are
components of the Public Customer order which is subject to crossing
before requesting bids and offers for the execution of all components
of the order. Once the trading crowd has provided a quote, it will
remain in effect until a reasonable amount of time has passed, there is
a significant change in the price of the underlying security, or the
market given in response to the request has been improved. In the case
of a dispute, the term ``significant change'' will be interpreted on a
case-by-case basis by an Options Exchange Official based upon the
extent of recent trading in the option and in the underlying security,
and any other relevant factors.\134\ The Participants of the trading
crowd who established the market will have priority over all other
orders that were not announced in the trading crowd at the time that
the market was established and will maintain priority over such orders
except for orders that improve upon the market.\135\ When a Floor
Broker announces an order to the trading crowd pursuant to Rule
7580(e)(2), it shall be the responsibility of the Floor Participant who
established the market to alert the Floor Broker of the fact that the
Floor Participant has priority. Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO
Orders or tied hedge orders on opposite sides of the market may be
crossed, provided that the Floor Broker holding such orders proceeds in
the manner described in proposed Rule 7605 and
[[Page 44732]]
IM-7600-2 as appropriate. Floor Participants may not prevent a Complex
Order from being completed by giving a competing bid or offer for one
component of such order.\136\ In determining whether an order satisfies
the eligible tied hedge order size requirement, any Complex FOO Order
or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain one leg which, standing alone, is
for the eligible order size or greater.\137\ A Floor Broker crossing a
Public Customer FOO Order with an order that is not a Public Customer
Order, when providing for a reasonable opportunity \138\ for the
trading crowd to participate in the transaction, shall disclose the
Public Customer Order that is subject to crossing.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\133\ See proposed IM-7605-2. Proposed IM-7605-2 is based on IM-
7600-1.
\134\ The Exchange believes that, by providing the Options
Exchange Official with the ability to consider any other relevant
factors, Options Exchange Officials will retain the necessary
discretion to perform their duties if a new or unforeseen
circumstance arises.
\135\ See BOX IM-7600-1.
\136\ The Exchange notes that while a Complex Order could be
prevented from being completed by competing bids or offers on
multiple components of such orders, competing bids or offers in any
one of the multiple components may not prevent a Complex Order from
being completed and each one is prohibited.
\137\ See proposed IM-7605-2(d). The eligible tied hedge order
size requirement is determined by the Exchange and may not be
smaller than 500 contracts per order. See BOX IM-7600-2.
\138\ The Exchange is proposing that a minimum response period,
which must be between three seconds and five minutes, shall be
established by the Exchange and announced via Regulatory Notice. See
proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 100(b)(3) to provide: ``All
Exchange options transactions shall be executed automatically by the
Trading Host as provided in applicable Exchange Rules.'' \139\ The
Exchange notes that Rule 100(b)(3) already applies to Non-FLEX Equity
Options. The proposed amendment is to replace specific rule references
with a more general reference to avoid any unintended ambiguity and
permit the Rule to apply in connection with FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\139\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 7620, titled Accommodation
Transactions, and IM-7620-1 to exclude FLEX Equity Options as defined
in proposed Rule 5055.\140\ The Exchange notes that Rule 7620(b)
currently states that it applies to all options except for option
classes participating in the Penny Interval Program under Rule 7260,
and IM-7620-1(b) currently states that it applies to all options
including those in the Penny Interval Program. The proposed amendments
will ensure consistency with proposed Rule 5055(c), which provides that
Rule 7620 (Accommodation Transactions) shall not apply to transactions
in FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\140\ See proposed Rule 7620.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange has not yet determined the fees for FOO transactions
executed on the Trading Floor. Prior to commencing trading of the
proposed FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, the Exchange intends to
submit a proposed rule change to the Commission setting forth the
proposed fees.
The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it
believes the Exchange and the Options Price Reporting Authority
(``OPRA'') have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional
message traffic associated with the listing of new series that may
result from the introduction of FLEX Equity Options.\141\ Additionally,
the Exchange has surveillance coverage in place to monitor issues
unique to FLEX trading and has developed FLEX-specific surveillance
reports to ensure monitoring of compliance with the proposed rules. In
addition to the FLEX-specific surveillance, the Exchange believes it
has an adequate surveillance program in place and intends to apply the
same program procedures to FLEX Equity Options that it applies to the
Exchange's other options products, as applicable. FLEX Equity Options
products and their respective symbols will be integrated into the
Exchange's existing surveillance system architecture and will be
subject to the relevant surveillance processes. The Exchange believes
that any potential risk of manipulative activity is mitigated by these
existing surveillance technologies, procedures, and reporting
requirements, which allow the Exchange to properly identify disruptive
and/or manipulative trading activity. The Exchange notes that, if the
Exchange amends or changes these rules in the future, then the Exchange
will review and update the related surveillance coverage and reports as
required.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\141\ The Exchange will report FLEX Equity Option trades and, if
necessary, trade cancels to OPRA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition to its own surveillance programs, the Exchange also
works with other self-regulatory organizations (``SROs'') and exchanges
on intermarket surveillance related issues. Through its participation
in the Intermarket Surveillance Group (``ISG'') \142\ the Exchange
shares information and coordinates inquiries and investigations with
other exchanges designed to address potential intermarket manipulation
and trading abuses. The Exchange also notes that Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority, Inc. (``FINRA''), conducts cross-market
surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a regulatory
services agreement.\143\ Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the
cross-market surveillance performed by the Exchange or FINRA, on behalf
of the Exchange, coupled with the Exchange's own monitoring comprises a
comprehensive surveillance program that is adequate to monitor for
issues unique to FLEX trading.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\142\ ISG is an industry organization formed in 1983 to
coordinate intermarket surveillance among the SROs by cooperatively
sharing regulatory information pursuant to a written agreement
between the parties. The goal of the ISG's information sharing is to
coordinate regulatory efforts to address potential intermarket
trading abuses and manipulations.
\143\ The Exchange notes that it is responsible for FINRA's
performance under this regulatory services agreement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed FLEX Equity Option rules are based predominately on
the rules of NYSE Arca. However, the Exchange omitted certain NYSE Arca
rules from the proposed rules discussed herein due to differences in
the scope and operation of FLEX Option \144\ trading at NYSE Arca,
compared to the scope and operation of the proposed FLEX Equity Option
trading herein. The Exchange is not including NYSE Arca rule provisions
that relate to FLEX Index Options as Index Options are not traded on
BOX and FLEX Index Options are not proposed herein.\145\ In particular,
NYSE Arca Rule 5.39-O requires net liquidating equity of $100,000 in an
account in which transactions in FLEX Index Options will be conducted.
As the Exchange does not trade Index Options, FLEX Index Options are
not proposed herein, and the Exchange already imposes minimum net
capital requirements,\146\ it does not propose additional requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\144\ The term ``Flexible Exchange Option'' or ``FLEX Option''
means a customized options contract. See NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(b)(4)
and CBOE Rule 1.1 (definition of, ``FLEX Option'').
\145\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.39-O and 5.40-O.
\146\ See BOX Rules 8010, 8080, and 10200.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Next, NYSE Arca Rule 5.40-O requires at least $1 million of net
liquidating equity in the account of a FLEX Appointed Market Maker.
However, FLEX Appointed Market Makers are appointed for FLEX Index
Options on NYSE Arca but are not required for FLEX Equity Options.\147\
Instead, NYSE Arca only requires FLEX Qualified Market Makers for FLEX
Equity Options.\148\ And, this subset of Market Makers is not required
to have at least $1 million of net liquidating equity. Therefore, the
Exchange's proposal does not propose to include additional net
liquidating equity requirements for FLEX Market Makers.
[[Page 44733]]
The Exchange notes that Market Makers, including Floor Market Makers
and FLEX Market Makers are still subject to several financial
requirements, including net liquidating equity in its Market Maker
account of not less than $200,000.\149\ Additionally, the Exchange
believes that the large infrastructure needed to trade as a Market
Maker, including their adequacy of capital and operational capacity is
such that current Market Makers are likely to have net liquidating
equity well beyond $1 million. In fact, another exchange which trades
FLEX Options has removed a net liquidating equity requirement while
still requiring market makers to maintain net capital sufficient to
comply with the requirements of Rule 15c3-1, under the Act.\150\ The
Exchange has a similar provision, Rule 10200, that requires each
Participant subject to Rule 15c3-1 under the Act to comply with the
capital requirements prescribed therein among other requirements.\151\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\147\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(a).
\148\ See id. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca allows but does
not require appointment of two or more FLEX Appointed Market Makers
to FLEX Equity Options in lieu of appointing FLEX Qualified Market
Makers.
\149\ See BOX Rule 8080(a)(1). Rule 8080 also requires Market
Makers to maintain net capital sufficient to comply with the
requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Act and each Market Maker that
is a Clearing Participant shall also maintain net capital sufficient
to comply with the requirements of the OCC. See BOX Rules 8080(a)(2)
and (b). See also BOX Rule 8010 (``To qualify for registration as a
Market Maker, an Options Participant must meet the requirements
established in SEC Rule 15c3-1(a)(6)(i) . . .'').
\150\ See CBOE Rule 11.6 and Securities Exchange Act Release No.
87024 (September 19, 2019), 84 FR 50545 (September 25, 2019) (SR-
CBOE-2019-059) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a
proposed rule change to amend certain rules relating to market
makers upon migration to the trading system used by CBOE affiliated
exchanges).
\151\ See BOX Rule 10200 (Participants must comply with the
additional requirements of the Rule 10200 Series and Market Makers
must comply with the minimum financial requirements contained in
Rule 8010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
An additional difference in the appointment of FLEX Market Makers
is that NYSE Arca appoints FLEX Qualified Market Makers to each FLEX
Equity Option of a given class, while the Exchange will qualify FLEX
Market Makers for all FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that
the structure of its Trading Floor, with one crowd or trading area,
will operate more efficiently without qualifying FLEX Market Makers by
class.\152\ Accordingly, a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official
may request a FLEX Equity Option quote in any class from a FLEX Market
Maker. The Exchange notes that FLEX Market Makers will be subject to
Rule 8510, including provisions for the course and conduct of dealings,
class assignments, and option priority and parity, unless otherwise
specified in proposed Rule 7605.\153\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\152\ FLEX Market Makers will be required to quote all classes
on the Trading Floor pursuant to BOX Rule 8510(e) (In Classes of
Option Contracts Other Than Those to Which Appointed). Specifically,
whenever a FLEX Market Maker enters the single trading crowd, which
includes all classes, Rule 8510(e) requires that he undertake the
obligations specified in Rule 8510(d) (In Classes of Option
Contracts to Which Assigned--Affirmative Obligations).
\153\ See proposed Rules 7605(f)-(h) (providing FOO Order
quoting obligations). The Exchange notes that current Floor Market
Maker quoting obligations and restrictions are detailed in Rule
8510. See also supra note 87 (describing the general applicability
of the Rule 8000 series and Rules 8500 and 8510 to FLEX Market
Makers in their capacity as Market Makers and Floor Market Makers,
respectively).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Further, the Exchange notes differences between the proposed
quoting obligations and those applicable on NYSE Arca. Specifically, a
NYSE Arca FLEX Qualified Market Maker may, but shall not be obligated
to, enter a FLEX Quote in response to a Request for Quotes on a FLEX
Equity Option of the class in which he or she is qualified.\154\
However, a FLEX Official on NYSE Arca may call upon FLEX Qualified
Market Makers appointed in a class of FLEX Equity Options to make FLEX
Quotes in response to a specific Request for Quotes in that class of
FLEX Equity Options whenever in the opinion of the FLEX Official the
interests of a fair, orderly and competitive market are best served by
such action and shall make such a call upon FLEX Qualified Market
Makers whenever no FLEX Quotes are made in response to a specific
Request for Quotes.\155\ The Exchange's proposal differs from NYSE
Arca's rule in that FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a
FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor
Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided
market.\156\ The Exchange believes that the proposed quoting
requirements allow reasonable opportunities for Floor Brokers to get
quotes on FOO Orders and notes that the quoting requirements for QOO
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor are similar to those proposed for FOO
Orders.\157\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\154\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(b).
\155\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(c).
\156\ See proposed Rule 7605(h).
\157\ See BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The Exchange notes that proposed
Rule 7605(h) and current Rule 8510(c)(2) are similar except that
proposed Rule 7605(h) does not include the provisions of current
Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter requirements and
quotation sizes, which requirements are provided separately in
proposed Rules 7605(f) and (g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Among other NYSE Arca provisions not incorporated by the Exchange,
are certain of NYSE Arca's ``Special Terms for FLEX Equity Options.''
\158\ Specifically, these special terms include that exercise prices
and premiums may be stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount; (ii) a
method for fixing at the time a FLEX Request for Quote or FLEX order is
traded; or (iii) a percentage of the price of the underlying security
at the time of the trade or as of the close of trading on the NYSE Arca
on the trade date. The Exchange will only offer exercise prices and
premiums in a dollar amount because the additional methods for fixing
prices are a matter of individual preference, and the Exchange believes
that the requirements of Participants will be met by pricing exercise
prices and premiums in a dollar amount.\159\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\158\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(2).
\159\ The Exchange's belief that the requirements of
Participants will be met by stating exercise prices and premiums in
a dollar amount is based on conversations with Participants
regarding their preferences for stating the terms of exercise prices
and premiums.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Another NYSE Arca provision not adopted by the Exchange in this
proposal allows discretionary orders where Floor Brokers have
discretion regarding the quantity of FLEX contracts traded.\160\ The
Exchange prohibits discretion regarding quantity, and other terms,
including the choice of the class of options to be bought or sold, and
whether any such transaction shall be one of purchase or sale except to
any discretionary transactions executed by a Floor Market Maker for an
account in which he has an interest.\161\ The Exchange believes that
proposed Rule 7605(l) combined with current Rule 7590, allowing Floor
Brokers to have discretion over some terms of a FOO Order such as price
and time while not allowing discretion over terms such as quantity,
strikes a balance between allowing Floor Brokers to provide full
services to clients and preventing erroneous trades based on differing
expectations or miscommunications between Floor Brokers and their
clients. The Exchange notes that Rule 7600(g) governing QOO Orders is
identical to proposed Rule 7605(l) and believes that consistency of
handling between QOO Orders and FOO Orders may reduce confusion and
increase efficiency on the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\160\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.34-O.
\161\ See BOX Rule 7590 and proposed Rule 7605(l).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Another NYSE Arca rule not proposed by the Exchange provides that
NYSE Arca may designate FLEX Officials.\162\ The Exchange is not
proposing a similar rule because Rule 100(b)(6) already provides that
any Exchange employee or officer designated as an Options Exchange
Official will from time to time as provided in these rules have the
ability to recommend and enforce rules
[[Page 44734]]
and regulations relating to trading access, order, decorum, health,
safety and welfare on the Exchange. Specifically, Options Exchange
Officials have duties enumerated in Rules 100(b)(5), 7610, 7640, and
8510, as well as in proposed Rule 7605 regarding announcement, quoting,
and recording of FOO Orders, priority in the trading crowd, disputes on
the trading floor, and obligations and restrictions applicable to Floor
Market Makers and FLEX Market Makers. The general authority for Options
Exchange Officials under these current Exchange Rules will be the same
for FLEX Equity Option transactions on the trading floor as it is for
Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions.\163\ The Exchange believes that
Options Exchange Officials will have the authority necessary to enforce
the proposed FLEX Equity Option and FOO Order rules such that
designation of a unique FLEX Official would be redundant and
unnecessary, as the Exchange's existing Options Exchange Officials will
have the ability to perform the same functions as a separately
designated FLEX Official. Specifically, the duties of FLEX Officials on
NYSE Arca are mainly related to their Request for Quotes (``RFQ'')
procedure unique to FLEX Options trading on NYSE Arca.\164\ The
Exchange has elected not to adopt a similar procedure, as discussed
below, instead basing the FOO Order process on the QOO Order process
already monitored by Options Exchange Officials. Additionally, the
Exchange's system is designed to review the terms of a FLEX Equity
Option for compliance with the applicable Rules as opposed to being a
requirement of an Options Exchange Official to review.\165\ Options
Exchange Officials will continue to be responsible for monitoring all
open outcry activity on the Trading Floor. Therefore, the Exchange will
not require a separate official to govern any unique process for FLEX
Equity Options. Additionally, the Exchange represents that Options
Exchange Officials will receive appropriate training on the terms of
FLEX Equity Options and all rules applicable to FLEX Equity Options and
FOO Orders, including their responsibility to certify that a Floor
Broker has adequately announced a FOO Order to the trading crowd,\166\
consistent with the manner in which they are currently trained with
respect to QOO Orders.\167\ The Exchange further notes that NYSE Arca's
rules do not require the exchange to designate FLEX Officials.\168\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\162\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O.
\163\ See proposed Rule 5055(a)(2).
\164\ NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O provides that ``[a] FLEX Official is
responsible for: (1) reviewing the conformity of FLEX Requests for
Quotes and FLEX Quotes to the terms and specifications contained in
Rule 5.32-O [Terms of FLEX Options]; (2) posting FLEX Requests for
Quotes for dissemination; (3) determining the BBO; (4) ensuring that
FLEX contracts are executed in conformance with the priority
principles set forth in Rule 5.33-O; and (5) calling upon FLEX
Qualified Market Makers to make FLEX Quotes in specific classes of
FLEX Equity Options as provided in paragraph (c) of Rule 5.37-O.''
See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O.
\165\ See supra note 64. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule
5.38-O(b)(1) provides that it is the responsibility of their FLEX
Officials to review the terms of a FLEX order.
\166\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
\167\ BOX Rules currently provide that the President of the
Exchange and his or her designated staff shall be responsible for
monitoring, among other things, the activities of Floor Participants
and their associated persons and shall establish standards and
procedures for the training and qualification of Floor Participants
and their associated persons active on the Trading Floor. See BOX
Rule 100(b)(1).
\168\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O(a) (``The Exchange may at any
time designate an Exchange employee to act as a FLEX Official in one
or more classes of FLEX Options [emphasis added] . . . .'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As mentioned above, rather than adopt the NYSE Arca RFQ procedure
for FLEX Equity Options,\169\ the Exchange instead proposes to utilize
the current process used on the BOX Trading Floor for QOO Orders with
the addition of a minimum time period that a Floor Broker must allow
Floor Participants when responding to FOO Orders.\170\ The Exchange
believes that using the order announcement and responsive quote process
for both QOO Orders and FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor will result
in less confusion and greater efficiency for all BOX Trading Floor
Participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\169\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33-O.
\170\ See proposed Rule 7605 and current Rule 7600. The minimum
time period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes,
will be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory
Notice. See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). See also Securities Exchange
Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017)
(SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as
Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-
Outcry Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange notes that the manner in which the Exchange has
proposed rules with respect to announcement of orders and responsive
quotes is similar to how CBOE treats its FLEX Options; specifically,
CBOE allows a FLEX Order \171\ to be represented and executed in a
similar manner as a non-FLEX Option.\172\ The Exchange believes CBOE's
approach is consistent with the Act and proposes to also require Floor
Brokers to allow for a reasonable amount of time to participate in FLEX
Equity Option transactions. Further, unlike CBOE, the Exchange proposes
to establish and announce, via Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of
time that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond
(which amount of time must be between three seconds and five minutes).
The Exchange believes that it is unnecessary to specify a specific
maximum time period for responses to FLEX orders as Options Exchange
Officials on BOX's Trading Floor will be responsible both to enforce
the minimum period of time and to ensure that Floor Participants have a
reasonable amount of time to respond to FOO Orders.\173\ The Exchange
notes that the proposed order announcement procedure for FOO Orders is
similar to the rules and procedures currently in place for QOO Orders
on the BOX Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\171\ ``FLEX Orders'' are orders submitted in FLEX Options. See
CBOE Rule 5.70.
\172\ See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). See also supra notes 83 and 98.
\173\ See supra note 170 and accompanying text. The Exchange
notes that while CBOE specifies a maximum time period for responses
to FLEX orders, the proposal herein allows Options Exchange
Officials to interpret a reasonable amount of time on a case-by-case
basis. The Exchange believes that this is appropriate because it
reflects the current operation of the Trading Floor and will promote
efficient operations without further constraining the announcement
process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minor Rule Violation Plan
The Exchange's disciplinary rules, including Exchange Rules
applicable to ``minor rule violations,'' are set forth in the Rule
12000 Series of the Exchange's current Rules. As described in Rule
12140, the MRVP provides that in lieu of commencing a disciplinary
proceeding, the Exchange may, subject to the certain requirements set
forth in the Rule, impose a fine, not to exceed $5,000, on any Options
Participant, or person associated with or employed by an Options
Participant, with respect to any Rule violation listed in Rules
12140(d) or (e) as discussed below. Any fine imposed pursuant to this
Rule that (i) does not exceed $2,500 and (ii) is not contested, shall
be reported on a periodic basis, except as may otherwise be required by
Rule 19d-1 under the Act or by any other regulatory authority. Further,
the Rule provides that any person against whom a fine is imposed under
the Rule shall be served with a written statement setting forth: (i)
the Rule(s) allegedly violated; (ii) the act or omission constituting
each such violation; (iii) the fine imposed for each violation; and
(iv) the date by which such determination becomes final and such fine
must be paid or contested, which date shall be not less than twenty-
five (25) calendar days after the date of service of such written
statement. Rules 12140 (d) and (e) set forth the list of specific
Exchange Rules under which an Options Participant or person associated
with or employed by
[[Page 44735]]
an Options Participant may be subject to a fine for violations of such
Rules and the applicable fines that may be imposed by the Exchange. As
with all the violations incorporated into its MRVP, the Exchange will
proceed under this Rule only for violations that are minor in nature.
Any other violation will be addressed pursuant to Rules 12030 (Letters
of Consent) or 12040 (Charges).
The Exchange proposes to amend its MRVP to add certain rules
relating to FLEX Equity Options to the list of rules eligible for minor
rule violation plan treatment by amending Rule 12140. Specifically, the
Exchange proposes to amend Rule 12140(e)(3), which covers the failure
to properly execute a QOO Order, to include failure to properly execute
a FOO Order (proposed Rule 7605).\174\ Additionally, the Exchange
proposes to amend Rule 12140(e)(9), which covers compliance with
quotation requirements for Floor Market Makers as set forth in Rule
8510(c)(2), and is designed to sanction violations thereof, to also
include compliance with the quotation requirements for FLEX Market
Makers set forth in proposed Rule 7605(h) and sanction violations of
such requirements.\175\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\174\ See proposed Rule 12140(e)(3). The Exchange notes that
adding proposed Rule 7605 for FOO Orders to current Rule 12140(e)(3)
is consistent with the existing provision to enforce current Rule
7600 for QOO Orders because Floor Participants have the same general
requirements for executing FOO and QOO Orders on the Trading Floor.
The Exchange notes further that fines defined under Rule 12140(e)(3)
may apply to any failure to properly execute a FOO Order in
accordance with applicable provisions of proposed Rule 7605
governing such execution requirements. Proposed Rule 7605(h),
however, which relates to a FLEX Market Maker's quoting obligation,
is specifically proposed for inclusion in proposed Rule 12140(e)(9).
\175\ See proposed Rule 12140(e)(9). The Exchange notes that
proposed Rule 7605(h) and current Rule 8510(c)(2) are similar except
that proposed Rule 7605(h) does not include the provisions of
current Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter
requirements and quotation sizes, which requirements are provided
separately in proposed Rules 7605(f) and (g). However, the Exchange
believes it is appropriate to include proposed Rule 7605(h) with
Rule 8510(c)(2) in the MRVP given the similar nature of the
underlying requirement to provide quotations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Statutory Basis
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section
6(b) of the Act \176\ in general, and furthers the objectives of
Section 6(b)(5) of the Act \177\ in particular, in that it is designed
to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster
cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating,
clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and
facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and
perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market
system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest.
Specifically, the Exchange believes the adoption of the proposed rules
allowing FLEX Equity Options to trade on the BOX Trading Floor as FOO
Orders is consistent with the goals of the Act to remove the
impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market
because it will benefit Participants by providing an additional venue
for Participants to provide and seek liquidity for customized, large,
or complex FLEX option orders. As the Commission noted in its order
granting FLEX Equity Option trading on CBOE and what was then the
Pacific Stock Exchange (now NYSE Arca), trading FLEX Equity Options on
an exchange is an alternative to trading customized options in OTC
markets and carries with it the advantages of exchange markets such as
transparency, parameters and procedures for clearance and settlement,
and a centralized counterparty clearing agency.\178\ Therefore, the
Exchange believes the proposed rule change will promote these same
benefits for the market as a whole by providing an additional venue for
market participants to seek liquidity for customized, large-sized, or
complex FLEX option orders. The Exchange believes that providing an
additional venue for these FLEX orders will benefit investors, the
national market system, Participants, and BOX by increasing competition
for order flow and executions, and thereby spur product enhancements
and potentially result in lower prices for exchange services related to
FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\176\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
\177\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
\178\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February
14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR-CBOE-95-43) (SR-PSE-
95-24) (Order Approving the Trading of Flexibly Structured Equity
Options by CBOE and PSE).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange further believes that the proposal is designed to
prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices as the Exchange
has reviewed all current surveillance in light of any changes required,
including surveillance and technology to detect disruptive or
manipulative trading activity for FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, and
will modify or add any surveillance as appropriate. As described above,
the Exchange will apply its existing surveillance program to FLEX
Equity Options and has developed FLEX-specific surveillance reports.
The Exchange notes that, if the Exchange amends or changes these rules
in the future, then the Exchange will review and update the related
surveillance coverage and reports as required.
As described below, the Exchange also believes the proposed changes
to Rule 12140(e) are consistent with Section 6(b)(6) of the Act,\179\
which provides that members and persons associated with members shall
be appropriately disciplined for violation of the provisions of the
rules of the exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of
activities, functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended
or barred from being associated with a member, or any other fitting
sanction. The Exchange further believes the proposed changes to Rule
12140(e) are designed to provide a fair procedure for the disciplining
of members and persons associated with members, consistent with
Sections 6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Act.\180\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\179\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6).
\180\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
General
The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(a) stating that the
trading of FLEX Equity Options is subject to all other Rules applicable
to the trading of options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in
Rules 5055 and 7605, is consistent with the Act because it will ensure
that, except where otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and 7605, the
Exchange's existing rules will continue to apply to FLEX Equity
Options, which will provide increased consistency for Participants
trading FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options on BOX. The
Exchange reiterates that rules which contemplate the operation of or
interaction with the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book will not apply
to FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX Equity Options may only be
traded as FOO Orders and FOO Orders may not be placed in the BOX Book
or the Complex Order Book.\181\ Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(a)
will specify that the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book shall not be
applicable for transactions in FLEX Equity Options and thereby provide
clarity for market participants that FLEX Equity Options may only be
traded on the Trading Floor. As described above, while electronic
trading in FLEX options is available on one market today, the Exchange
at this time intends to introduce FLEX Equity Options on the Trading
Floor only, consistent with other markets that trade these customized
options solely on their
[[Page 44736]]
trading floors. The Exchange also believes that providing further
detail about rules that shall not apply in proposed Rule 5055(c) is
consistent with the Act because it will provide clarity for market
participants about existing rules that will not be applicable to FLEX
Equity Options on BOX. In particular, specifying that Rules 7600 and
7620 will not apply to FLEX Equity Options will avoid potential
confusion about which order types apply to FLEX Equity Options on BOX,
as the Exchange is instead proposing Rule 7605 to apply to transactions
in FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, Rule 7600 contains priority
provisions related to the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book neither
of which are applicable to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The
Exchange notes that another exchange excludes similar rules from
application to transactions in FLEX Equity Options.\182\ However,
proposed Rule 5055(c) also specifies that IM-7600-2 and IM-7600-5 shall
apply to FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that expressly
applying these provisions is consistent with the Act because, although
the remainder of Rule 7600 will not apply to FOO Orders, IM-7600-2, and
IM-7600-5 relate, respectively, to tied hedge orders and to compliance
with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act and should apply to the proposed FOO
Orders in the same manner as they currently apply to QOO Orders.
Specifically, tied hedge orders are a combination of an option and
hedging position that must follow the procedures set forth in IM-7600-2
which is designed to protect investors and the public interest with
provisions that limit the types of combinations considered to be tied
hedge orders as well as prescribing Floor Broker duties for the
handling of such orders. The Exchange believes that expressly applying
IM-7600-2 to FOO Orders is consistent with the Act, as this will
provide greater consistency between the trading of FLEX Equity Options
and Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor and reduce the
potential for market participant confusion. Next, IM-7600-5 prevents
Participants from utilizing the Trading Floor to effect any
transactions for their own account, the account of an associated
person, or an account with respect to which the Participant or an
associated person thereof exercises investment discretion by relying on
an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act (``G Exemption'').
IM-7600-5 thereby provides notice to Floor Participants that when
utilizing the trading floor to effect transactions in covered accounts,
they cannot rely on the G Exemption and must rely on other available
exemptions to the prohibition in Section 11(a)(1) of the Act.\183\ In
this manner, IM-7600-5 provides increased clarity to Floor Participants
about their ability to comply with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act and it
is therefore consistent with the Act and would protect investors and
the public interest to continue to apply this rule to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\181\ See supra notes 101 and 104 and accompanying text.
\182\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.30-O(c) and (d).
\183\ See infra note 257 and accompanying text (describing the
Section 11(a)(1) prohibition and defining ``covered accounts'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange believes that the definitions proposed in Rule 5055(b)
will provide increased clarity to market participants which will
protect investors and the public interest by specifying definitions for
FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options, and by specifying that
FLEX Equity Option transactions will be governed as proposed in Rule
7605 and shall not be traded other than as FOO Orders, which may only
be traded on the Trading Floor. The Exchange believes further that the
term ``FLEX Market Maker'' will clarify the difference between Floor
Market Makers and FLEX Market Makers, where the latter are qualified
for trading FLEX Equity Options and have an obligation to provide
quotes in response to FOO Orders.\184\ The Exchange also believes that
specifying that FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using any other
order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange will provide
increased clarity to Participants that the only means by which the
Exchange intends to permit FLEX Equity Options to be traded is via the
proposed FOO order type. The Exchange notes that, should it decide to
propose additional order types or electronic trading for FLEX Equity
Options, it will revise the defined term ``FLEX Open Outcry Order''
accordingly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\184\ The Exchange notes that Floor Market Makers are not
obligated to apply to be FLEX Market Makers, but may elect to do so
subject to proposed Rules 5055(k) and 7605(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(d) which specifies
that there shall be no trading rotations in FLEX Equity Options is
designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to
remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open
market and a national market system because it provides notice to
Participants regarding the mechanisms applicable to FLEX trading, which
will not include trading rotations due to the customized nature of FLEX
Equity Options and the fact that there will be no requirement for
specific FLEX Equity Option series to be quoted or traded each
day.\185\ The Exchange notes that QOO Orders on the Trading Floor can
only participate in a trading rotation if entered into the BOX Book and
as discussed herein FLEX Equity Options will not be eligible to be
placed on the BOX Book.\186\ The Exchange also notes that another
exchange does not hold trading rotations for FLEX Equity Options.\187\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\185\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920 (February
24, 1993), 58 FR 12280, 12284 (March 3, 1993) (SR-CBOE-92-17) (Order
Approving Proposed Rule Change by the Chicago Board Options
Exchange, Inc. Relating to the Listing and Trading of Flexible
Exchange Options Based on the Nasdaq 100 Index).
\186\ See BOX Rule 7070(d).
\187\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.31-O(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEX Equity Option Terms
The Exchange believes that the terms of FLEX Equity Options
pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(e) serve to perfect the mechanism of a
free and open market and a national market system because they will
permit investors to customize some of the terms of their FLEX Equity
Options to implement more precise trading strategies and hedges which
may not be possible using Non-FLEX Equity Options.\188\ These investors
may have improved capability to execute strategies to meet their
specific investment objectives by using customized FLEX Equity Options.
However, only certain terms are subject to flexible structuring by the
parties to FLEX Equity Option transactions, and most of such terms have
a specified number of alternative configurations. The Exchange believes
that these restrictions are reasonable and designed to further the
objectives of the Act and to promote just and equitable principles of
trade because limiting FLEX Equity Option terms enables the efficient,
centralized clearance and settlement and active secondary trading of
opened FLEX Equity Options. Further, these terms are consistent with
those currently offered at another exchange.\189\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\188\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) (providing that FLEX Equity
Options shall be permitted in puts and calls that do not have the
same exercise style, same expiration date, and same exercise price
as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are already available for trading on
the same underlying security).
\189\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange also believes that proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) to prevent
FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options with the same terms
from trading concurrently is designed to promote just and equitable
principles of trade and prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices.\190\ In particular, a Non-FLEX Equity Option
[[Page 44737]]
trading pursuant to Rule 7600 as a QOO Order has different priority
rules than a FOO Order trading pursuant to proposed Rule 7605.\191\
Allowing an option with the same terms to trade under both rules
concurrently would result in inconsistent order handling and could
allow the order priority of QOO Orders to be circumvented. Therefore,
the Exchange proposes to prevent this situation by permitting FLEX
Equity Option transactions only in options with a different term
(exercise style, expiration date, or exercise price) than Non-FLEX
Equity Options that otherwise meet the requirements of proposed Rule
5055(e). This is designed to prevent FLEX Equity Options from being
surrogates for Non-FLEX Equity Options. Additionally, in the event that
a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day, the holder or
writer of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX
trading procedures would be permitted to close such position under the
FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option
position for the balance of the trading day on which the series is
added. In the event that the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added on
a trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer
of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX trading
procedures would be permitted to close such position as a non-FLEX
transaction consistent with the requirements of proposed Rule
5055(f)(1). This proposed rule will prevent an option with the same
terms from trading as both a FLEX Equity Option and a Non-FLEX Equity
Option concurrently, while providing a narrow exception for closing
positions.\192\ Further opening trades in such options would be as Non-
FLEX Equity Options subject to the Non-FLEX Equity Option trading
procedures and rules, including Rule 7600 for Trading Floor
transactions.\193\ The Exchange believes that enforcing consistent
handling and priority for identical and fungible options prevents
fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, and promotes just and
equitable principles of trade to protect investors and the public
interest by ensuring consistent treatment of these options. The
Exchange further believes that providing a narrow exception to permit
the closing of a FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the
trading day on which the fungible Non-FLEX Equity Option is added
perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market
system because it provides investors the ability to close their open
FLEX Equity Option positions the same day as the identical Non-FLEX
Equity Option is added.\194\ As noted herein, these requirements are
consistent with those at another exchange.\195\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\190\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1).
\191\ For example, the BOX Book will be inapplicable to FOO
Orders and thus certain priority provisions applicable to QOO Orders
are not applicable to FOO Orders. Specifically, FOO Order priority
differs from QOO Order provisions related to the priority of orders
on the BOX Book. See BOX Rules 7600(c)-(e) and (h). The priority of
FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and
BOX Rule 7610.
\192\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). See also proposed Rules
7605(d)(3) and (4). See Exchange Act Release Nos. 62321 (June 17,
2010), 75 FR 36130 (June 24, 2010) (SR-NYSEArca-2010-46) (Notice of
Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending
Commentary .01 to Rule 5.32 To Permit Certain FLEX Options To Trade
Under the FLEX Trading Procedures for a Limited Time on a Closing
Only Basis) and 62870 (September 8, 2010), 75 FR 56147 (September
15, 2010) (SR-CBOE-2010-078) (Notice of Filing and Immediate
Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Permit Certain FLEX Options
To Trade Under the FLEX Trading Procedures for a Limited Time on a
Closing Only Basis).
\193\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). See also Exchange Act
Release Nos. 59417 (February 18, 2009), 74 FR 8591 (February 25,
2009) (SR-CBOE-2008-115) (Notice of Filing of Amendments No. 1 and 2
and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to a Proposed Rule Change,
as Modified by Amendments No. 1 and 2 Thereto, Relating to FLEX
Options Expirations); 60548 (August 20, 2009), 74 FR 43191 (August
26, 2009) (SR-NYSEAmex-2009-44) (Notice of Filing and Immediate
Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change by NYSE AMEX LLC Amending the
Permissible Expiration Dates for Flexible Exchange Options); 60549
(August 20, 2009), 74 FR 44415 (August 28, 2009) (SR-NYSE-Arca-2009-
75) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule
Change by NYSE Arca, Inc. Amending Permissible Expiration Dates for
Flexible Exchange Options); and 60549 (September 16, 2009), 74 FR
48619 (September 23, 2009) (SR-Phlx-2009-81) (Notice of Filing and
Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Relating to FLEX
Option Expirations).
\194\ The Exchange notes that investors will be able to close
any such positions utilizing Non-FLEX Equity Option trading
procedures beginning the next trading day.
\195\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Further, the Exchange believes that allowing FLEX Equity Options to
trade in minimum increments of $0.01 \196\ perfects the mechanism of a
free and open market and a national market system because it provides
investors with increased ability to meet their specific investment
objectives and allows for increased opportunities for price improvement
through a finer trading increment. The Exchange notes that another
exchange currently trades FLEX Equity Options in minimum increments of
$0.01.\197\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\196\ See proposed Rule 5055(g).
\197\ See CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The Exchange notes that minimum
increments in percentage terms are not part of this proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange further believes that subjecting FLEX Equity Options
to the exercise by exception provisions of Rule 805 of the OCC \198\
fosters cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in
regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to,
and facilitating transactions in securities.\199\ Specifically, OCC
Rule 805 provides that, unless contrary instructions are given, option
contracts that are in-the-money by specified amounts shall be
automatically exercised. Application of Rule 805 to FLEX Equity Options
provides consistency with Non-FLEX Equity Options and prevents
confusion in the clearing process with respect to exercise
instructions. The Exchange notes that another exchange provides that
FLEX Equity Options shall be subject to the exercise by exception
provisions of OCC Rule 805.\200\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\198\ See proposed Rule 5055(h).
\199\ The Exchange notes that Rule 805 of the OCC currently
applies to Non-FLEX Equity Options on BOX. See BOX Rule 9000(b).
\200\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Position Limits
Position and exercise limits are designed to address potential
manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of
options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the
options. While position and exercise limits should address and
discourage the potential for manipulative schemes and adverse market
impact, if such limits are set too low, participation in the options
market may be discouraged. The Exchange believes that any decision
regarding imposing position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options
must therefore be balanced between mitigating concerns of any potential
manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that
could be used for legitimate economic purposes.\201\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\201\ The Exchange notes that although no position limits are
proposed for FLEX Equity Options, there are several mitigating
factors, which include aggregation of FLEX Equity Option and Non-
FLEX Equity Option positions that expire on a third Friday-of-the-
month and subjecting those positions to position and exercise
limits, position reporting, and daily monitoring of market activity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Similar to the other exchanges that trade FLEX Equity Options, the
Exchange believes that eliminating position and exercise limits for
FLEX Equity Options, while requiring positions in FLEX Equity Options
that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to be aggregated with
positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying
security,\202\ removes
[[Page 44738]]
impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and
a national market system because it allows BOX to create a product and
market that is an improved but comparable alternative to the OTC market
in customized options. OTC transactions occur through bilateral
agreements, the terms of which are not publicly disclosed to the
marketplace. As such, OTC transactions do not contribute to the price
discovery process that exists on a public exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\202\ See proposed Rules 5055(i) and (j). See also NYSE Arca
Rules 5.35-O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36-O and CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42
and NYSE American Rules 906G and 907G and PHLX Options 8, Section
34(e) and (f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange believes that the proposed elimination of position and
exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options may encourage market
participants to transfer their liquidity demands from OTC markets to
exchanges and enable liquidity providers to provide additional
liquidity to BOX through transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The
Exchange notes that the Commission previously approved the elimination
of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options, finding that
such elimination would allow exchanges ``to better compete with the
growing OTC market in customized equity options, thereby encouraging
fair competition among brokers and dealers and exchange markets.''
\203\ The Commission has also stated that the elimination of position
and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options ``could potentially expand
the depth and liquidity of the FLEX equity market without significantly
increasing concerns regarding intermarket manipulations or disruptions
of the options or the underlying securities.'' \204\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\203\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42223 (December
10, 1999), 64 FR 71158, 71159 (December 20, 1999) (SR-Amex-99-40)
(SR-PCX-99-41) (SR-CBOE-99-59) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval
to Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Permanent Approval of the
Elimination of Position and Exercise Limits for FLEX Equity
Options).
\204\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additionally, the Exchange believes that requiring positions in
FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to be
aggregated with positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same
underlying security subjects FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity
Options to the same position and exercise limits on third Friday-of-
the-month expirations. These limitations are intended to serve as a
safeguard against potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option
positions expiring on the same day as Non-FLEX Equity Option positions.
The Exchange notes that another exchange has the same requirement.\205\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\205\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.35-O(b)(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange believes that any potential risk of manipulative
activity is mitigated by existing surveillance technologies,
procedures, and reporting requirements at the Exchange, which allows
the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative
trading activity. In addition to its own surveillance programs, the
Exchange also works with other SROs and exchanges on intermarket
surveillance related issues. Through its participation in ISG the
Exchange shares information and coordinates inquiries and
investigations with other exchanges designed to address potential
intermarket manipulation and trading abuses. The Exchange also notes
that FINRA, conducts cross-market surveillances on behalf of the
Exchange pursuant to a regulatory services agreement.\206\ The Exchange
also represents that it has reviewed its procedures to detect potential
manipulation in light of any changes required for FLEX Equity Options
to confirm appropriate surveillance coverage. These procedures utilize
daily monitoring of market activity via automated surveillance
techniques to identify unusual activity in both options and their
underlying securities and are designed to protect investors and the
public interest by ensuring that the Exchange has an adequate
surveillance program in place.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\206\ The Exchange notes that it is responsible for FINRA's
performance under this regulatory services agreement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) further
mitigates concerns for potential market manipulation and/or disruption
in the underlying markets and thus protects investors and the public
interest because position reporting will be required (other than for a
Market Maker) and the Exchange may determine that a higher margin
requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated with a FLEX
Equity Option position in excess of the standard limit for Non-FLEX
Equity Options of the same class. The Exchange may, pursuant to its
authority under Rule 10130(b), impose additional margin upon the
account maintaining such under-hedged position as a safeguard against
potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option positions. The
Exchange notes that the clearing firm carrying the account will be
subject to capital charges under SEC Rule 15c3-1 to the extent of any
margin deficiency resulting from a higher margin requirement imposed by
the Exchange. The Exchange also notes that other exchanges currently
trading FLEX options have similar position and exercise limits.\207\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\207\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.35-O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36-O and
CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42 and NYSE American Rules 906G and 907G and
PHLX Options 8, Section 34(e) and (f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Letters of Guarantee and Authorization
Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(k), the Exchange will require FLEX
Market Makers to provide a Letter of Guarantee issued by a clearing
member organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting
financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made
by such person as long as such letter has not been revoked under Rule
8070(c).\208\ Market Makers that are qualified by the Exchange and have
provided such a Letter of Guarantee will be permitted to trade FLEX
Equity Options on BOX.\209\ The Exchange believes that requiring a
Letter of Guarantee specific to FLEX Equity Options protects investors
and the public interest because it signifies that the clearing member
has specifically accepted financial responsibility for transactions in
FLEX Equity Options entered into by the Market Maker which will protect
the counterparties of those trades and such protections will flow to
other clearing members and ultimately to the OCC as the central
counterparty and guarantor of both FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX
Equity Option transactions. The Exchange notes that another exchange
requires a Letter of Guarantee for FLEX transactions.\210\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\208\ See proposed Rule 5055(k).
\209\ See proposed Rule 7605(c). The Exchange notes that Market
Makers are subject to the qualifications in Exchange rules including
net capital and financial requirements. See BOX Rule 8000 series.
\210\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(l), prior to effecting any
transaction in FLEX Equity Options, Floor Brokers are required to
provide a Letter of Authorization issued by a clearing member
organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting
financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made
by such person, and such letter remains in effect until a written
revocation is received by the Exchange.\211\ Floor Brokers that have
provided such a Letter of Authorization and are qualified by the
Exchange will be permitted to trade FLEX Equity Options on BOX.\212\
The Exchange believes that requiring a Letter of Authorization specific
to FLEX
[[Page 44739]]
Equity Options protects investors and the public interest because it
signifies that the clearing member has accepted financial
responsibility for transactions in FLEX Equity Options entered into by
the Floor Broker which will protect the counterparties of those trades
and such protections will flow to other clearing members and ultimately
to the OCC as the central counterparty and guarantor of both FLEX
Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions. The Exchange
notes that another exchange requires a separate Letter of Authorization
for Floor Brokers to trade FLEX Equity Options.\213\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\211\ See proposed Rules 5055(l) and 7605(b).
\212\ The Exchange notes that Floor Brokers are subject to
registration requirements in Exchange rules including a Floor Broker
examination and other factors deemed appropriate by the Exchange.
See BOX Rule 7550.
\213\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOO Orders
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change to adopt a new
order type \214\ for FLEX Equity Option transactions on the BOX Trading
Floor is consistent with the Act. The Exchange modeled its proposed
rule governing FOO Orders after Rule 7600 applicable to QOO Orders to
harmonize current procedures on BOX's Trading Floor, which the Exchange
believes will reduce investor confusion and thus remove impediments to
and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national
market system.\215\ Specifically, the proposed elements of a FOO Order
are designed to aid Floor Brokers in their duties and to maintain order
and structure on the Trading Floor. For example, as with a QOO Order,
the rules applicable to FOO Orders will ensure that all FLEX Equity
Option transactions executed on the Trading Floor by Floor Brokers are
systematized before they are represented to the trading crowd and
provide an accurate timestamp of when the order was executed by the
Floor Broker.\216\ As described above, the main differences from QOO
Orders are that FOO Orders will not interact with the BOX Book or the
Complex Order Book and that Floor Brokers must allow Floor Participants
a minimum period of time to respond to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\214\ See proposed Rule 7605.
\215\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2,
2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order
Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (``After
careful review and consideration of the comments received, the
Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by
Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, is consistent with the requirements of the
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a
national securities exchange.'').
\216\ See proposed Rule 7605(e). The Exchange notes that in
order to execute a FOO Order on the Trading Floor, it must be sent
from a Floor Broker's system to the BOG. This requires that the
Floor Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order. An order is
systematized when a Floor Broker creates an electronic record of the
order. As the Exchange described when it originally proposed the QOO
order type, in order to execute a QOO Order from the Trading Floor,
it must be sent from a Floor Broker's system to the BOG--which
requires that the Floor Broker adequately systemized the QOO Order.
See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May 18, 2017), 82 FR
23657, 23682 n.259 (May 23, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Notice of Filing
of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules for an
Open-Outcry Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under this proposal, Floor Brokers will continue to allow a
reasonable amount of time for Floor Participants to participate in a
FOO Order. Additionally, the Exchange will establish and communicate
via Regulatory Notice a minimum time that Floor Brokers must provide
for Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders, which amount of time
must be between three seconds and five minutes. While other exchanges
have adopted RFQ processes for FLEX Equity Options,\217\ the Exchange
has proposed to follow a similar approach for trading FLEX Equity
Options as CBOE, which does not have a different open outcry process
for FLEX Option transactions as compared to non-FLEX Option
transactions, but does establish a different order announcement process
that requires a reasonable amount of time for traders to respond to a
FLEX Order.\218\ In fact, the Exchange notes that CBOE recently changed
its process for FLEX Option transactions from conducting a RFQ process
to utilizing the same process as for a non-FLEX Option on its trading
floor.\219\ In its rule filing, CBOE stated that aligning the open
outcry process for FLEX Options with that of non-FLEX Options may
reduce confusion regarding how FLEX Orders may trade in open outcry and
encourage the submission of FLEX Orders for execution.\220\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\217\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33-O and PHLX Options 8, Section
34(c) and NYSE American Rule 904G.
\218\ See CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(1) (providing that FLEX Traders have
a reasonable amount of time (which amount of time must be between
three seconds and five minutes) from the time a FLEX Trader requests
a quote in a FLEX Option series or represents a FLEX Order
(including announcing a crossing transaction pursuant to Rule 5.87)
to respond with bids and offers). The Exchange notes that PHLX has
also taken a similar approach to CBOE. See Securities Exchange Act
Release No. 97658 (June 7, 2023), 88 FR 38562 (June 13, 2023) (SR-
Phlx-2023-22) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of
Proposed Rule Change To Amend Various Options 8 Rules).
\219\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87235 (October 4,
2019), 84 FR 54671 (October 10, 2019) (SR-CBOE-2019-084) (Notice of
Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to
Extend the Operation of its Flexible Exchange Options (``FLEX
Options'') Pilot Program Regarding Permissible Exercise Settlement
Values for FLEX Index Options).
\220\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange similarly proposes to align its open outcry process
for FLEX Equity Options with that of Non-FLEX Equity Options and to
establish a minimum time for responses to FOO Orders. The Exchange also
believes that, in addition to the required minimum time, it is
appropriate to continue to have Options Exchange Officials determine
whether Floor Participants have been provided a reasonable amount of
time to respond to a FOO Order, which is consistent with the current
procedure on the BOX Trading Floor for QOO Orders.\221\ The Options
Exchange Official will make this determination on a case-by-case basis
based on the current market conditions and trading activity on the
Trading Floor.\222\ Options Exchange Officials are employees of the
Exchange, reporting to the Chief Regulatory Officer, and are trained
and qualified to enforce the Exchange's rules. The Exchange believes
that Options Exchange Officials will ensure that FOO Orders follow the
Exchange's rules, including that FLEX Market Makers are provided a
reasonable amount of time to respond.\223\ FLEX Market Makers that do
not believe a reasonable amount of time to respond was provided may
appeal any related determination of an Options Exchange Official to the
Exchange's Chief Regulatory Officer.\224\ Additionally, Floor Brokers
have a general responsibility to use due diligence to cause orders to
be executed at the best price or prices available to them in accordance
with the Rules of the Exchange.\225\ Further, it shall be considered
conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade for
any Floor Broker to intentionally disrupt the open outcry process.\226\
Thus, the Exchange believes that the proposed process promotes just and
equitable principles of trade and removes impediments to and perfects
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system
because the proposed process provides
[[Page 44740]]
substantially similar opportunities for Floor Participants to respond
to FOO Orders as an RFQ process while maintaining consistency with
existing Exchange processes for transactions on the Trading Floor. As
noted herein, the proposed open outcry process is safeguarded by
enforcement of the Exchange's rules by Options Exchange Officials. The
Exchange again notes that, except for the inclusion of a minimum time
period that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond to
FOO Orders, the proposed open outcry process for FOO Orders is similar
to the current process for QOO Orders. Therefore, the Exchange believes
the proposal will serve to avoid confusion and increase efficiency on
the BOX Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\221\ See supra note 170 (describing that the minimum time
period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, will
be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory
Notice).
\222\ The Exchange has a Minor Rule Violation Program (``MRVP'')
pursuant to Rule 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule
Violations). The MRVP provides in part that improper vocalization of
a trade may result in sanction. See BOX Rule 12140.
\223\ See supra note 170 (describing that the minimum time
period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, will
be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory
Notice).
\224\ See BOX Rule 7640(e).
\225\ See BOX Rule 7570.
\226\ See BOX IM-7580-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Rule 7605(b) states that FOO Orders will be limited solely
to the Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that limiting FOO Orders to
the Trading Floor is consistent with the Act because, due to their
unique and customizable nature, FLEX Equity Option transactions are
well suited for a trading floor environment where the terms of such
options can be effectively negotiated. The Exchange notes that other
exchanges limit FLEX Equity Options trading to their respective trading
floors.\227\ To the extent the Exchange determines to adopt an
electronic order type or mechanism for the trading of FLEX Equity
Options, it will file a subsequent proposed rule change with the
Commission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\227\ See NYSE American Rule 904G and NYSE Arca Rule 5.33-O and
PHLX Options 8, Section 34(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Rule 7605(c) provides that Floor Market Makers in good
standing under Rule 8500 (Floor Market Maker) may apply to be FLEX
Market Makers. FLEX Market Makers must be registered under Rule 8000,
which protects investors and the public interest by ensuring that
Market Makers are qualified to perform their duties, including filing
an application, demonstrating knowledge of FLEX Equity Options, and
providing additional information as the Exchange may consider
necessary. The Exchange shall qualify at least three FLEX Market Makers
in accordance with a FLEX-specific qualification process prescribed by
the Exchange to provide competition for FOO Orders and reasonable
opportunities for Participants to get quotes on FLEX Equity Options.
The requirement to qualify at least three FLEX Market Makers is
designed to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free
and open market and a national market system. Similarly to Floor Market
Makers, FLEX Market Makers will also be subject to Rule 8510, including
provisions for the course and conduct of dealings, class assignments,
and option priority and parity, unless otherwise specified in proposed
Rule 7605.\228\ Specifically, Rule 8510 provides that transactions of a
Floor Market Maker should constitute a course of dealings reasonably
calculated to contribute to the maintenance of a fair and orderly
market, quoting obligations, restrictions on trading in certain
circumstances, and restrictions on conduct related to the allocation of
trades. These rules are designed to protect investors and the public
interest and are therefore consistent with the Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\228\ Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), FLEX Market Makers have
an obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any
request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and
must provide a two-sided market. See also supra note 87 (describing
the general applicability of the Rule 8000 series and Rules 8500 and
8510 to FLEX Market Makers in their capacity as Market Makers and
Floor Market Makers, respectively).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Rule 7605(d) states that FOO Orders may be Complex FOO
Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders, including as tied hedge orders, and
that these orders may be crossed.\229\ However, the priority provisions
of Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or
Multi-Leg FOO Orders because there will be no pre-established series
and no electronic trading.\230\ Further, only FLEX Equity Options on
the same underlying and of the same exercise style (American or
European) may be part of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order.
Additionally, if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for
a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the
holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position in the component
leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order
would be permitted to close its position(s) under the FLEX trading
procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option position for
the balance of the trading day on which the Non-FLEX Equity Option
series is added. If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added for a
component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a
trading day after the Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order position
is established, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position
in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-
Leg FOO Order would be required to execute separate FLEX Equity Option
and Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions to close its position(s), such
that FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX
trading procedures and Non-FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would
trade subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. These
proposed rules are designed to maintain order and structure, to detail
the operation of Complex FOO Order and Multi-Leg FOO Order trading on
the Trading Floor, and are similar to BOX's current Rule 7600(a)(4).
The Exchange is proposing to use similar procedures for the trading of
Complex QOO Orders, multi-leg QOO Orders, Complex FOO Orders, and
Multi-Leg FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor because it will reduce
investor confusion and increase efficiency. Additionally, offering
order functionality such as Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders,
and tied hedge orders provides investors with the flexibility and
capability to meet their investment and hedging objectives. For these
reasons, the Exchange believes that allowing Complex FOO Orders, Multi-
Leg FOO Orders, and tied hedge orders removes impediments to and
perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market
system and is therefore consistent with the Act. The Exchange notes
that another exchange allows complex orders \231\ and tied hedge \232\
orders for FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\229\ See proposed Rule 7605(d), proposed IM-7605-2(d) and
current IM-7600-2.
\230\ BOX Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) provide priority provisions
for Complex Orders that take into consideration the prices of orders
on the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book. Because there will be no
BOX Book or Complex Book for Complex FOO Orders, there is no
priority of orders on the BOX Book or Complex Book applicable to
Complex FOO Orders. This is a distinction from Rule 7600(c), which,
for purposes of QOO Orders, excludes the priority rules for Complex
Orders contained in Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) only from multi-leg QOO
Orders that are not Complex Orders.
\231\ See CBOE Rules 5.70(b) and 1.1 (definition of, ``Complex
Order'') (providing that the term ``complex order'' means an order
involving the concurrent execution of two or more different series
in the same underlying security or index (the ``legs'' or
``components'' of the complex order), for the same account,
occurring at or near the same time and for the purpose of executing
a particular investment strategy with no more than the applicable
number of legs (which number CBOE determines on a class-by-class
basis)). The Exchange notes that the term ``complex order'' on CBOE
includes both Complex Orders and Multi-Leg Orders, as those terms
are defined on BOX. See also CBOE Rule 5.87 Interpretations and
Policies .07 and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 93122
(September 24, 2021), 86 FR 54269 (September 30, 2021) (Order
Granting Approval of SR-CBOE-2021-041).
\232\ See PHLX Options 8, Section 34(b)(2) (new citation of PHLX
Options 8, Section 34(f)(2) to be implemented prior to August 2024).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Another provision designed to maintain order and structure on the
Trading Floor is the Exchange's
[[Page 44741]]
proposal that FOO Orders entrusted to a Floor Broker will be considered
a Not Held Order, unless otherwise specified by a Floor Broker's
client.\233\ In particular, considering orders as Not Held will aid
Floor Brokers in their duties on the Trading Floor because it provides
clarity to both Floor Brokers and their clients regarding how each
order is to be handled. Additionally, this rule is consistent with the
current handling of QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor which will
avoid confusion, increase efficiency, and ensure consistent treatment
of orders on the Trading Floor. The Exchange further believes that this
proposed rule protects investors and the public interest by clarifying
order handling duties and expectations between Floor Brokers and
Participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\233\ See proposed Rule 7605(l). See also NYSE Arca Rules 5.34-O
and 6.62-O(f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additionally, the requirement, in proposed IM-7605-2, that
Participants disclose Public Customer Orders subject to crossing with
an order that is not a Public Customer Order and all securities that
are components of the Public Customer Order is designed to maintain
order and structure on the Trading Floor.\234\ The rule also clarifies
that Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, or tied hedge orders on
opposite sides of the market may be crossed subject to
limitations.\235\ The Exchange believes that providing clarity will
remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open
market and a national market system and that full disclosure will
prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices by providing
complete information to Participants which may prompt them to improve
upon the Floor Broker's proposed crossing price. Additionally, rules
governing how long a response is in effect and the effect of an
established market on priority create order and structure on the
Trading Floor.\236\ The Exchange believes that such order and structure
protects investors and the public and notes that the same rules apply
to QOO Orders.\237\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\234\ See proposed IM-7605-2(a) and (e).
\235\ See proposed IM-7605-2(d).
\236\ See proposed IM-7605-2(b) and (c).
\237\ See BOX IM-7600-1. The Exchanges notes that the portion of
IM-7600-1 that references BOX Book Priority is not included in
proposed IM-7605-2 because, as discussed, the BOX Book is not
available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Rule 7605(e) is designed to aid Floor Brokers in their
duties and to maintain structure and order on the Trading Floor. For
example, by providing that a FOO Order is not executed until it is
processed by the Trading Host,\238\ the Exchange is providing an
accurate timestamp of when the order was actually executed by the Floor
Broker and not just when it was submitted to the Exchange.\239\
Additionally, the process whereby Floor Brokers are required to
systematize orders in their systems is designed to provide a complete
and accurate audit trail and minimize the occurrence of disputes and
regulatory violations.\240\ After systematization, a Floor Broker's
system will then be required to send an order to the BOG. Further,
Floor Brokers are responsible for providing the correct allocations of
the initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options Exchange Official or
his or her designee, if necessary, after order execution.\241\ Floor
Brokers will also be required to ascertain that at least one FLEX
Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to announcing a FOO
Order for execution, which is designed to increase competition for FLEX
Equity Option interest on the Trading Floor.\242\ The Exchange notes
that these rules are substantially similar to those currently in place
for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.\243\ The Exchange believes
that having substantially similar rules for all orders on the BOX
Trading Floor will avoid any potential confusion and increase
efficiency on the BOX Trading Floor, which will further the objectives
and goals of the Act by helping to prevent fraudulent and manipulative
acts and practices, promoting just and equitable principles of trade,
and removing impediments to and perfecting the mechanisms of a free and
open market and a national market system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\238\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
\239\ FOO Orders will be submitted by Floor Brokers to the BOG,
which is a component of the Trading Host. A Floor Broker will have a
connection to the BOG giving the Floor Broker the ability to submit
FOO Orders to the Trading Host.
\240\ In order to execute a FOO Order on the Trading Floor, it
must be sent from a Floor Broker's system to the BOG. This requires
that the Floor Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order prior to
announcing the FOO Order to the trading crowd. See proposed Rule
7605(b).
\241\ See proposed Rule 7605(j).
\242\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(3).
\243\ See BOX Rule 7600(d)(4). See also BOX Rule 7580(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEX Market Maker Requirements
The Exchange believes that the proposed rules applicable to FLEX
Market Makers are reasonable and will foster cooperation and
coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in
securities, promote just and equitable principles of trade, and remove
impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and
a national market system. Specifically, proposed Rules 7605(f), (g) and
(h) state: (1) that the minimum size for FLEX Equity Option
transactions and quotations shall be 1 contract; (2) that there are no
maximum bid to ask spread differentials for FLEX Equity Option quotes;
and (3) that FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a FLEX
Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or
Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market.\244\ The
Exchange believes that these rules reflect the unique nature of FLEX
Equity Option trading which occurs relatively infrequently and with
option premiums that can vary widely because any exercise price (in
minimum increments of $0.01) and any expiration date on a business day
within 15 years of trade date may be traded.\245\ The Exchange believes
that these requirements strike a balance between the complexity of
quoting customized options and the need to ensure that Floor Brokers
are able to get a quote for any FLEX Equity Option selected by their
clients. Further, these requirements remove impediments to and perfect
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system by
ensuring that there is a procedure in place to receive a two-sided
quote for each FOO Order brought to the BOX Trading Floor. The Exchange
notes that these requirements are similar to those currently in place
at BOX and another options exchange.\246\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\244\ See proposed Rules 7605(f)-(h).
\245\ See proposed Rule 5055(e).
\246\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.32-O(b)(7) and 5.37-O(d) and BOX
Rule 8510(c)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Priority of Orders and Allocation of Trades
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule to provide a Floor
Broker with a guarantee or entitlement to cross 40% of the remaining
contracts of the original order, after all bids or offers at better
prices are filled, with other orders that he is holding,\247\ is
reasonable and is consistent with the Act. Specifically, proposed Rules
7605(i) and (k) will reward Floor Brokers who bring orders of an
eligible size determined by the Exchange but not less than 50 contracts
to the Exchange by guaranteeing them the ability to cross 40% of the
remaining contracts of those orders after any better priced interest
has been filled. The Exchange believes that establishing an eligible
size for such guarantee for at least 50 contracts will encourage larger
negotiated transactions while providing Floor Participants with a
reasonable
[[Page 44742]]
opportunity to participate. The Exchange notes that other options
exchanges provide a guarantee for FLEX Equity Options on their trading
floors.\248\ Additionally, the Exchange currently provides a similar
guarantee with respect to QOO Orders executed on the BOX Trading
Floor.\249\ Allowing a similar guarantee for QOO Orders and FOO Orders
is intended to maintain consistency and increase efficiency for the
different order types offered on the BOX Trading Floor. The Exchange
believes that allowing a guarantee will promote just and equitable
principles of trade and remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism
of a free and open market and a national market system by encouraging
Floor Brokers to bring orders to the Trading Floor while maintaining
the ability of other Floor Participants to participate in floor
transactions and compete for such orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\247\ See proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k).
\248\ See NYSE American Rule 904G(e)(iii) (providing that ``[i]n
the case of FLEX Equity Options only and notwithstanding [Rules
904G(e)(i) and (ii)], whenever the Submitting Member has indicated
an intention to cross or act as principal on the trade and has
matched or improved the BBO during the BBO Improvement Interval, the
Submitting Member will be permitted to execute the contra side of
the trade that is the subject of the Request for Quotes, to the
extent of at least 40% of the trade'') and PHLX Rule Options 8,
Section 34(c)(5) (``In the case of FLEX equity options only and
notwithstanding [Section 34(c)(4)], whenever the Requesting Member
has indicated an intention to cross or act as principal on the trade
and has matched or improved the BBO during the BBO Improvement
Interval, the Requesting Member will be permitted to execute the
contra side of the trade that is the subject of the RFQs, to the
extent of at least 40% of the trade, provided the order is a Public
Customer order or an order respecting the Requesting Member's firm
proprietary account.''). See also NYSE American Rule 904G(f) (``A
Submitting Member may effect crossing transactions only on public
customer orders or orders respecting the Submitting Member's firm
proprietary account.''). The Exchange notes differences between the
guarantees on NYSE American and PHLX and the guarantee on BOX.
First, neither PHLX nor NYSE American set an eligible order size and
BOX proposes an eligible order size, determined by the Exchange, of
50 or more contracts. Further, both NYSE American and PHLX require
the contra side of a crossing order subject to the 40% guaranteed
allocation to be either a Public Customer order or an order
respecting the submitting firm's proprietary account whereas BOX
does not impose such limitations. The Exchange notes that not
limiting contra side participant types is consistent with current
BOX rules on the Trading Floor for QOO Orders.
\249\ See BOX Rule 7600(f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange believes that, after the allocation of any bids and
offers at better prices and any eligible Floor Broker guarantee,
allocating FLEX Equity Option trades between Floor Participants
pursuant to the priority provisions of Rule 7610 is reasonable and
promotes just and equitable principles of trade. The Exchange notes
that, pursuant to Rule 7610, bids and offers are considered in order of
the highest bid/lowest offer and priority shall be afforded to such
bids and offers in the sequence in which they are made. In situations
where the sequence cannot be determined, Floor Participants are treated
on an equal basis and receive an equal number of contracts to the
extent mathematically possible.\250\ The Exchange believes that Rule
7610 is designed to be a fair and impartial method of trade allocation,
to promote competition between Floor Participants, and to encourage
quick responses of bids and offers at the best available prices.
Additionally, consistent and objective trade allocation on the BOX
Trading Floor may encourage FLEX Market Makers to provide liquidity
which may improve the quality of responses to FOO Orders. The Exchange
notes that Rule 7610 is currently applicable to QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor \251\ and that other exchanges use a similar
procedure.\252\ Further, if interest remains after Floor Participants
that responded with interest receive their allocation, the remaining
quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order will be allocated to
the executing Floor Broker. This allocation is designed to further
incentivize Floor Brokers after first allowing Floor Participants an
opportunity to participate in the trade.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\250\ See BOX Rule 7610. The Exchange notes that priority in the
trading crowd is determined without regard to market participant
type, including Public Customer.
\251\ The Exchange notes that split-price priority applicable to
QOO Orders is not applicable to FOO Orders. Split-price priority
allows a Participant effecting a trade that betters the market to
have priority on the balance of that trade at the next pricing
increment, even if there are orders in the book at the same price.
BOX Book will not be applicable to FOO Orders and thus there is no
need for split-price priority. Accordingly, the Exchange does not
propose to adopt provisions analogous to Rule 7600(i), IM-7600-6, or
IM-7600-7 in proposed Rule 7605.
\252\ CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(2) provides that FLEX Orders are
allocated only to responses from the trading crowd pursuant to Rules
5.85(a)(1) and (2)(C). Rule 5.85(a)(1) provides that bids and offers
with the highest bid and lowest offer have priority and (2)(C)
establishes priority between in-crowd market participants at the
same price. The Exchange believes that these rules are similar to
BOX Rule 7610 and are appropriate for FLEX Equity Option trading.
But see NYSE Arca Rules 5.30-O(d) (providing that priority and order
allocation procedures for open outcry do not apply to FLEX Equity
Options) and 5.33-O (providing a RFQ procedure for FLEX transactions
including priority provisions that provide priority in certain
instances to FLEX Qualified Market Makers and limited priority to
the submitting firm if it has matched or improved the market on NYSE
Arca). As discussed herein, the Exchange does not believe that a RFQ
procedure is necessary for FLEX Equity Option trading on BOX.
Similarly, CBOE does not have a specific open outcry procedure for
FLEX transactions. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d) (providing that a
submitting FLEX Trader may represent and execute a FLEX Order on the
Exchange's trading floor in the same manner as a Trading Permit
Holder may represent and execute an order for a non-FLEX Option).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change to add certain
proposed rules as eligible for a minor rule fine disposition under its
MRVP will assist the Exchange in preventing fraudulent and manipulative
acts and practices and promoting just and equitable principles of
trade, and will serve to remove impediments to and perfect the
mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and,
in general, protect investors and the public interest. In particular,
the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes to Rule 12140(e)
are consistent with Section 6(b)(6) of the Act,\253\ which provides
that members and persons associated with members shall be appropriately
disciplined for violation of the provisions of the rules of the
exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of activities,
functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended or barred
from being associated with a member, or any other fitting sanction. As
noted, the proposed rule change adds certain rules as eligible for a
minor rule fine disposition under the Exchange's MRVP. The Exchange
believes violations of proposed Rules 7605 and 7605(h) to be minor in
nature and will be more appropriately disciplined through the
Exchange's MRVP, and therefore proposes to add them to the list of
rules in Rule 12140(e) eligible for a minor rule fine disposition. The
Exchange also believes that the proposed change is designed to provide
a fair procedure for the disciplining of members and persons associated
with members, consistent with Sections 6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the
Act.\254\ Rule 12140, currently and as amended, does not preclude a
Participant or person associated with or employed by a Participant from
contesting an alleged violation and receiving a hearing on the matter
with the same procedural rights through a litigated disciplinary
proceeding. Further, the Exchange will be able to carry out its
regulatory responsibility more quickly and efficiently by incorporating
these violations into the MRVP. The Exchange notes that these
violations are consistent with violations at other options
exchanges.\255\ The Exchange also notes that the proposed additional
violations are similar to minor rule violations already designated in
the Exchange's
[[Page 44743]]
MRVP for activities related to the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\253\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6).
\254\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d).
\255\ See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 10.12(h) and CBOE Rule
13.15(g)(9).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In requesting the proposed additions to BOX Rule 12140(e), the
Exchange in no way minimizes the importance of compliance with Exchange
Rules and all other rules subject to the imposition of fines under the
MRVP. Minor rule fines provide a meaningful sanction for minor or
technical violations of rules when the conduct at issue does not
warrant stronger, immediately reportable disciplinary sanctions. The
inclusion of a rule in the Exchange's MRVP does not minimize the
importance of compliance with the rule, nor does it preclude the
Exchange from choosing to pursue violations of eligible rules through a
Letter of Consent if the nature of the violations or prior disciplinary
history warrants more significant sanctions. Rather, the Exchange
believes that the proposed rule change will strengthen the Exchange's
ability to carry out its oversight and enforcement responsibilities in
cases where full disciplinary proceedings are unwarranted in view of
the minor nature of the particular violation. Rather, the option to
impose a minor rule sanction gives the Exchange additional flexibility
to administer its enforcement program in the most effective and
efficient manner while still fully meeting the Exchange's remedial
objectives in addressing violative conduct. Specifically, the proposed
rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices because it will provide the Exchange the ability to issue a
minor rule fine for violations relating to FOO Orders and FLEX Market
Maker quoting of FLEX Equity Options where a more formal disciplinary
action may not be warranted or appropriate. Finally, the Exchange
believes that the proposed rule change will reinforce its surveillance
and enforcement functions.
The Exchange believes that amending Rule 7620 and IM-7620-1 to
exclude FLEX Equity Options is consistent with proposed Rule 5055(c)
which provides that Rule 7620 shall not apply to transactions in FLEX
Equity Options. The amendment is designed to provide clarity by adding
FLEX Equity Options to the exclusion list in Rule 7620 and IM-7620-1 to
clarify that neither Cabinet orders nor Sub-Penny Cabinet orders will
be available for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes further
that this amendment will protect investors and the public interest by
removing potential ambiguity between Rule 7620 and proposed Rules 5055
and 7605 and is therefore consistent with the Act.
Lastly, the amendment of Rule 100(b)(3) to remove specific rule
references is designed to clarify that all Exchange options
transactions shall be executed automatically by the Trading Host as
provided in applicable Exchange Rules. The Exchange believes that this
amendment will protect investors and the public interest by removing
potential ambiguity created by a list of specific rule references that
may not be complete and is therefore consistent with the Act.
The Exchange reiterates that FLEX Equity Options are currently
traded on four other options exchanges currently conducting options
trading.\256\ Therefore, the proposed rules perfect the mechanism of a
free and open market and protect investors and the public interest by
establishing FLEX Equity Options and FOO Orders on the BOX Trading
Floor, which would provide market participants an additional execution
venue to provide and seek liquidity for their customized orders,
thereby increasing the opportunities to execute such orders to the
benefit of all market participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\256\ FLEX options are currently traded on CBOE, NYSE American,
NYSE Arca, and PHLX.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 11(a) Analysis
The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 11(a) of the
Act and the rules thereunder. Section 11(a)(1) of the Act \257\
prohibits a member of a national securities exchange from effecting
transactions on that exchange for its own account, the account of an
associated person, or an account over which it or its associated person
exercises investment discretion (collectively, ``covered accounts''),
unless an exception applies. Sections 11(a)(1)(A)-(I) of the Act \258\
and the rules thereunder provide certain exemptions from this general
prohibition, including the exemption set forth in Rule 11a2-2(T) under
the Act.\259\ The proposed rule change would not limit in any way the
obligation of a Participant, while acting as a Floor Broker or
otherwise, to comply with Section 11(a) of the Act or the rules
thereunder.\260\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\257\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1).
\258\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(A)-(I).
\259\ 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
\260\ A Floor Broker may utilize the Trading Floor to effect a
transaction for a covered account only pursuant to Rule 7540 and for
purposes of liquidating error positions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As described above, the Exchange proposes to apply existing IM-
7600-5 to FLEX Equity Options,\261\ which states that a Participant
shall not utilize the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for a
covered account by relying on the G Exemption.\262\ Because no covered
account transactions utilizing the Trading Floor may rely on the G
Exemption, Participants utilizing the Trading Floor to effect
transactions for covered accounts may only rely upon other exemptions
to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition.\263\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\261\ See proposed Rule 5055(c) (stating that IM-7600-5 shall
apply to FLEX Equity Options).
\262\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(G). Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act
provides an exemption from the general prohibition in Section
11(a)(1) of the Act for any transaction for a member's own account,
provided that: (i) such member is primarily engaged in the business
of underwriting and distributing securities issued by other persons,
selling securities to customers, and acting as broker, or any one or
more of such activities, and whose gross income normally is derived
principally from such business and related activities; and (ii) such
transaction is effected in compliance with rules of the Commission
which, as a minimum, assure that the transaction is not inconsistent
with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets and yields
priority, parity, and precedence in execution to orders for the
account of persons who are not members or associated with members of
the exchange. See also 17 CFR 240.11a1-1(T) (setting forth
requirements for relying on the G Exemption).
\263\ Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules thereunder provide
other exemptions to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition, including, for
example, the ``effect versus execute'' exemption (as discussed
below), the exemption for transactions by a dealer acting in the
capacity of a market maker, and the exemption for transactions to
offset a transaction made in error.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition to statutory exemptions, Rule 11a2-2(T) under the
Act,\264\ known as the ``effect versus execute'' rule, provides
Participants with an exemption from the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition.
Rule 11a2-2(T) permits a Participant, subject to certain conditions, to
effect transactions for covered accounts by arranging for an
unaffiliated Participant, acting as a Floor Broker, to execute
transactions on the Exchange. To comply with Rule 11a2-2(T)'s
conditions, the initiating Participant: (i) must transmit the order
from off the Trading Floor; (ii) may not participate in the execution
of the transaction once the order has been transmitted to the
Participant performing the execution; \265\ (iii) may not be affiliated
with the executing Participant; and (iv) with respect to an account
over which the Participant or an associated person has investment
discretion, neither the Participant nor an associated person may retain
any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction except as
provided in the Rule. For the reasons set forth below, the Exchange
believes that Participants utilizing FOO Orders on the Trading Floor
may comply with the
[[Page 44744]]
conditions of Rule 11a2-2(T) under the Act.\266\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\264\ 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
\265\ This prohibition also applies to associated persons of the
initiating Participant. The Participant may, however, participate in
clearing and settling the transaction.
\266\ The Commission has previously found that the all-
electronic transactions effected through the Trading Host are
consistent with the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act and
Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder. See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act
Release Nos. 72848 (August 14, 2014), 79 FR 49361 (August 20, 2014)
(SR-BOX-2014-16) (order approving the Exchange's proposal to adopt
new trade allocation algorithms for matching trades at the
conclusion of the PIP and the COPIP); and 66871 (April 27, 2012), 77
FR 26323 (May 3, 2012) (order granting the Exchange's application
for registration as a national securities exchange). The Commission
has also found that transactions effected by Participants through
the Trading Floor are consistent with the requirements of Section
11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder. See Securities
Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August
8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (order approving the Exchange's proposal
to adopt rules for an open-outcry Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rule 11a2-2(T)'s first requirement is that orders for covered
accounts be transmitted from off the Trading Floor. The Commission has
found that the off-floor transmission requirement is met if a covered
account order is transmitted from a remote location directly to an
exchange's floor by electronic means.\267\ Floor Brokers will receive
matched or unmatched orders either via telephone, or electronically to
the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism. A Participant could submit an
order for a covered account from off the Trading Floor to an
unaffiliated Floor Broker for representation on the Trading Floor and
use the ``effect versus execute'' exemption (assuming the other
conditions of the rule are satisfied). A Participant that submits a FOO
Order for a covered account utilizing the Trading Floor, and who wishes
to rely on the ``effect versus execute'' exemption, must submit the
order from off the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\267\ See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 15533
(January 29, 1979), 44 FR 6084 (January 31, 1979) (``1979
Release''); and 14563 (March 14, 1978), 43 FR 11542 (March 17, 1978)
(``1978 Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second, Rule 11a2-2(T) requires that neither the initiating
Participant nor an associated person of the initiating Participant
participate in the execution of the transaction at any time after the
order for the transaction has been transmitted. At no time following
the submission of a FOO Order utilizing the Trading Floor will the
submitting Participant or any associated person of such Participant
acquire control or influence over the result or timing of the order's
execution.\268\ In addition, once a Floor Broker submits a FOO order to
the BOG for execution, neither the Floor Broker nor anyone else may
alter the terms of the order.\269\ Moreover, when a Floor Broker
submits a FOO Order for execution, the order will be executed in
accordance with Exchange rules and based on market conditions of when
the order is received by the Trading Host.\270\ Accordingly, a
Participant and its associated persons would not participate in the
execution of a FOO Order submitted for execution utilizing the Trading
Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\268\ A Participant may cancel or modify the FOO Order, or
modify the instructions for executing the FOO Order. The Commission
has stated that the nonparticipation requirement is satisfied under
such circumstances so long as the modifications or cancellations are
also transmitted from off the floor. See 1978 Release, supra note
267, at 11547 (stating that the ``non-participation requirement does
not prevent initiating members from canceling of modifying orders
(or the instructions pursuant to which the initiating member wishes
orders to be executed) after the orders have been transmitted to the
executing member, provided that any such instructions are also
transmitted from off the floor'').
\269\ See proposed Rule 7600(c).
\270\ See proposed Rule 7600(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Third, Rule 11a2-2(T) requires that the order be executed by a
Participant that is not associated with the Participant initiating the
order. To rely on the exemption in Rule 11a2-2(T), a Participant could
submit a FOO Order for a covered account from off the Trading Floor to
an unaffiliated Floor Broker. A Participant relying on Rule 11a2-2(T)
could not submit a FOO Order for a covered account to its ``house''
Floor Broker on the Trading Floor for execution. If a Participant sends
its FOO Order from off the floor to an affiliated Participant that is
on the floor, who then directs the order into the Trading Host for
execution, the off-floor Participant may not rely on the exemption in
Rule 11a2-2(T).
Fourth, in the case of a transaction effected for an account with
respect to which the initiating Participant or an associated person
thereof exercises investment discretion, neither the initiating
Participant nor any associated person may retain any compensation in
connection with effecting the transaction, unless the person authorized
to transact business for the account has expressly provided otherwise
by written contract referring to Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule
11a2-2(T) thereunder.\271\ Participants and their associated persons
trading for covered accounts over which they exercise investment
discretion must comply with this condition in order to rely on the
rule's exemption.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\271\ In addition, Rule 11a2-2(T)(d) requires that, if a
Participant or associated person is authorized by written contract
to retain compensation in connection with effecting transactions for
covered accounts over which the Participant or associated person
thereof exercises investment discretion, the Participant or
associated person must furnish at least annually to the person
authorized to transact business for the account a statement setting
forth the total amount of compensation retained by the Participant
or any associated person thereof in connection with effecting
transactions for the account during the period covered by the
statement. See 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T)(d). See also 1978 Release, supra
note 267, at 11548 (stating that ``[t]he contractual and disclosure
requirements are designed to assure that accounts electing to permit
transaction-related compensation do so only after deciding that such
arrangements are suitable to their interests'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will
impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in
furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange notes that other
exchanges currently offer FLEX option trading on their respective
trading floors. The Exchange believes that the proposed rules will
allow BOX to compete with these other exchanges and provide an
additional execution venue for these transactions for market
participants. Thus, the proposed rules will promote intermarket
competition by increasing the number of exchanges where FLEX Equity
Options can be traded. The proposal also promotes intermarket
competition by providing another alternative, exchange markets, to
bilateral OTC trading of options with flexible terms. Exchange markets,
in contrast with bilateral OTC trading, are centralized, transparent,
and have the guarantee of the OCC for options traded.
Additionally, the Exchange believes that this proposal does not
impose an undue burden on intramarket competition because Participants
are not required to trade FLEX Equity Options and those that choose to
trade FLEX Equity Options may do so on the same terms and pursuant to
the same rules. To the extent that the proposed rules differ for FLEX
Market Makers and Floor Brokers, these differences are based on the
unique roles and obligations of Floor Brokers (e.g., systemization,
announcement, and allocation of orders) and FLEX Market Makers (e.g.,
quoting in response to orders). Additionally, any burden on intramarket
competition imposed by providing Floor Brokers with a guaranteed trade
allocation on certain trades is mitigated by the facts that FLEX Market
Maker quotes at better prices are allocated first and FLEX Market
Makers may still participate after the Floor Broker's guarantee at the
same price. Further, the Exchange notes that Floor Brokers source
liquidity for the contra side of a two-sided order that may otherwise
be unavailable on the Trading Floor due to the size and complexity of
the order. The proposed
[[Page 44745]]
guarantee provides greater opportunity for the contra-side to
participate in the trade which facilitates Floor Brokers in their
generation of contra-side interest and increases the likelihood of
securing sufficient contra-side interest. FLEX Market Makers do not
construct two-sided orders and thus are not provided a guarantee.
However, FLEX Market Makers may benefit from the Floor Broker guarantee
as the guarantee is designed to incentivize Floor Brokers to bring
their FLEX orders to the BOX Trading Floor where FLEX Market Makers
have the ability to interact with these orders. The Exchange also does
not believe the proposed rule change imposes any undue burden on
intramarket competition between Participants that trade FLEX Equity
Options and those that trade Non-FLEX Equity Options. As described
above, the Exchange has proposed to use substantially similar
procedures for the trading of QOO Orders and FOO Orders, with any
modifications designed to reflect the unique nature of customizable
FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange notes further that proposed Rules
5055(e)(1) and (f) would prevent any FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX
Equity Options with the same terms from trading concurrently on the
Exchange, with a narrow exception for closing only orders.\272\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\272\ See supra note 64.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lastly, the proposed MRVP changes are not intended to address
competitive issues but rather are concerned solely with updating the
Exchange's MRVP in connection with the proposed rules eligible for a
minor rule fine disposition. Further, the proposal relates to the
Exchange's role and responsibilities as a self-regulatory organization
and the manner in which it disciplines its Participants and associated
persons for violations of its rules. The Exchange believes the proposed
MRVP changes, overall, will strengthen the Exchange's ability to carry
out its oversight and enforcement functions and deter potential
violative conduct.
Based on the foregoing, the Exchange believes that the proposed
rule changes discussed herein do not impose any burden on competition
not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed
Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the
proposed rule change.
III. Discussion and Commission Findings
After careful review, the Commission finds that the proposed rule
change, as modified by Amendment No. 3, is consistent with the
requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.\273\ In
particular, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as
amended, is consistent with Section 6(b)(1), 6(b)(5), 6(b)(6), and
6(b)(7) \274\ of the Exchange Act. Section 6(b)(5) of the Exchange Act
\275\ requires, among other things, that the rules of a national
securities exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative
acts and practices; to promote just and equitable principles of trade;
to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in
regulating, clearing, settling, and processing information with respect
to, and facilitating transactions in securities; to remove impediments
to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national
market system; and, in general, to protect investors and the public
interest. Section 6(b)(5) also requires that the rules of a national
securities exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination
among customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. Further, the Commission
finds that the proposed rule change, as amended, is consistent with
Section 6(b)(1) of the Exchange Act,\276\ which requires, among other
things, that a national securities exchange be so organized and have
the capacity to carry out the purposes of the Exchange Act, and to
comply and enforce compliance by its members and persons associated
with its members, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, the rules
and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the exchange, and with
Sections 6(b)(6) and 6(b)(7) of the Exchange Act,\277\ which require a
national securities exchange, among other things, to provide fair
procedures for the disciplining of members and persons associated with
members. The Commission also finds that the proposed rule change, as
amended, is consistent with the public interest, the protection of
investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange
Act, as required by Rule 19d-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act,\278\ which
governs minor rule violation plans.\279\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\273\ In approving the proposed rule change, the Commission has
considered its impact on efficiency, competition, and capital
formation. See 15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
\274\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5), (6), and (7).
\275\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
\276\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(1).
\277\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6) and (b)(7).
\278\ 17 CFR 240.19d-1(c)(2).
\279\ The Commission has also previously stated in approving
other exchanges FLEX rules for equity options that, consistent with
Section 11A, such rules should encourage fair competition among
broker dealers and exchange markets by allowing exchanges to compete
with the over-the-counter (``OTC'') market in customized options.
See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14, 1996),
61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (Order approving the listing and
trading of FLEX Options).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specifically, the Exchange is proposing to trade FLEX Equity
Options on the BOX Trading Floor. FLEX Equity Options allow market
participants to customize certain specified terms (i.e., expiration
date, exercise price and exercise style) of an equity option. The
Exchange states that FLEX Equity Options provide an alternative to
trading customized option in the OTC market and provides the
``advantages of exchange markets such as transparency, parameters and
procedures for clearance and settlement and a centralized counterparty
clearing agency.'' \280\ The Exchange also states that its proposal
will allow it to compete with other exchanges that currently trade FLEX
Equity Options and provide an alternative trading venue for market
participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\280\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 57. See also,
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14, 1996), 61 FR
6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR-CBOE-95-43) (SR-PSE-95-24) (Order
Approving the Trading of Flexibly Structured Equity Options by CBOE
and PSE). The Options Clearing Corporation clears exchange traded
FLEX options as well as non-FLEX options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The trading procedures and functionality applicable to FLEX Equity
Options will be similar to the trading procedures and functionality for
trading Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor, with certain
exceptions, among others, to account for the customized nature of FLEX
Equity Options and that there is no BOX Book or Complex Order Book
available for FLEX Equity Options.\281\ The BOX proposal is also
consistent with the FLEX Equity Options rules of other national
securities exchanges that trade FLEX Equity Options.\282\ The
[[Page 44746]]
Commission believes that the Exchange's proposal is designed to provide
investors with a tailored or customized product for equity options that
can be traded on the Exchange that may be more suitable to their
investment needs. For the reasons described in more detail below, the
Commission believes the proposal is consistent with the Exchange
Act.\283\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\281\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 13 and fn.40.
\282\ In its proposal, BOX described the FLEX rules of other
exchanges that its proposed FLEX rules are based on and where there
were differences described those and the reasons for those
differences. For example, the Exchange stated it primarily based its
rules on NYSE Arca but omitted rules concerning index options
because it is only proposing FLEX Equity Options. See Amendment No.
3, supra note 10, at 46-54 fn.136-65. BOX also has represented that
its proposal to trade FLEX Equity Option on its exchange floor in a
similar manner as it trades non-FLEX options is consistent with how
FLEX orders are traded on the Cboe Exchange, Inc. (``CBOE''). See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 25 fn.75.
\283\ The Commission received one comment in support of the
proposed rule change. The public comment file for SR-BOX-2023-20 is
available on the Commission's website at https://www.sec.gov/comme-2023-20/srbox202320.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. FLEX Equity Option Requirements (Proposed Rule 5055)
The trading procedures applicable to FLEX Equity Options will be
subject to many of the same rules that apply to the trading of Non-FLEX
Equity Options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided by proposed
Rules 5055 and 7605.\284\ Among other things, proposed Rule 5055 will
provide the framework under which FLEX Equity Options would be eligible
for trading on the Exchange, including, but not limited to, the terms
under which FLEX Equity Options would be available (detailing the
underlying security, type, exercise price and style, and expiration
date), the form of settlement, fungibility provisions, minimum quoting
and trading increments, exercise by exception requirements, position
and exercise limits, as well as letters of guarantee and authorization.
As stated in its filing, the only means by which the Exchange intends
to permit FLEX Equity Options to be traded is via the proposed FOO
Order type on the Exchange's Trading Floor.\285\ The Exchange has
represented that the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book shall not be
available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options because, consistent
with other exchanges' FLEX rules, there will be no pre-established
series and no electronic trading of FLEX Equity Options.\286\ As a
result, the Exchange notes that those Exchange rules that contemplate
the operation of or interaction with the BOX Book and the Complex Order
Book will not apply to FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX Equity
Options may only be traded as FOO Orders on the Trading Floor and FOO
Orders may not be placed in the BOX Book or the Complex Order
Book.\287\ Additionally, the Exchange has proposed that Options
Exchange Officials have the same duties and ability to enforce rules
applicable to the trading of FLEX Equity Options as they do for all
other activity on the Trading Floor.\288\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\284\ The Exchange represented that it conducted a thorough
review of its existing Rules to ensure that proposed Rule 5055(a)
accurately reflects the application of the Exchange's Non-FLEX
Equity Option Rules to FLEX Equity Options, as well as those Non-
FLEX Equity Option Rules that would not apply to FLEX Equity
Options. As an example of Non-FLEX Equity Rules that would apply,
the Exchange referenced BOX Rule 7080 relating to trading halts. The
Exchange stated that an Options Exchange Official may halt trading
in any option contract in the interests of a fair and orderly market
(factors that shall be considered are enumerated in Rule 7080(a)(1))
and will halt trading in FLEX Equity Options when Non-FLEX Equity
Options on the same underlying security are halted. The Exchange
further represented that the BOX Trading System is also designed to
enforce the Exchange's trading halt rules such that a trading halt
in Non-FLEX Equity Options will result in a trading halt in FLEX
Equity Options on the same underlying security. See Amendment No. 3,
supra note 10, at 10. As an example of Non-FLEX Equity Rules that
would not apply, the Exchange referenced proposed Rule 7605 allowing
FLEX Equity Options to only trade as FOO Orders and stating that
FLEX Equity Options may not trade via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation
and Solicitation Auctions, or as Qualified Contingent Cross, Complex
QCC, Customer Cross, Complex Customer Cross Orders, and any new
order type not explicitly included within the FLEX Equity Option
rules. See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10-11 fn.32.
\285\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10 and proposed
Rule 5055(b)(3). Rule 5055(b)(3) specifically states that FLEX
Equity Options may not be traded using any other order type or
trading mechanism offered by the Exchange. In its proposal the
Exchange, consistent with the requirement that FLEX Equity Options
can only trade on the Exchange as a FOO Order specified those order
types and trading mechanisms that cannot be used for the trading of
FLEX Equity Options. See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10-11
fn.24 and 32.
\286\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 11. The Exchange
notes that proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1) provide that FOO
orders must have different terms for orders on the BOX Book, and,
therefore, could not execute against interest on the BOX Book. See
id. at fn.96. This is consistent with the rules of other exchanges
that currently trade FLEX Equity Options and that also do not have a
separate FLEX customer order book. See Securities Exchange Act
Release No. 90457, (November 18, 2020), 85 FR at 75077 (November 24,
2020).
\287\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 11 and proposed
Rule 5055(a)(1).
\288\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 11-12 and proposed
Rule 5055(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As proposed, FLEX Equity Options will only be permitted in puts and
calls that do not have the same exercise style (American or European),
same expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options
that are already available for trading on the same underlying security,
provided the option is otherwise eligible for trading.\289\ The
Exchange states that its system enforces these requirements and that
its system will reject an order in a FLEX Equity Option if the order
received has the same exercise style (i.e., American or European), same
expiration date and same exercise price as a Non-FLEX Equity Option
available for trading in the same underlying security.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\289\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 12 and proposed
Rule 5055(e)(1) and (2)(i) Additionally, under proposed Rule
5055(e)(3) FLEX Equity Options must be physically settled by
delivery of the underlying security.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additionally, Exchange proposed Rule 5055(f) titled ``Fungibility
of FLEX Equity Options'' addresses the listing of a FLEX Equity Option
before a Non-FLEX Equity Option with the same terms is listed for
trading and the treatment of such outstanding FLEX Equity Option
position after the Non-FLEX option is listed. Under Rule 5055(f) if, at
any time in the future, an options series with identical terms to an
open FLEX options position is listed for trading as a Non-FLEX Equity
Option: (i) all existing open positions established under the FLEX
trading procedures shall be fully fungible with transactions in the
respective Non-FLEX Equity Options series, and (ii) any further trading
in the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity Options subject to the non-
FLEX trading procedures and rules.\290\ In the event a Non-FLEX Equity
Options series is added intra-day, however, the holder or writer of
such FLEX Equity Options position would be permitted to close such
position under the FLEX trading procedures only against another closing
only FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on
which the Non-FLEX series was added.\291\ In addition, once the same
Non-FLEX Option series is added on a trading day after the FLEX Equity
is established it can only be closed out by a non-FLEX transaction
except, as described above, for the limited intra-day exception. As the
Commission has previously stated, it has been concerned about FLEX
Options acting as a surrogate for trading in standardized Non-FLEX
Options given the protections for investors in the Non-FLEX Options
market, and the fungibility provisions could help to mitigate some of
these concerns.\292\ The Commission continues to believe that requiring
FLEX Equity Options to be fungible with their Non-FLEX counterparts
could help to address the surrogacy concerns and ensure that market
participants can avail
[[Page 44747]]
themselves of the protections provided in the standardized market.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\290\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1).
\291\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). This is because in the event
a Non-FLEX Equity Option with identical terms to a FLEX Equity
Option is listed intraday, OCC could not net the positions in the
contracts until the next day potentially leading to assignment risk.
See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 62321 (June 17, 2010), 75 FR
at 36131 (June 24, 2010).
\292\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59417 (February
18, 2009), 74 FR 8591 (February 25, 2009) (Order providing for
fungibility of FLEX and non-FLEX option series with same terms upon
listing of non-FLEX option series).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, proposed Rules 5055(i) and 5055(j) details position and
exercise limits, respectively, for FLEX Equity Options.\293\ Under
proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) and (j) FLEX Equity Options will not be
subject to position and exercise limits \294\ except, as long as the
options positions remain open, positions in FLEX Equity Options that
expire on the third Friday-of-the-month shall be aggregated with
positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security
and shall be subject to the position limits for Non-FLEX Equity Options
in current BOX Rule 3120 and the exercise limits set forth in in
current BOX Rule 3140.\295\ The Exchange has proposed that rather than
be subject to FLEX position limits, each Participant (other than a
Market Maker) that maintains a position on the same side of the market
in excess of the standard position limit under BOX Rule 3120 for Non-
FLEX Equity Options of the same class on behalf of its own account or
for the account of a customer shall report information on the FLEX
Equity Options position, positions in any related instrument, the
purpose or strategy for the position and the collateral used by the
account.\296\ Furthermore, whenever the Exchange determines that a
higher margin requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated
with a FLEX Equity Options position in excess of the stand position
limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class, the Exchange may,
pursuant to its authority under Rule 10130(b), impose additional margin
upon the account maintaining such under-hedged position.\297\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\293\ See proposed Rule 5055(i).
\294\ Proposed Rule 5055(j) states that exercise limits for FLEX
Equity Options are the same as position limits under proposed Rule
5055(i).
\295\ See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) and (2).
\296\ See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1).
\297\ See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(i)(1)
also states that the clearing firm carrying the account will be
subject to capital charges under SEC Rule 15c3-1 to the extent of
any margin deficiency resulting from a higher margin imposed by the
Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The enhanced reporting requirements and margin provisions as well
as the requirement that FLEX Equity Options that expire on an
Expiration Friday be subject to, and aggregated with, standard non-FLEX
Options position and exercise limits, are the same position and
exercise limit requirements that apply under the rules of the four
other exchanges that currently trade FLEX Equity Options.\298\ It is
therefore appropriate for BOX to have the same position and exercise
limit rules for FLEX Equity Options as these other exchange markets. As
the Commission has previously stated, while it cannot entirely rule out
the potential for future adverse effects on the securities markets for
the FLEX Equity Options or component securities underlying FLEX Equity
Options, the continued enhanced market surveillance of positions should
help the Exchange to take the appropriate action in order to avoid any
manipulation or market risk concerns.\299\ The Commission expects BOX,
as it has the other exchanges trading FLEX Equity Options, to take
prompt action including timely communication with the Commission and
other marketplace self-regulatory organizations responsible for
oversight of trading in FLEX Equity Options and the underlying stocks,
should any unanticipated adverse market effects develop.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\298\ See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 5.35-O(b) and (b)(i).
\299\ The Commission stated that the monitoring of accounts
should provide the Exchanges with information necessary to determine
whether to impose additional margin and/or assess capital charges
and also determine whether a large position could have an undue
effect on the underlying market and to take the appropriate action.
See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42223 (December 10, 1999),
64 FR 71158 (December 20, 1999) (Order approving the elimination of
position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options). See also
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42346 (January 18. 2000), 65 FR
4010 (January 25, 2000) (Order approving the elimination of position
and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accordingly, based on the above, the Commission finds that proposed
Rule 5505 is consistent with the Exchange Act, and Section 6(b)(5) of
the Exchange Act \300\ in particular, and its requirements that the
rules of a national securities exchange be reasonably designed to
prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just
and equitable principals of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system,
and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest; and that
the rules not be designed to permit unfair discrimination between
customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The Commission notes that Rule
5055 is modeled on FLEX rules previously approved by the
Commission.\301\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\300\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
\301\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 10-25.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. FLEX Open Outcry (``FOO'') Orders
In its filing, the Exchange proposed to introduce a new order type,
the FLEX Open Outcry Order, to facilitate FLEX Equity Options
transactions on the BOX Trading Floor.\302\ The FOO Order is modeled on
a current order type utilized on the Trading Floor, the Qualified Open
Outcry (``QOO'') Order.\303\ As proposed, FOO Orders must consist of
options with terms defined in Rule 5055, are limited solely to FLEX
Equity Options, the BOX Trading Floor, and may only be entered by Floor
Brokers registered under Rule 7550.\304\ As discussed in more detail
above, the Exchange proposed to allow Floor Market Makers in good
standing under Rule 8500 to apply to be FLEX Market Makers, and the
Exchange will qualify at least three FLEX Market Makers.\305\ All FLEX
Market Makers will be required to quote all classes when present on the
Trading Floor.\306\ Similar to Non-FLEX Equity Options, a Floor Broker
will have to ascertain that at least one FLEX Market Makers is present
in the Crowd Area prior to announcing a FOO Order for execution, as
this requirement, among others, is designed to increase the opportunity
for another Floor Participant to compete to interact with orders on the
Trading Floor.\307\ Furthermore, as discussed in
[[Page 44748]]
more detail above, FOO Orders may be brought to the Trading Floor as
matched or unmatched orders with a Floor Broker receiving the matched
or unmatched order via the same methods that Floor Brokers receive QOO
orders on the Trading Floor.\308\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\302\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 24; see also
proposed Rule 7605.
\303\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 24-25 fn.73-74. The
Exchange cites to CBOE, which allows a FLEX Order to be represented
to and executed in the same manner as a non-FLEX Order. See CBOE
Rule 5.72(d).
\304\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 25. See proposed
Rule 7605(a) and (b). Proposed Rule 7605(b) is based on BOX Rule
7600(a)(2) and (3) and NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(b), but the Exchange
proposed to add a clarifying statement that prior to announcement of
the FOO Orders to the trading crowd, Floor Brokers must record all
FOO Orders pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(1).
\305\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 26. For the
qualification requirements, see Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at
26 fn.80.
\306\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 27 fn.81. See also
proposed Rule 7506(c). The Exchange notes that ``all FLEX Market
Makers will be subject to the Rule 8000 series (as Market Makers)
and Rules 8500 and 8510 (as Floor Market Makers) in their entirety,
and such FLEX Market Makers will be required to be familiar with and
abide by those Exchange rules where applicable.'' According to the
Exchange, the provision in proposed Rule 7605(c) providing that FLEX
Market Makers are subject to the obligations and restrictions of
Rule 8510 ``unless otherwise specified'' in Rule 7605 is simply
intended to allow for certain obligations and restrictions unique to
FLEX Market Makers' trading in FLEX Equity Options that differ from
those Market Makers' activities in Non-FLEX Equity Options. See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 26 fn.79. The Exchange also noted
that nothing in proposed Rule 7605 is intended to eliminate or
reduce any generally applicable Market Maker or Floor Market Maker
obligations, such as a Market Maker's obligation to maintain a
course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to the
maintenance of a fair and orderly market. Id. The Exchange also
noted, supra note 89, that each Floor Market Maker is currently
qualified for all classes of Non-FLEX Equity Options on the Trading
Floor.
\307\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 27 fn.82-83. See
also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82
FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order Approving a
Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To
Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (``BOX Open-Outcry
Trading Floor Approval Order'').
\308\ See also Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 28.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As discussed in more detail above, the Exchange also proposed that
FOO Orders may be either Complex Orders (``Complex FOO Orders'') or
Multi-Leg Orders (``Multi-Leg FOO Orders'') as defined in Rule
7240(a)(7) and (10), with no more than the applicable number of legs,
as determined by the Exchange and communicated to Participants,
including tied hedge orders defined in IM-7600-2.\309\ The Exchange
notes that the priority provisions of Rule 7240(b)(2) and (3) will not
apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders because there is no
Complex Order Book for such orders, nor is there a BOX Book for
individual FLEX Equity Options components of the Complex FOO Orders or
Multi-Leg FOO Orders.\310\ Furthermore, under proposed Rule 7605(d),
each option leg of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must be
for a FLEX Equity Option series with the same underlying security and
must have the same exercise style (i.e., American or European).\311\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\309\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 29.
\310\ See id.
\311\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 29-30. See proposed
Rule 7605(d). Proposed Rule 7605(d)(3) provides that if a Non-FLEX
Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the holder or writer of a
position in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Orders would be permitted to close its
position(s) under the FLEX trading procedures against closing only
FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on
which the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added. Additionally, if a
Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order position is established,
the holder or writer of a position in the component leg(s) resulting
from such Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders would be
required to execute separate FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity
Option transaction to close its position(s), such that FLEX Equity
Option component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX trading
procedures and Non-FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade
subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. See proposed
Rule 7605(d)(3) and (4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Announcement, Representation, and Execution of a FOO Order
Proposed Rule 7605(e) covers the announcement and representation of
FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor and the Exchange states that the
rules are consistent with the Non-FLEX Trading Floor Requirements.\312\
All FOO Orders must be announced to the trading crowd, as provided in
Rule 7580(e)(2), prior to the FOO Order being submitted to the BOG, and
an Options Exchange Official will certify that the Floor Broker
adequately announced the FOO Orders to the trading crowd.\313\ The
Exchange specifies that a FOO Order is not deemed executed until it is
processed by the Trading Host, and once a Floor Broker submits the FOO
Order to the BOG, there will be no opportunity for the submitting Floor
Broker (or anyone else) to alter the terms of the FOO Order.\314\ The
Exchange states that the proposed floor interaction practice is
consistent with the process of QOO Orders, but that FOO Orders are not
eligible for the BOX Book or Complex Order Book, there is no NBBO, and
that Floor Brokers, under Rule 7605(e)(2), must allow Floor
Participants a minimum period of time (between three seconds and five
minutes) that qualifies as a reasonable amount of time to respond to
FOO Orders.\315\ The Exchange further notes that a reasonable amount of
time for Floor Participants to respond to a FOO Order, the same as a
QOO Order, will be interpreted on a case-by-case basis by an Options
Exchange Official based on current market conditions and trading
activity on the Trading Floor, provided, for FOO Orders, the minimum
threshold between three second and five minutes must be satisfied.\316\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\312\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 31; see also supra
note 105 for a discussion on differences between the FOO
announcement and representations versus QOO orders.
\313\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 33; see proposed
Rule 7605(e). The Exchange specifies that all transactions on the
Trading Floor must be processed by the Trading Host and that Floor
Brokers are responsible for handling all orders in accordance with
Exchange priority rules. See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 32.
\314\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 33. The Exchange
notes that once the FOO Order is announced to the trading crowd, the
Floor Broker must submit the FOO Order to the BOG for processing by
the Trading Host without undue delay, providing that the executing
Floor Broker must give Floor Participants a reasonable amount of
time to respond, per Rule 100(b)(5). The ``reasonable amount of
time'' will be established by the Exchange, and announced via
Regulatory Notice, as a minimum period of time (between three
seconds and five minutes). See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at
33-34.
\315\ See id. There are no pre-established, outstanding series
in FLEX Options so they are not continuously quoted. Therefore,
there is no NBBO in FLEX Options. See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 34. This is the same as how FLEX Equity Options are traded on
other exchanges. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90457,
(November 18, 2020), 85 FR at 75077 (November 24, 2020).
\316\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 35. See also
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 34-35 fn.105 for factors an
Options Exchange Official takes into account in determining
reasonable time.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Rule 7605(f) provides for the minimum size for a FLEX
Equity Options transaction and quotation to be one contract,\317\ and
proposed Rule 7605(g) provides that there is no maximum differences
between the bid and offer for FLEX Equity Option quotes.\318\ Finally,
proposed Rule 7605(h) states that FLEX Market Makers have an obligation
to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a
Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided
market.\319\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\317\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 35. See also
proposed Rule 7605(f).
\318\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 35. See also
proposed Rule 7605(g).
\319\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 36. See also
proposed Rule 7605(h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Allocation and Priority of FOO Orders
Proposed Rule 7605(i) details the allocation process for FOO
Orders, specifically that the FOO Order will be matched by the Trading
Host on the contra-side of the FOO Order, regardless of whether the
contra-side order submitted by the Floor Broker is ultimately entitled
to receive an allocation pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(i)(1)-(2).\320\
Specifically: (i) if the FOO Order satisfies the provisions of proposed
Rule 7605(k), the executing Floor Broker is entitled to 40% of the
remaining quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order; \321\ (ii)
a FLEX Market Maker that responds with interest when the Floor Broker
announces the FOO Order to the trading crowd, as specified in Rule
7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 7605(e), are allocated; (iii) if multiple
Floor Participants respond with interest, priority in the Trading Crowd
is established pursuant to Rule 7610; and (iv) if interest remains
after Floor Participants that respond with interest receive their
allocations, but the remaining quantity of the initiating side of the
FOO Order will be allocated to the executing Floor Broker.\322\ These
are similar allocation and priority provisions to those already
established and applicable to responses for QOO Orders on the BOX
Trading Floor.\323\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\320\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 36. The Exchange
states that if no Floor Participant, other than the executing Floor
Broker, is entitled to an allocation, then no further steps are
necessary.
\321\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(1).
\322\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(3).
\323\ See BOX Rule 7600(c)-(e), (h), (f)(1), and (3). See
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 37 fn.114. The Exchange states
that the differences between the FOO and QOO priority provisions are
due to the fact that there is no FLEX Equity Options interest on the
BOX Book, and thus those Exchange provisions are not necessary. Id.
Furthermore, the Exchange notes that the existing rules for
determining priority of bids and offers from Floor Participants in
the trading crowd are based on price-time priority without regard to
market participant type, including Public Customer. See BOX Rule
7610. According to the Exchange, this is consistent with floor
priority rules for FLEX options on other options exchanges. See,
e.g., PHLX Options 8, Section 34(c)(4) and NYSE American Rule
904G(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 44749]]
As proposed, after the execution of the FOO Order, the executing
Floor Broker will be responsible for providing the correct allocation
to the initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options Exchange Official
(or designees) who will properly record the order on the Exchange's
system.\324\ Additionally, the Exchange proposed to allow for a
participation guarantee for certain FOO Orders executed by Floor
Brokers on the Trading Floor, specifically when a Floor Broker holds an
option order of eligible size \325\ or greater, the Floor Broker is
entitled to cross 40% of the remaining contracts of the original order,
after all bids or offers at better prices are filled, with other orders
that the Floor Broker is holding.\326\ The Exchange states that nothing
in the proposed rule is intended to prohibit a Floor Broker from
trading more than their entitlement if the other Participants of the
trading crowd do not choose to trade the remaining portion of the
order.\327\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\324\ See proposed Rule 7605(j). See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 38. The Exchange notes that the executing Floor Broker must
provide the correct allocation to an Options Exchange Official (or
designee) in writing, without unreasonable delay. Id.
\325\ The Exchange may determine, on an option by option basis,
the eligible size for an order on the Trading Floor to be subject to
the guarantee as long as the eligible order size is not less than 50
contracts. For Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders, the
eligible order size requirement must contain one leg alone which is
the eligible order size or greater. See proposed Rule 7605(k)(2) and
Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 38-39.
\326\ See proposed Rule 7605(i), (k)(1), and (3). See Amendment
No. 3, supra note 10, at 38-39.
\327\ See proposed Rule 7605(k)(4). See Amendment No. 3, supra
note 10, at 39.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Additional Provisions
As described in more detail above, the Exchange has proposed
additional provisions related to FOO Orders and conduct on the Trading
Floor in relation to FLEX Equity Options.\328\ Specifically, the
Exchange proposed that all order entrusted to a Floor Broker will be
considered ``Not Held Orders,'' unless otherwise specified by a Floor
Broker's client.\329\ Additionally, proposed IM-7605-1 allows Floor
Brokers to bring unmatched orders to the Trading Floor in order to seek
contra-side interest, and once the contra-side is sourced pursuant to
Rule 7580(e)(2) and 7605(e), the Floor Broker shall submit the two-
sided FOO Order to the BOG.\330\ The Exchange states that this
provision is essentially identical to IM-7600-4, which applies to QOO
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor. Lastly, the Exchange proposes IM-7605-
2 to guide conduct on the floor.\331\ Specifically, IM-7605-2 provides:
(i) the Floor Broker must disclose all securities that are components
of the Public Customer Order which is subject to crossing before
requesting bids and offers for the execution of all components of the
order; \332\ (ii) once the trading crowd has provided a quote, it will
remain in effect until a reasonable amount of time has passed, or there
is a significant change in the price of the underlying security, or the
market given in response to the request has been improved; \333\ (iii)
the Participant of the trading crowd who establishes the market will
have priority over all other orders that were not announced in the
trading crowd at the time that the market was established and will
maintain priority over such orders except for orders that improve upon
the market; \334\ (iv) Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, or
tied hedge orders on opposite sides of the market may be crossed,
provided that the Floor Brokers holding such orders proceeds in the
manner described in proposed Rule 7605 and IM-7600-2 as appropriate;
\335\ and (v) a Floor Broker crossing a Public Customer Order with an
order that is not a Public Customer Order, when providing for a
reasonable opportunity for the trading crowd to participate in the
transaction, shall disclosure the Public Customer Order that is subject
to crossing.\336\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\328\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 42.
\329\ See proposed Rule 7605(l). See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 42.
\330\ See proposed IM-7605-1. See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 42.
\331\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 42.
\332\ See proposed IM-7605-2(a). See also Amendment No. 3, supra
note 10, at 42.
\333\ See proposed IM-7605-2(b). See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 43. Proposed IM-7605-2(b) specifies that in the case of a
dispute, the term ``significant change'' will be interpreted on a
case-by-case basis by an Options Exchange Official based upon the
extent of recent trading in the option and in the underlying
security, and any other relevant factors.
\334\ See proposed IM-7605-2(c). See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 43 and BOX IM-7600-1. Proposed IM-7605-2(c) also specifies
that when a Floor Broker announces an order to the trading crowd
pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(2), it is the responsibility of the Floor
Participant who established the market to alert the Floor Broker of
the fact that the Floor Participant has priority.
\335\ See proposed IM-7605-2(d). See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 43. Proposed IM-7605-2(d) also provides that Floor
Participants may not prevent a Complex FOO Order from being.
completed by giving a competing bid or offer for one component of
such order. Additionally, when determining whether an order
satisfies the eligible tied hedge order size requirement, any
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain one leg which,
standing alone, is for the eligible order size or greater.
\336\ See proposed IM-7605-2(e). See Amendment No. 3, supra note
10, at 44.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. FOO Order Summary
Accordingly, the Commission finds that the establishment of the new
FOO Order, including the rules for the FLEX Market Makers, the
announcement, representation and execution of FOO Orders, allocation of
FOO Orders, and additional provisions, is consistent with the Exchange
Act, and Section 6(b)(5) of the Exchange Act \337\ in particular, and
its requirements that the rules of a national securities exchange be
reasonably designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and
practices, to promote just and equitable principals of trade, to remove
impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and
a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the
public interest; and that the rules not be designed to permit unfair
discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The
Commission notes that the FOO Order is modeled on the previously
approved QOO Order,\338\ but tailored for FLEX Equity Options. The
Commission believes that the proposed rules governing Complex FOO
Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders are designed to protect the priority of
interest on the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book because a Complex
FOO or Multi-Leg FOO Order must be comprised solely of FLEX Equity
Option series.\339\ Under the proposal, FLEX Equity Options will be
permitted only in puts and calls that do not have the same exercise
style, same expiration date, and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity
Options that are already available for trading on the same underlying
security.\340\ If any component leg of a Complex FOO or Multi-Leg FOO
Order becomes a Non-FLEX Equity Option series, the proposed rules
establish procedures for holders and writers of positions in the
component leg(s) of the order to close their positions.\341\
Additionally, the
[[Page 44750]]
Commission believes that the FLEX Market Maker rules are consistent
with those of the non-FLEX trading floor, including the requirement for
one FLEX Market Maker to be present in the Crowd Area prior to
announcing an order for execution.\342\ Furthermore, the Commission
believes that the announcement, representation, execution, and
allocation of FOO Orders is consistent with previously approved QOO
orders and the deviations from the existing QOO Order rules is
consistent with the Exchange Act due to the unique nature of the FLEX
Equity Options as proposed.\343\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\337\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
\338\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 25. See also BOX
Open-Outcry Trading Floor Approval Order, supra note 307.
\339\ See proposed Rule 7605(d)(1).
\340\ See proposed Rule 5505(e)(1).
\341\ If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for
a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order,
the holder or writer of a position in the component leg(s) resulting
from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Orders would be
permitted to close its position(s) under the FLEX trading procedures
against closing only FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of
the trading day on which the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added.
If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added for a component leg(s)
of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after
the Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order position is
established, the holder or writer of a position in the component
leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO
Orders would be required to execute separate FLEX Equity Option and
Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions to close its position(s), such
that FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX
trading procedures and Non-FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would
trade subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. See
proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4).
\342\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 27. See also BOX
Open-Outcry Trading Floor Approval Order, supra note 307. In the
Open-Outcry Trading Floor Approval Order, the Commission notes that
``this requirement . . . [is] designed to increase the opportunities
for another Floor Participant to compete to interact with the orders
on the Trading Floor.'' Id. at 37149.
\343\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 31 and 33. See also
BOX Open-Outcry Trading Floor Approval, supra note 307, at 37151. In
that Order, the Commission noted that the ``automated provided by
the BOG and the Trading Host may benefit the Exchange, its members
and users, and other market participants by, for example, producing
more accurate and timely trade reports and should ensure compliance
with trade-through and priority rules.'' Furthermore, the Commission
noted that it ``believes that the functionality provided by the BOG
and the Trading Host is reasonably designed to assist Floor
Participants in complying with applicable Commission rules and
regulations, and with the Exchange's Rules. Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Regulation and Oversight
The Commission notes that surveillance is important, among other
things, to detect and deter fraudulent and manipulative trading
activity as well as other violations of Exchange rules and the federal
securities laws. The Exchange has represented that it has reviewed its
current surveillance in light of any changes required, including
surveillance and technology to detect disruptive or manipulative
trading activity for FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, and will modify
or add any surveillance as appropriate.\344\ The Exchange also states
it has surveillance in place to monitor issues unique to FLEX trading
and has developed FLEX-specific surveillance reports to ensure
monitoring of compliance with the proposed rules. In addition to the
above, the Exchange states that it will apply its existing surveillance
program, that applies to other options traded on the Exchange, to FLEX
Equity Options.\345\ Finally, the Exchange has represented that if it
amends or changes the FLEX rules in the future it will review and
update the related surveillance coverage and reports as needed.\346\
Furthermore, as noted above, the Exchange represents that it believes
it and the Options Price Reporting Authority (``OPRA'') have the
necessary systems capacity to handle the additional message traffic
associated with the listing of new series that may result from the
introduction of FLEX Equity Options.\347\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\344\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 45 and 58.
\345\ See id.
\346\ The Commission notes that the Exchange, in its proposal,
has represented that it works with other self-regulatory
organizations (``SROs'') and exchanges on intermarket surveillance
related issues. Through the Exchange's participation in the
Intermarket Surveillance Group (``ISG'') the Exchange shares
information and coordinates inquiries and investigations with other
exchanges designed to address potential intermarket manipulation and
trading abuses. In addition, the Exchange stated that the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (``FINRA''), conducts cross-
market surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a
regulatory services agreement. The Exchange stated its belief that
the cross-market surveillance performed by the Exchange or FINRA, on
behalf of the Exchange, coupled with the Exchange's own monitoring
comprises a comprehensive surveillance program that is adequate to
monitor for issues unique to FLEX trading.
\347\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 45. The Exchange
noted that it will report FLEX Equity Options trade and, if
necessary, trade cancels to OPRA. See supra note 141.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange also believes the proposed changes to Rule 12140(e)
(Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations), which provides that
members and persons associated with members shall be appropriately
disciplined for violation of the provisions of the rules of the
exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of activities,
functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended or barred
from being associated with a member, or any other fitting sanction are
consistent with Sections 6(b)(6).\348\ The Exchange further believes
that Rule 12140(e) is designed to provide a fair procedure for the
disciplining of members and persons associated with members and is,
therefore, consistent with Sections 6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Exchange
Act.\349\ The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 12140(e) to add certain
violations of FLEX Rules concerning FOO Orders and FLEX Market Makers
to be eligible for minor rule fines under the Exchange's MRVP.\350\
Specifically, the Exchange proposes to modify BOX Rule 12140 to specify
that any Floor Participant that fails to properly execute a FOO Order
under new Rule 7605 shall be subject to the fines detailed in Rule
12140(e)(3) and that any FLEX Market Maker that fails to comply with
the quotation requirement under new Rule 7605(h) shall be subject to
the fines detailed in Rule 12140(e)(9).\351\ The Exchange states that
the rules that it proposes to include in Rule 12140(e) are comparable
to the rules at other options exchanges.\352\ The proposed additional
violations are also similar to minor rule violations already designated
in the Exchange's MRVP for activities related to the trading of Non-
FLEX Equity Options on the Trading Floor.\353\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\348\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 85.
\349\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 85-86.
\350\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 55-56.
\351\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 56.
\352\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 86 fn.247 (citing
to NYSE Arca Rule 10.12(h) and CBOE Rule 13.15(g)(9)).
\353\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 86.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange's proposed regulatory structure raises no new
regulatory issues. Accordingly, the Commission finds that the
Exchange's proposed regulatory structure, including the Exchange's
proposed application of its existing rules along with the proposed rule
changes and the updates to its surveillance program to monitor issues
unique to FLEX trading are consistent with the Exchange Act and, in
particular, the Section 6(b)(5) requirement that a national securities
exchange's rules be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative
acts and practices; promote just and equitable principles of trade,
remove impediments to and perfect the mechanisms of a free and open
market and a national market system, and protect investors and the
public interest.\354\ The Commission also finds that the Exchange's
proposed regulatory structure is consistent with the requirements of
Section 6(b)(1) of the Exchange Act, which requires a national
securities exchange to be so organized and have the capacity to be able
to carry out the purposes of the Exchange Act and to comply, and to
enforce compliance by its members and persons associated with its
members, with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder, and the rules of the Exchange,\355\ and with Sections
6(b)(6) and 6(b)(7) of the Exchange
[[Page 44751]]
Act,\356\ which require an Exchange to provide fair procedures for the
disciplining of members and persons associated with members.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\354\ See 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
\355\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(1).
\356\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6) and (b)(7).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, the Commission finds that the proposed changes to the Rule
12140(e) are consistent with the public interest, the protection of
investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purpose of the Exchange
Act, as required by Rule 19d-1(c)(2) under the Exchange Act,\357\ which
governs minor rule violation plans. The Commission believes that BOX
Rule 12140 is an effective way to discipline a member for a minor
violation of a rule. The Commission believes that the Exchange's
proposal to add rules related to FOO Orders and FLEX Market Makers to
the list of rules that are eligible for minor rule violation plan
treatment is consistent with the Exchange Act because it may help the
Exchange's ability to better carry out its oversight and enforcement
responsibilities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\357\ 17 CFR 240.19d-1(c)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In approving the proposed changes to the Rule 12140(e), the
Commission in no way minimizes the importance of complying with the
Exchange's rules and all other rules subject to fines under BOX Rule
12140. The Commission believes that a violation of any SRO's rules, as
well as Commission rules, is a serious matter. However, BOX Rule 12140
provides a reasonable means of addressing rule violations that may not
rise to the level of requiring formal disciplinary proceedings, while
providing greater flexibility in handling certain violations. The
Commission expects that the Exchange will continue to conduct
surveillance with due diligence and make a determination based on its
findings, on a case-by-case basis, whether a fine of more or less than
the recommended amount is appropriate for a violation under BOX Rule
12140 or whether a violation requires formal disciplinary action.
D. Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act
Section 11(a)(1) of the Exchange Act \358\ prohibits a member of a
national securities exchange from effecting transactions on that
exchange for its own account, the account of an associated person, or
an account over which it or its associated person exercises investment
discretion (collectively, ``covered accounts'') unless an exception
applies.\359\ Sections 11(a)(1)(A)-(I) of the Act \360\ and the rules
thereunder provide certain exemptions from this general prohibition,
including the exemption set forth in Rule 11a2-2(T) under the Act.\361\
As described above,\362\ the Exchange proposes to apply existing IM-
7600-5 to FLEX Equity Options,\363\ which states that a Participant
shall not utilize the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for a
covered account by relying on the G Exemption.\364\ Because no covered
account transactions utilizing the Trading Floor may rely on the G
Exemption, Participants utilizing the Trading Floor to effect
transactions for covered accounts may only rely upon other exemptions
to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\358\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1).
\359\ Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules thereunder provide
other exemptions to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition, including, for
example, the ``effect versus execute'' exemption, the exemption for
transactions by a dealer acting in the capacity of a market maker,
and the exemption for transactions to offset a transaction made in
error. The ``effect versus execute'' exemption, set forth in Rule
11a2-2(T) under the Exchange Act, permits an exchange member,
subject to certain conditions, to effect transactions for covered
accounts by arranging for an unaffiliated member to execute
transactions on the exchange. See 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
\360\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(A)-(I).
\361\ 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
\362\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 88.
\363\ See proposed Rule 5055(c) (stating that IM-7600-5 shall
apply to FLEX Equity Options).
\364\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(G). Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act
provides an exemption from the general prohibition in Section
11(a)(1) of the Act for any transaction for a member's own account,
provided that: (i) such member is primarily engaged in the business
of underwriting and distributing securities issued by other persons,
selling securities to customers, and acting as broker, or any one or
more of such activities, and whose gross income normally is derived
principally from such business and related activities; and (ii) such
transaction is effected in compliance with rules of the Commission
which, as a minimum, assure that the transaction is not inconsistent
with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets and yields
priority, parity, and precedence in execution to orders for the
account of persons who are not members or associated with members of
the exchange. See also 17 CFR 240.11a1-1(T) (setting forth
requirements for relying on the G Exemption).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Exchange states that it believes the proposed rule change is
consistent with Section 11(a) of the Act and rules thereunder.\365\ The
Exchange states that the proposed rule change would not limit in any
way the obligation of a Participant, while acting as a Floor Broker or
otherwise, to comply with Section 11(a) or the rules thereunder.\366\
In its filing, the Exchange conducted an analysis detailing how
Participants utilizing FOO Orders on the Trading Floor may comply with
the requirements of Rule 11a2-2(T).\367\ The Commission previously
stated that Participants utilizing the Trading Floor may comply with
the conditions of Rule 11a2-2(T).\368\ The Commission further notes
that each member of the Exchange is responsible for ensuring that its
conduct is in compliance with the requirements of Section 11(a) of the
Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\365\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 88.
\366\ See id.
\367\ See Amendment No. 3, supra note 10, at 90-92.
\368\ See BOX Open-Outcry Trading Floor Approval, supra note
307, at 37153.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
IV. Solicitation of Comments on Amendment No. 3 to the Proposed Rule
Change
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and
arguments regarding whether the proposed rule change, as modified by
Amendment No. 3, is consistent with the Exchange Act. Comments may be
submitted by any of the following methods:
Electronic Comments
Use the Commission's internet comment form (https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or
Send an email to [email protected]. Please include
file number SR-BOX-2023-20 on the subject line.
Paper Comments
Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities
and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
All submissions should refer to file number SR-BOX-2023-20. This file
number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help
the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently,
please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on
the Commission's internet website (https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all
written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are
filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to
the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other
than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the
provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and
printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE,
Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10
a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for
inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not
include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should
submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We
may redact in part or
[[Page 44752]]
withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene
or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to
file number SR-BOX-2023-20 and should be submitted on or before June
11, 2024.
V. Accelerated Approval of Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by
Amendment No. 3
The Commission finds good cause to approve the proposed rule
change, as modified by Amendment No. 3, prior to the thirtieth day
after the date of publication of notice of the filing of Amendment No.
3 in the Federal Register. The Commission notes that the original
proposal and the proposal as modified by Amendment No. 2 were published
for comment in the Federal Register.\369\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\369\ See Notice, supra note 3; OIP, supra note 8.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Amendment No. 3, the Exchange amended the proposal to: (i)
remove proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a) regarding when a FLEX Equity
Option order may be submitted; (ii) add rule language to proposed Rule
5055(b)(3) to clarify that FOO Orders may only be traded on the Trading
Floor; (iii) modified proposed Rule 7605(c) to clarify who is
applicable to apply to be a FLEX Market Maker; and (iv) made various
clarifications to the rule text, including proposed Rule 7605(d)(4),
and add additional clarifying changes to the purpose section and
statutory basis for the proposed rule change. These changes help to
clarify the proposal by providing additional specificity and
justification about the proposal.
In addition, the Exchange made several changes to bring the
proposed rules into closer alignment with the rules governing the
trading of FLEX Equity Options on other national securities exchanges,
including removing proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a). These changes help
make these aspects of the proposal substantially similar to the
existing rules of national securities exchanges.
For these reasons, the changes and additional information in
Amendment No. 3 assist the Commission in evaluating the Exchange's
proposal and in determining that it is consistent with the Exchange
Act. Accordingly, the Commission finds good cause, pursuant to Section
19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act,\370\ to approve the proposed rule change,
as modified by Amendment No. 3, on an accelerated basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\370\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
VI. Conclusion
For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that the proposed
rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 3, is consistent with the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a
national securities exchange. In addition, the Commission finds,
pursuant to Rule 9b-1 under the Exchange Act, that FLEX Equity Options
are standardized options for purposes of the options disclosure
framework established under Rule 9b-1 of the Exchange Act.\371\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\371\ 17 CFR 240.9b-1(a)(4). As part of the original approval
process of the FLEX Options framework, the Commission delegated to
the Director of the Division of Market Regulation the authority to
authorize the issuance of orders designating securities as
``standardized options'' pursuant to Rule 9b-1(a)(4) under the Act.
See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31911 (February 23, 1993),
58 FR 11792 (March 1, 1993).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
It is therefore ordered, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the
Exchange Act,\372\ that the proposed rule change SR-BOX-2023-20, as
modified by Amendment No. 3, be, and it hereby is, approved on an
accelerated basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\372\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets,
pursuant to delegated authority.\373\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\373\ 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
J. Matthew DeLesDernier,
Deputy Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2024-11079 Filed 5-20-24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8011-01-P